Home

1756-XXXX ControlLogix Analog I

1. raped IN 0 2 1 8 i RTN 0 IN 1 TE 4 3 i RTN 1 d IN 2 Tg je 5 i RTN 2 Shield Ground N 3 9j 7g ENDS RTN o RTN n INA D DT i RTN A IN 5 Qu 13 d i RTN 5 z IN 6 116 15 8 i RTN 6 IN 7 epus 1714 i RTN 7 IN 8 D 2o 198 i RTN 8 IN 9 p 2 zo i RTN 9 Shield Ground IN 10 E 4 25 i RTN 10 IN 11 a z 25 g i RTN 11 RTN 28 27 RTN IN 12 30 29 i RTN 12 IN 13 32 31 i RTN 13 IN 14 13 33 i RTN 14 IN 15 D36 35g i RTN 15 40915 M NOTES 1 All terminals marked RTN are connected internally 2 Terminals marked iRTN are not used for single ended voltage wiring 3 Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal 73 Chapter4 Non isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 1756 IF8 Wire the 1756 IF8 Module Current and voltage wiring examples for the 1756 IF8 module are shown on the following pages 1756 IF8 Differential Current Wiring Example 4 channels Channel 0 3 ar IN O l2 1 i RTN O x N IN 1
2. i EL CY Hr IN 0 la 2 1 i RTN 0 E A ie PEINE jg Jumper Wires IN 2 j6 5 iRTN 2 17 Shield Ground INA as 7 RING C RTN 9 G RTN y IN 4 c1 ng i RTN 4 2 Wire j User provided T itt po I 9 14 13 DT i RTN S p p i ransmitter A IN 6 Hey ie is fe RING Loop Power B IN 7 T amp 5 18 17 8 i RTN 7 IN 8 20 19 i RTN 8 IN 9 i2 21D i RTN 9 IN 10 E u 23 1 RTN 10 IN 11 P 26 25 i RTN 11 RTN 28 27 RIN IN 12 30 29 i RTN 12 IN 13 GQ 32 31 i RTN 13 IN 14 TD 33 DT i RTN 14 IN 15 CD 36 35 i RTN 15 40914 M NOTES 1 All terminals marked RTN are connected internally 2 For current applications all terminals marked iRTN must be wired to terminals marked RTN 3 A 249 Q current loop resistor is located between IN x and i RTN x terminals 4 Place additional loop devices strip chart recorders so forth at the A location in the current loop 5 Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal 72 Publication 1756 UMO0009C EN P December 2010 Non isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 1756 IF8 Chapter 4 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 1756 IF16 Single ended Voltage Wiring Example
3. 1756 IT6I ControlLogix temperature sensing analog input module 1756 IT6l 5 IN 0 id I N 0 T Not Used K ie ot Used Cold 5 Junction D Sensor RTN 1 EB ia RTN 0 8 Lis ie ie xi Thermocouple 10 9 CJC eB I ot Used 12 11 RTN 3 Ie ie RTN 2 14 13 CJC EB ia ot Used 16 5 Wire IN 5 JE Ie N 4 18 17 Not Used a I ot Used RTN 5 EL Bb ema CN Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal One CJC is shipped with the module A replacement can be ordered Input Signal to User Count Conversion 1756 IT6l Low Signal and User Counts High Signal and User Counts 12 30 mV 15 80323 mV 31 396 mV 32768 counts 32767 counts 12 78 mV 15 15836 mV 79 241 mV 32768 counts 32767 counts Technical Specifications 1756 IT6l amp ANALOG INPUT 3 Attribute 1756 IT6l CAL Inputs 6 individually isolated thermocouple 1 CJC OK Input range 12 78 mV 6 12 30 mV Resolution 16 bits 12 78 mV 1 4 uV bit 12 30 mV 0 7 uV bit 304 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Analog 1 0 Module Specifications Appendix A Technical Specifications 1756 IT6l Attribute 1756 IT6I Thermocouples B E J K R S T N C Current draw 5 1V 250 mA Current draw 24V 125
4. 2 Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal 3 All terminals marked RTN are connected internally 40916 M 1756 0F8 Voltage wiring example 4 VOUT 4 KD ID VOUT 0 IOUT 4 Ie Ies IOUT 0 6 RTN Ic ee RIN VOUT 5 ie Ka VOUT 1 1 i sale ia ie et Shield ground 1 11 VOUT 6 ICD ao VOUT 2 IOUT 6 ICD ICD IOUT 2 RTN Ico ee RTN VOUT 7 Ic IGS VOUT 3 19 IOUT 7 CD Ka IOUT 3 NOTES E 1 Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal i 2 All terminals marked RTN are connected internally 40917 M 158 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 Module Fault and Status Reporting Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Non isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 Chapter 7 The 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 modules multicast status and fault data to the owner listening controller with their channel data The fault data 1s arranged in such a manner as to let you choose the level of granularity for examining fault conditions Three levels of tags work together to provide increasing degree of detail as to the specific cause of faults on the module The table lists tags that can be examined in ladder logic to indicate when a fault Occurs Tag Module Fault Word Description This word provides fault summary reporting Its ta
5. ControlLogix isolated voltage current analog input module 1756 IF6l Current 2 wire 1756 IF6l Current 4 wire IN 1 V EB Ie N 0 V IN 1 V ee iG N 0 V 4 4 E 2wie fs Pp T 1 i D i INA a N O UT Transmitter 4 INA a3 a N O n HU d rl Mr 4wie Ll m T 5 3 Transmitter RET 1 I I RET 0 s RET 1 ic O RET 0 o B Z i B IN 3 V D ete N 2 V eae INSIV E bid Device SUppIY p NU Loop Power 1 10 9 i i nar DRD mo v EDID e 1 1 nz H I Shield Ground RET 3 E em RET 2 Be D i ne L LN 4 3 i n Not Used deo n t Used Not Used i ia ot Used us XA CD uos 5 ia Wal IN 5 V Ies es N 4 V IN 5 V Jer N 4 V 18 liz E a IN S I ie ee NA IN 5 I I iS N 4 I H poo RET 5 ie CD RET 4 RET 5 ie ies RET 4 CN Place additional loop devices such as strip chart recorders at Place additional loop devices such as strip chart recorders at either A location either A location 284 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Analog 1 0 Module Specifications Appendix A N 1 V N 1 I RET 1 N 3 V N 3 I RET 3 Not Used IN 5 V IN 5 1 RET 5 1756 IF6I Voltage A an U Mort 5 i L JG a U JE 3 U M U U tw Ly du
6. Channel Data Ch2 Status Data E Channel Data Ch 0 Channel Data Ch 1 Channel Data Ch3 Channel Data Ch4 Channel Data Ch5 Timestamp fi 41361 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Analog 0 Operation in the ControlLogix System Chapter 2 Requested Packet Interval RPI This configurable parameter also instructs the module to multicast its channel and status data to the local chassis backplane The RPI however instructs the module to produce the current contents of its on board memory when the RPI expires that is the module does not update its channels prior to the multicast f nu Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 7 On Board Memory Status Data Channel Data Ch 0 Channel Data Ch 1 Channel Data Ch 2 Channel Data Ch 3 Channel Data Ch4 Channel Data Ch 5 Timestamp SA iud The RPI value is set during the initial module configuration by using RSLogix 5000 software This value can be adjusted when the controller is in Program mode The module will reset the RPI timer each time an RTS is performed This operation dictates how and when the owner controlle
7. rjj Lc TH JA CIS EB E EB EI B D D Isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF6CI and 1756 OF6VI Chapter 8 The illustration shows wiring examples for the 1756 OF6CI module I OUT 0 Le User Analog ie ALT 0 Output Device ICD RTN 0 CB OUT 2 C ALT2 I C RTN 2 z Shield Ground 49 Not used 5 ie OUT 4 17 Ico ALTA CB RIN 4 20967 M ovro fA NES U r Analog a ALT 0 4 Output Device IC RTN 0 B Ru rag Set H OUT 2 O ALT 2 co RTN 2 Shield Ground KS Not used T H OUT 4 EB ALT 4 9 H RTN 4 177 Chapter 8 Isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF6CI and 1756 OF6VI Wire the The illustration shows wiring examples for the 1756 OF6VI module 1756 OF6VI Module 1756 OF6VI Wiring example OUT 1 IG Iq OUT 0 A QS SS a RTN 1 D KB RTN 0 T OUT 3 iS ic OUT2 Not used D KD Not used RIN3 IH i RTN 2 SE Ip Ep T Shield Ground ot use ie KD ot use OUT 5 ID IG OUT 4 Not used E B Not used RTN 5 ie ie RTN 4 CN 209874 NOTES 1 Place additional devices anywhere in the loop 2 Do
8. As seen in the above diagram a larger external output load will drop a larger portion of the available loop voltage allowing the module to drop less volts across its internal output electronics This lower drop allows the power dissipation in the module to be lower minimizing the thermal affect to adjacent modules in the same chassis Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF6CI and 1756 OF6VI Chapter 8 For loads under 550 Q the module s 13V internal voltage source can supply voltage for currents up to 21 mA For loads over 550 additional compliance voltage is required In this case you must use the ALT terminal to provide the additional 13V source For any size load that is 0 1000 Q the output channels function if terminated between OUT x and ALT x To improve module reliability and product life we recommend you Terminate the output channels between the OUT x and RTN x terminals for loads of 0 550 Q Terminate the output channels between the OUT x and ALT x terminals for loads of 551 1000 Q IMPORTANT If you are unsure of the load you can terminate the output channels between OUT x and ALT x and the module will operate but reliability may be compromised at elevated temperatures For example if you terminate the output channels between OUT x and ALT x and use a 250 Qload the module operates but
9. D NOTES 1 Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Chapter 6 IN 0 Not used RTN 0 IN 2 Thermocouple Not used RTN 2 Not used IN 4 Not used RTN 4 20969 M 139 Chapter6 Temperature measuring Analog Modules 1756 IR6I 1756 IT6I and 1756 IT6I2 1756 IT612 Wiring Example Cold Junction Wire Sensor Spade Lug Not used d Not used a Thermocouple CJC Qa F CJC NST 5 _ _ m TEC ite i pem RTN 1 ie ie IN 1 RTN 2 I dB IN 2 r 7 1 CR D RTN 3 ie ic IN 3 4 RTN 4 I e IN 4 16 RTN 5 ie ie IN 5 SU CJC z CJC 19 Not used D MAL Not used 43491 Cold Junction Wire Sensor Spade Lug NOTES 1 Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal 140 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Fault and Status Reporting Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Temperature measuring Analog Modules 1756 IR6I 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT6 2 Chapter 6 The 1756 IRGI 1756 TT6I and 1756 IT6I2 modules multicast status and fault data to the owner and or listening controller with its channel data The
10. IEC 60068 2 30 Test Db Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat Vibration 2 g Q 10 500 Hz IEC 60068 2 6 Test Fc Operating Shock operating 30g IEC 60068 2 27 Test Ea Unpackaged Shock Shock nonoperating 50g IEC 60068 2 27 Test Ea Unpackaged Shock Emissions CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A ESD Immunity 6 kV contact discharges IEC 61000 4 2 8 kV air discharges Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 321 Appendix A Analog 0 Module Specifications Environmental Specifications 1756 OF6VI Attribute Radiated RF Immunity IEC 61000 4 3 1756 OF6VI 10V m with 1 kHz sine wave 8096 AM from 80 2000 MHz 10V m with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM 900 MHz 10V m with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM 1890 MHz 3V m with 1 kHz sine wave 8096 AM from 2000 2700 MHz EFT B Immunity IEC 61000 4 4 2 kV at 5 kHz on shielded signal ports Surge Transient Immunity IEC 61000 4 5 2 kV line earth CM on shielded signal ports Conducted RF Immunity IEC 61000 4 6 Certifications 1756 OF6VI 10V rms with 1 kHz sine wave 80 AM from 150 kHz 80 MHz on shielded signal ports Certification 1756 OF6VI UL UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584 CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment See CSA File LR54689C CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class Division 2 Group A B C D Hazardous Locations See CSA File LR699
11. described on page 161 7 Ch7Faul 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 6 Ch6Faul A channel k k 5 ChoFaul calibration fault t 4 Ch4Faul sets the 4 4 3 Ch3Faul calibration fault 2 Ch2Faul in the Module A A 1 Ch1Faul Fault word 0 ChOFaul Channel Status Word annel Status Words one for each channel s described on page 162 7 ChxOpenWire Number six is not used by 5 ChxNotANumber 1756 OF4 or 1756 OF8 4 ChxCalFault 3 ChxInHold 2 ChxRampAlarm Not a Number Output in Hold and Ramp Alarm cond bits You m ust moni 1 ChxLLimitAlarm IMPORTANT 1756 0F4 uses four Channel Status Words 1756 OF8 0 ChxHLimitAlarm uses eight Channel Status words This graphic shows eight words 160 itions do not set additional or them here 41519 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Non isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 Chapter 7 Module Fault Word Bits Floating Point Mode Bits in this word provide the highest level of fault detection A nonzero condition in this wotd reveals that a fault exists on the module You can examine further down to isolate the fault The table lists tags that are found in the Module Fault Word Tag Description Analog Group This bit is set when any bits in the Channel Fault word are set Its tag Fault name is AnalogGroupFault Calibrating This bit is set when any channe
12. D Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal RTN 2 C Not used IN 4 A IN 4 B RTN 4 C e 3 wire RTD Shield Ground IMPORTANT For two wire resistor applications including calibration make sure IN x B and RTN x C are shorted together as shown Publication 1756 UM009C EN P December 2010 299 Appendix A Analog I O Module Specifications N 1 A N 1 B RTN 1 C N 3 A N 3 B RTN 3 C Not used N 5 A N 5 B RTN 5 C 1756 IR6I 4 wire RTD E ELS Tx NEP iun P 4 wire RTD Shield Ground Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal 2 i K N 0 A N 0 B EB IES RTN 0 C ie N 2 A H H N 2 8 i MM ie ia Not used He Lus i ice N 4 A ce CO KO N 4 B i ie RTN 4 C CN Wiring is exactly amp ANALOG INPUT 3 CAL C7 OK CA 300 Input Signal to User Count Conversion 1756 IR6I he same as the three wire RTD with one wire left open Range Low Signal and User Counts High Signal and User Counts 1 187 Q 0 859068653 Q 507 862 Q 32768 counts 32767 counts 2 1000 Q 2Q 1016 502 Q 32768 counts 32767 counts
13. in Integer Mode Point Mode Engineering Units 0 mA 32768 counts 25 4 mA 20341 counts 0 12 mA 4514 counts 50 20 mA 29369 counts 100 21 09376 mA 32767 counts 106 25 Publication 1756 UM009C EN P December 2010 Chapter 4 Introduction Publication 1756 UMOO9C EN P December 2010 Non isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 1756 IF8 This chapter describes features specific to ControlLogix non isolated analog voltage current input modules Topic Page Choose a Wiring Method 56 Choose a Data Format 58 Features Specific to Non Isolated Analog Input Modules 59 Use Module Block and Input Circuit Diagrams 67 Wire the 1756 IF16 Module 70 Wire the 1756 IF8 Module 74 1756 IF16 Module Fault and Status Reporting 78 1756 IF8 Module Fault and Status Reporting 85 In addition to the features described in this chapter the non isolated analog voltage curtent input modules support all features described in Chapter 3 The table lists additional features that your non isolated analog voltage curtent input modules support Additional Features for Non Isolated Analog Input Modules Feature Page Removal and Insertion Under Power RIUP 36 Module Fault Reporting 36 Configurable Software 36 Electronic Keying 37 Access to System Clock for Timestamp Functions 44 Rolling Timestamp 44 Producer Consumer Model 44 Status Indicator Informa
14. 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 Application Temperature in C Thermocouple Module Error at 25 C 77 F Type E Thermocouple Connection in a 12 30 mV Input Range Module Error 368 3 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 Application Temperature in C Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Additional Specification Information Appendix E Thermocouple Module Error at 25 C 77 F Type J Thermocouple Connection in a 12 30 mV Input Range 300 4 200 4 Module Error 100 0 00 t t t f t t t t i 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 Application Temperature in C Thermocouple Module Error at 25 C 77 F Type K Thermocouple Connection in a 12 30 mV Input Range 300 200 Module Error t ac CE 0 00 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 Application Temperature in C Thermocouple Module Error at 25 C 77 F Type N Thermocouple Connection in a 12 30 mV Input Range 300 200 3 Module Error 100 e 0 00 t t t t t t t t t i 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 Application Temperature in C Thermocouple Module Error at 25 C 77 F Type T Thermocouple Connection in a 12 30 mV Input Range 300 200 Vodule Error 1 00 PR o 0 00 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 Application Temperat
15. 147 Chapter 7 Introduction fsa SN ca Hexe Mtge oh eta Rates wee VERE qs 149 Choose a Dat Format posees cerea dess ronpi EU RETE QUUM 150 Non isolated Output Module Features sls 150 Ramping Rate Limiting s suy oiov tee Leu qoe x eet 151 Hold for Initalzaton nee vud ex Sa ptc eec P ER RR RSS 151 Open Wire Derecho so creiere er ta UA e Fe iei ret 152 Clamping Limiting frre oa soe E ER OCA Rig ER a 152 Clamp Limit Alarms Svr s co Lacon EE PVP a ee 153 Dai Echon eaa paguen wwe deti d ape e ata es 153 User Count Conversion to Output Signal lisse 153 Use Module Block and Output Circuit Diagrams 154 Publication 1756 UMO009C EN P December 2010 Isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF6CI and 1756 OF6VI Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Table of Contents Field side Circuit Diagrams vise ves tran eee aee 156 Wire the 1756 OF4 Module 157 Wire the 1756 OF8 Module sss 158 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 Module Fault and Status Reporting 159 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 Fault Reporting in Floating Point Mode 160 Module Fault Word Bits Floating Point Mode 161 Channel Fault Word Bits Floating Point Mode 161 Channel Status Words Bits Floating Point Mode 162 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 Fault Reporting in Integer Mode 163 Module Fault Word Bits Integer Mode 0 164 Channel Fault Word Bits Integer Mode
16. 164 Channel Status Word Bits Integer Mode 165 Chapter 8 Introduction ione riget Re E Ee gree leche he 167 Choose Data Eotimati eve iGedfesde Rey Sho 168 Isolated Output Module Features n pac phe Et tati 168 Ramping Rate Limiting eere ere sotto ac ew e dea 169 Hold for Initialization 0 tenes 169 Clhmping Limitng seriinin orra ni E aor eee Fun E 170 Clamp Limit Alarms uuo meen ere REE eT EO d dette ae 170 IJata Cho res cotra ble E cus nc Bees RETE Rum nhe 171 User Count Conversion to Output Signal lisse 171 Use Module Block and Output Circuit Diagrams 172 Field side Circuit Diagrams ciis i tet ea nwa PROPER aes 174 Drive Different Loads with the 1756 OFG6CI 4 174 Wire the 1756 OF6CI Module 0 000 cc ees 177 Wire the 1756 OF6VI Module 0 00 cc ccc ees 178 1756 OF6CI and 1756 OF6VI Module Fault Status Reporting 179 Fault Reporting in Floating Point Mode 004 180 Module Fault Word Bits Floating Point Mode 181 Channel Fault Word Bits Floating Point Mode 181 Channel Status Word Bits Floating Point Mode 182 Fault Reporting in Integer Mode 0 0000 esee 183 Module Fault Word Bits Integer Mode 0 184 Channel Fault Word Bits Integer Mode 184 Channel Status Word Bits in Integer Mode 185 9 Tabl
17. VOUT 1 ilm ja VOUT 0 I E id KD KD ww 4 Wire Pav DC RTN 1 ee e RTN Transmitter SN TOE VOUT 3 ee I VOUT 2 IN 3 1 ID IN 2 I RTN 3 ID d RTN 2 Shield Ground Not use iD d Not used VOUT 5 IS IES VOUTA IN 5 I D 3 IN 4 I RTN 5 ED I5 RTN 4 CN 43470 NOTES 1 If separate power sources are used do not exceed the specified isolation voltage 2 Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal 3 Place additional loop devices that is strip chart recorders at either A location in the current loop Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 107 Chapter 5 Sourcing Current Loop Input Module 1756 IF6CIS and Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Module 1756 IF61 108 1756 IF6CIS Two wire transmitter connected to the module and an external user provided power supply providing 24V DC loop power VOUT 1 IN 1 1 RTN 1 VOUT 3 IN 3 I RTN 3 Not used VOUT 5 IN 5 I RTN 5 EE ie ie RIMO ie D VOUT 2 l e IN 2 1 ec ic RTN 2 D EB Not used IEB GB vouta i C5 IN 4 I E 1 amp 3 Jana L5 NOTES 2 Wire Transmitter Shield Ground 43471 1 If separate power sources are used do not exceed the specified isolation
18. ChxRampAlarm Bit2 This bit is set when the output channel s requested rate of change would exceed the configured maximum ramp rate requested parameter It remains set until the output reaches its target value and ramping stops If the bit is latched it will remain set until it is unlatched ChxLLimitAlarm Bit 1 This bit is set when the requested output value is beneath the configured low limit value It remains set until the requested output is above the low limit If the bit is latched it will remain set until it is unlatched ChxHLimitAlarm 162 Bit 0 This bit is set when the requested output value is above the configured high limit value It remains set until the requested output is below the high limit If the bit is latched it will remain set until it is unlatched Notice that the 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 modules do not use hit 6 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Non isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 Chapter 7 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 The illustration provides an overview of the fault reporting process in TP integer mode Fault Reporting in 5 Integer Mode Module Fault Word described on page 164 15 AnalogGroupFault 5 ae 15 14 13 12 11 When the module is calibrating all 14 Me 13 are not used by bits in the Channel Fault word are set 1756 OF4 or 1756 OF8 If set any bit in the Channel Fault word also sets the Analog Gr
19. The 5 1 V DC current should not exceed 10 A 1756 Px72 power supply 13 A 1756 Px75 power supply Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 359 Appendix D Choose Correct Power Supply Notes 360 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Appendix E Additional Specification Information This appendix offers additional calibration information that may assist you in using the ControlLogix analog I O module Topic Page Analog to Digital A D Converter Accuracy 380 Calibrated Accuracy 362 Error Calculated Over Hardware Range 363 How Operating Temperature Changes Affect Module Accuracy 363 RTD and Thermocouple Error Calculations 365 Thermocouple Resolution 373 Analog to Digital A D There are two types of calibration that occur on a ControlLogix analog I O module Converter Accuracy e The uset directed and uset performed calibration process described in Chapter 11 This type of calibration occurs only when you determine it is necessary and involves an external calibration instrument like those listed on page 234 A self calibration process that takes place internally on ControlLogix analog I O modules when either of the following events occurs Module power is cycled You begin the user calibration described in Chapter 11 The A D self calibration feature maintains the accuracy of the A D convertor found on all 1756 isolated analog modules This fe
20. Isolation voltage 250V continuous basic insulation type input channels to backplane and input channel to channel Routine tested at 1350V AC for 2 s Removable terminal block 1756 TBNH 1756 TBSH Slot width 1 Wire size 0 33 2 1 mm2 22 14 AWG solid or stranded copper wire rated at 90 C 194 F or greater 1 2 mm 0 047 in insulation max Wire category 23 North American temperature code T4A IEC temperature code T4 Enclosure type 1 Notch filter dependent 2 3 None open style aximum wire size requires extended housing catalog number 1756 TBE Use this conductor category information for planning conductor routing as described in the system level installation manual See the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770 4 1 281 Appendix A Analog I O Module Specifications Environmental Specifications 1756 IF6CIS Attrib ute Temperature operating IEC 60 IEC 60 IEC 60 068 2 1 Test Ad Operating Cold 068 2 2 Test Bd Operating Dry Heat 068 2 14 Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock 1756 IF6CIS 0 60 C 32 140 F Temperature surrounding air 60 C 140 F IEC 60 IEC 60 IEC 60 Temperature storage 068 2 1 Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold 068 2 2 Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat 068 2 14 Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock 40 85 C 40
21. 17 Click Finish Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 271 Chapter 11 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog I O Modules The Calibration tab on the Module Properties dialog box shows the changes in the Calibration Gain and Calibration Offset The date of the latest calibration also displays lil Module Properties Local 1 1756 OF6VI 1 1 General Connection Module Info Configuration Output State Limits Calibration Backplane Calibration Caratan Calibration Start Calibration Gain Offset Counts 10to 10 v 1 000488 10to 10 v 1 000000 10to 10 v 1 000000 10to 10 v 1 000000 10to 10 V 1 000000 Module Last Successfully 10to 10 V 4 000000 Calibrated on 3 9 2010 Channel Calibration Range Status Running OK Apply 18 Click OK 272 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Chapter 12 Introduction Troubleshoot Your Module Each ControlLogix analog I O module has status indicators that display module status This chapter describes the status indicators located on the front of a module and how to use these visual signals to troubleshoot anomalies Status indicators show the I O module state green or fault red Topic Page Status Indicators for Input Modules 273 Status Indicators for Output Modules 274 Use RSLogix 5000 Software for Troubleshooting 275 Status Indicators for Input Modules The illustration and table show th
22. 48700 487 00 Channels 0 1 2 3 4 5 8 Click Next 250 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules Chapter 11 A Results wizard displays the status of each channel after calibrating for a high reference If channels are OK continue If any channels report an error retry step 7 until the status is OK Calibration Wizard Results Press Next to continue Calibration LET Reference ohms 1to48Tohms 48700 OK ito487ohms 48700 OK 1to487 ohms 487 00 1to487 ohms 487 00 1to4e7 ohms 48700 V ito487ohms 487 00 After you have completed both low and high reference calibration this window shows the status of both Calibration Wizard Calibration Completed Calibration of selected Calibration Low High channel s has been Channel Calibrate Range Reference Reference completed successfully to 487 ohms 1 00 ohms OK 487 00 ohms L eie ui iat The calibration constants to 487 ohms 1 00 ohms OK 487 00 ohms 487 00 ohms 487 00 ohms V 1t0487 ohms 100ohms OK 487 00 ohms vL tto487 ohms 1 00ohms OK 487 00 ohms IE of the selected 1 to 487 ohms 1 00 ohms OK channel s have been saved H to 487 ohms 100ohms OK 9 Click Finish Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 251 Chapter 11 252 Calibrate the Control
23. CE European Union 2004 108 IEC EMC Directive co mpliant with EN 61326 1 Meas Control Lab Industrial Requirements EN 61000 6 2 Industrial Immunity EN 61000 6 4 Industrial Emissions EN 61131 2 Programmable Controllers Clause 8 Zone A amp B European Union 2006 95 EC LVD compliant with EN 61131 2 Programmable Controllers Clause 11 C Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act complian AS NZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions with Ex European Union 94 9 EC ATEX Directive compliant with EN 60079 15 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection n EN 60079 0 General Requirements II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X FM FM Approved Equipment for use in Class Division 2 Group A B C D Hazardous Locations TUV TUV Certified for Functional Safety Capable of SIL 2 1 When marked See the Product Certification link at http www ab com for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 283 Appendix A Analog 0 Module Specifications
24. 1492 AIFM16 F 5 N A Fusible 16 channel input with 24V DC blown fuse indicators 3 terminals channel 16 channel input with 24V DC blown fuse indicators 5 terminals channel 1492 ACABLEXUA Differential current 1492 AlFM8 3 1492 RAIFM8 39 Feed through 8 or 16 channel input or output with 3 terminals channel 1492 AIFMB8 F 5 1492 AIFM16 F 3 1492 AIFM16 F 5 B Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 N A Fusible 8 channel input with 24V DC blown fuse indicators 5 terminals channel 16 channel input with 24V DC blown fuse indicators 3 terminals channel 16 channel input with 24V DC blown fuse indicators 5 terminals channel 1492 ACABLExUD 385 Appendix F 1 0 Cat No 1492 AIFMs for Analog 1 0 Modules Mode Differential voltage AIFM Cat No Fixed Terminal Block 492 AIFM8 3 AIFM Cat No RTB Socket Assembly 1492 RAIFM8 3 AIFM Type Feed through Description 8 or 16 channel input or output with 3 terminals channel 1492 AlFM8 F 5 1492 AlFM16 F 3 1492 AlFM16 F 5 N A Fusible 8 channel input with 24V DC blown fuse indicators 5 terminals channel 16 channel input with 24V DC blown fuse indicators 3 terminals channel 16 channel input with 24V DC blown fuse indicators 5 terminals channel Pre wired Cable x cable length 1492 ACABLExUC 1756 IR6I
25. Floating point mode This mode lets you change the data representation of the selected module Although the full range of the module does not change you can scale your module to represent I O data in terms specific for your application For example if you ate using the 1756 IF6I module in floating point mode and choose an input range of 0 mA 20 mA the module can use signals within the range of 0 mA 21 mA but you can scale the module to represent data between 4 mA 20mA as the low and high signals in engineering units as shown on page 50 For an example of how to define data representation in engineering units through RSLogix 5000 software see page 210 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 53 Chapter 3 54 ControlLogix Analog I O Module Features Difference Between Integer and Floating Point The key difference between choosing integer mode or floating point mode is that the integer is fixed between 32 768 32 767 counts and floating point mode provides scaling to represent I O data in specific engineering units for your application Module resolution remains constant between the formats at 0 34 wA count For example the table shows the difference in the data returned from the 1756 IF6I module to the controller between data formats In this case the module uses the 0 mA 20 mA input range with 0 mA scaled to 0 and 20 mA scaled to 100 as shown on page 50 1756 IF6I Module using different data types
26. Integer mode Floating point mode The table shows features that are available in each format Data Format Features Available Features Not Available Integer mode Multiple input ranges Temperature linearization Notch filter Process alarms Real time sampling Digital filtering Cold junction temperature is Rate alarms on 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT6I2 modules only Floating point mode All features N A IMPORTANT Integer mode does not support temperature conversion on temperature measuring modules If you choose integer mode the 1756 IR6l is strictly an ohms Q module and the 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT612 are strictly millivolts mV modules For more information on input and output data formats see page 205 in Chapter 10 120 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Temperature measuring Module Features Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Temperature measuring Analog Modules 1756 IR6I 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT6I2 Chapter 6 The table lists features that are specific to the temperature measuring modules Temperature measuring Module Features Feature Page Multiple Input Ranges 121 Notch Filter 122 Real Time Sampling 123 Underrange Overrange Detection 123 Digital Filter 124 Process Alarms 125 Rate Alarm 126 10 Ohm Offset 126 Wire Off Detection 127 Sensor Type 128 Temperature Units 130 Cold Junction Compensation 132 Multiple Input Ranges You can select f
27. All Listen Only controllers will lose their connections to the module for a minimum of three seconds after the Reset is performed If the Reconfiguration is performed on an input module with multiple owners then all owners will lose their connections simultaneously after the Reset is performed In order to re establish all their connections all owners must change their configuration to the same values BEFORE the Reset is performed Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 355 Appendix C Use Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration The following ladder logic example shows how to change the High and Low engineering values scaling parameters for an analog output module in Slot 3 of the local chassis MainProgram MainRoutine NEQ Not Equal User_Defined_Action2 Source 4 New High Engineering Value 100 0 Source B New Low Engineering Value 00 MOV Move Source New High Engineering Value 100 0 Dest Local 3 C ChOContig HighEngineering 80 0 MOV Move Source New Low Engineering Value 00 Dest Locat3C ChOConfig LowE naineering 20 0 olx AE lt Local 0 1 Data 4 gt G 1 iE Type CIP Generic LEN Message Control Reset Module JE CDN ER End MainRoutine Rung Description 0 This rung moves new Channel 0 scaling parameters to the configuration portion of the structure associa
28. Check the box to enable cold junction compensation for a remote module Temperature Units Celsius Fahrenheit Select the temperature unit that affects all channels per module Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Configure ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules Chapter 10 IMPORTANT The module sends back temperature values over the entire sensor range as long as the High signal value equals the High engineering value and the Low signal value equals the Low engineering value For the example above if High signal 78 0 C High engineering must 78 0 Low signal 12 0 C Low engineering must 12 0 2 After the channels are configured do one of the following Click Apply to store a change but stay on the dialog box to choose another tab Click OK to apply the change and close the dialog box Click Cancel to close the dialog box without applying changes Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 217 Chapter 10 Configure ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules Modify Default RSLogix 5000 programming software automatically creates module defined data types and tags when a module is created This section describes how to Configuration a modify the default configuration for output modules for Output Modules Data types symbolically name module configuration input and output data Tags let you provide each a unique name such as where the user defined data type and slot reside on the contr
29. IN 1 1 RTN 1 VOUT 3 IN 3 1 RTN 3 Not Used VOUT 5 IN 5 1 RTN 5 pae i LI E EB e d n U Sisieleloele D VOUT 0 2 wire Transmitter IN 0 1 RTN 0 VOUT 2 IN 2 1 RTN 2 Not Used VOUT 4 IN 4 I RTN 4 0 not connect more than two wires to any single terminal ace additional loop devices such as strip chart recorders at either A location in the current loop Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Shield Ground 1756 IF6CIS 2 wire Transmitter Connected to the Module and an External User provided Power Supply Providing 24V DC Loop Power vout IEB IEB vouto Li fl H na go 2 wire Mat i Transmitter ma EDD VOUT 3 ie ie IN 3 1 eS I J amp D FD RTN 3 Ies Ies Shield Ground 1 3 Not Used ee EB Not Used 1 VOUT 5 jm iem VOUT 4 18 1Z IN 5 1 ie Id IN 4 1 20 19 RTN 5 ie IGS RTN 4 D separate power sources are used do not exceed the specified isolation voltage Do not connect more
30. MainRoutine 41 Configuration Dialog Boxes The example dialog box on the left shows the configuration for rung 5 The example dialog box on the right requires only the Service Type and Instance to be entered RSLogix 5000 Software Version 9 and Earlier Message Configuration Slot2_ChO_High_Limit_unlatch Configuration Communication RSLogix 5000 Software Version 10 and Later Message Configuration Sloti_ChO_H_Alarm_Unlatch d xj Configuration Communication Tag Message Type CIP Generic E Messoge Type CIP Generic zi Service Unlatch Analog High Alarm I Service Code ab Hex Source x Type 2 c p Object Type b Hex Num Df Elements o a Bytes Service 45 Hex Class s Hex De _ Object ID fi Destination Instance fi Attribute 6c Hex Hm Object Attribute er Hex Create Tag O Enable Enable Waiting O Start 9 Done Done Length 0 O Error Code Timed Out O Enable Enable Waiting Start Done Done Length 0 Error Code Extended Error Code Timed Out Error Path Extended Error Code Error Text Cancel Apply Help Cancel Apply Hep This window contains the same information for each rung except for the Object Attribute field The information in this field is as follows Rung 5 6f Rung 6 6e Rung 7 70 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 351 Appendix C Use La
31. clicking Yes RSLogix 5000 DANGER Calibration should not be performed on a module currently being used for control A There also exists a module identity mismatch All channels will freeze at their current values and control may be interrupted Continue with Calibration 254 Yes No Help Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules Chapter 11 7 Set the channels to be calibrated Calibration Wizard Select the channel s to calibrate using the Calibrate checkbox Then choose to either Calibrate the Channels in Groups or Calibrate Channels One Channel at a Time Select the Channel s to Calibrate Calibration Offset Counts 0 998108 0 998108 0 997864 0 998047 0 997498 1 000000 Calibration Range Calibration Gain Calibration Channel Calibrate Status 12to 78 mV 12to 78 mV 12to 78 mV 12to 78 mV 1210 78 mV 5 lv 12t078mv 0 1 2 3 4 Press Next to continue TIP 8 Click Next Calibrate Channels in Groups Calibrate Channels One at a Time You can select whether to calibrate channels in groups all at once or each channel at a time The example above shows all channels will be calibrated at the same time We recommend you calibrate all channels on your module each time you calibrate This will help you maintain consistent calibration readings and improve module accuracy The Lo
32. 14 13 12 amp 11 are not used Channel Fault Word described on page 83 5 Chi5Fault 7 14 Ch14Fault 6 13 Ch13Fault 5 12 Ch12Fault 4 11 Ch11Fault 3 10 Ch10Fault 2 9 Ch9Fault 1 8 Ch8Fault 0 6 channels used in S Ch7Fault Ch6Fault Ch5Fault Ch4Fault Ch3Fault Ch2Fault Ch1Fault ChOFault E wiring 8 channels used in Diff wiring 4 channels used in H S Diff wiring All start at bit 0 Channel Status Words described on page 84 31 ChOUnderrange 23 Ch4Underrange 30 ChOOverrange 22 Ch40verrange 29 ChlUnderrange 21 Ch5Underrange 28 Ch1Overrange 20 Ch5Overrange 27 Ch2Underrange 16 channels used in S E 9 Ch6Underrange 18 Ch6Overrange 17 Ch7Underrange 16 Ch7Overrange Wiring Eight channels used in Diff wiring Four channels used in H All start at bit 31 82 S Diff wiring Non isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 1756 IF8 The illustration is an example of the fault reporting process for the 1756 IF16 module in integer mode 15 12 11110 9 Lt A calibrating fault sets bit 9 in the calibrating all bits in the Module Fault word When the module is Channel Fault word are set If set any bit in the Channel Fau Group Fault and Input Group Fault in the Module Fault word t word also sets the Analog 1 ttt A a a a 14 13 12 11110
33. 365 RID EOL nhers aea Me er OM CERE E CODE ERE CERES 365 Thermocouple BE3EOREL TS Coo tats oot RESI E BEP S 366 Module Error at 25 C 77 F 12 30 mV Range 367 Module Error at 25 C 77 F 12 78 mV Range 370 Thermocouple Resolution cc tensa etus eva EXER RES 373 Module Resolution 12 30 mV Range s osos epar hes 374 Module Resolution 12 78 mV Range s oce Rr een 377 How to Deal with Incorrect Thermocouple Temp Readings 381 Appendix F TritrOcluCtlOti o s d etre d we A a eee Gee 383 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Introduction Who Should Use This Manual Additional Resources Publication 1756 UMOO9C EN P December 2010 Preface This manual describes how to install configure and troubleshoot your ControlLogix analog I O module You must be able to program and operate a Rockwell Automation ControlLogix controller to efficiently use your analog I O modules If you need additional information refer to the related documentation listed below The following table lists related ControlLogix products and documentation Related Documentation Cat No Resource 1756 A4 1756 A7 1756 A10 1756 A13 1756 A17 ControlLogix Chassis Series B Installation Instructions publication 1756 IN080 1756 PA72 1756 PB72 1756 PA75 1756 PB75 1756 PH75 1756 PC75 ControlLogix Power Supplies Installation Instructions publication 1756 IN613 1756 digital
34. A249 Q current loop resistor is located between IN x and iRTN x terminals wiring Place additional loop devices such as strip chart recorders at the A location in the current loop Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal 4 ANALOG NPUT CAL OK HART ol l Publication 1756 UM009C EN P December 2010 Technical Specifications 1756 IF16 z2 3237 zzzz CN boy EN bo d mo Js d Bj rar e aa oo M 3 4 ho A Saw oe ee Se coc Non Rz WHY OC 222222 Oooo Nooa A D c N 10 N 11 AS aS SSS S amp S a Danona 8 N JJ E z w o N o N 12 N 13 N 14 N 15 w N Es D aA vc iet ot oF WN a T m a w a Tl All terminals marked RTN are connected internally used for single ended voltage Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal Attribute 1756 IF16 Inputs 16 single ended 8 differential or 4 differential high speed Input range 10 25V 0 10 25V 0 5 125V 0 20 5 mA Resolution 10 25V 15 bits sign bit 0 10 25V 16 bits 0 5 1 16 bits 0 20 5 mA 16 bits Curren
35. EN 61000 6 2 Industrial Immunity EN 61000 6 4 Industrial Emissions EN 61131 2 Programmable Controllers Clause 8 Zone A amp B European Union 2006 95 EC LVD compliant with EN 61131 2 Programmable Controllers Clause 11 C Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with AS NZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions Ex European Union 94 9 EC ATEX Directive compliant with EN 60079 15 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection n EN 60079 0 General Requirements II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X FM FM Approved Equipment for use in Class Division 2 Group A B C D Hazardous Locations TUV TUV Certified for Functional Safety Capable of SIL 2 1 When marked See the Product Certification link at http www ab com for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details 298 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Analog 1 0 Module Specifications Appendix A 1756 IR6I 3 wire RTD 1756 IR6l ControlLogix temperature sensing analog input module IN 1 A U IN 1 B RTN 1 C IN 3 A IN 3 B CIS U RTN 3 C N 0 A N 0 B RTN 0 C N 2 A N 2 B Not used CORE n IN 5 A M IN 5 B A U co ho RTN 5 C lees EG E EB GB EB EB eS
36. However there are situations in which you might want to modify the default settings You can maintain custom settings on tabs from the Module Properties dialog box This section provides step by step instructions for creating default and custom configurations Topic Full Configuration Profile Diagram Page 201 Create a New Module 202 Modify Default Configuration for Input Modules 207 Configure the RTD Module Configure the Thermocouple Modules Modify Default Configuration for Output Modules Download Configuration Data to the Module Edit Configuration Reconfigure Module Parameters in Run Mode Reconfigure Parameters in Program Mode Configure 1 0 Modules in a Remote Chassis View Module Tags 199 Chapter 10 200 Configure ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules IMPORTANT This section focuses on configuring I O modules in a local chassis To configure 1 0 modules in a remote chassis you must follow all the detailed procedures with two additional steps See page 230 for details RSLogix 5000 programming software must be installed on your computer to complete the procedures for both default and custom configurations For software installation instructions and to learn how to navigate the software package see the RSLogix 5000 Getting Results Guide Configuration Process Overview Follow these basic steps to configure a ControlLogix analog I O module by using the
37. Local2 C Ch2Contig flee ficos AB 1756 Al Str Locat2 C Ch3Config fawn an AB 1756 Al Str Local2 C Ch4Config Tisa ERS AB 1756 AIB Str Local2 C Ch5Config see founds AB 1756_Al6_Str Locat2l i X AB 1756 AIB Flo Local2 ChannelFaults 240000 000 Binary INT Decimal Local2 ChOFault BOOL See Appendix B for details on configuration tags 232 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Chapter 11 Introduction Publication 1756 UMOO9C EN P December 2010 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog I O Modules Your ControlLogix analog I O module comes from the factory with a default calibration You may choose to recalibrate your module to increase its accuracy for your specific application You do not have to configure a module before you calibrate it If you decide to calibrate your analog I O modules first you must add them to your program This chapter describes how to calibrate ControlLogix analog modules Topic Page Difference of Calibrating an Input Module and an Output Module 234 Calibrate Your Input Modules 235 Calibrate Your Output Modules 259 IMPORTANT Analog I O modules can be calibrated on a channel by channel basis or with the channels grouped together Regardless of which option you choose we recommend you calibrate all channels on your module each time you calibrate This will help you maintain consistent calibration readings and improve module ac
38. When you choose a listen only communication format only the General and Connection tabs appear when you view a module s properties in RSLogix 5000 software Controllers that want to listen to a module but not own it use the listen only communication format See page 205 for more information on communication formats Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Configure ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules Chapter 10 Communication Format The communication format determines what type of configuration options are made available what type of data is transferred between the module and its ownetr controller what tags are generated when configuration is complete The communication format also returns status and rolling timestamp data Once a module is created you cannot change the communication format unless you delete and recreate the module The table describes communication formats used with analog input modules Input Module Communication Formats If you want the input module to return this data Floating point input data Choose this communication format Float data Integer input data Integer data Floating point input data with the value of the coordinated system time from its local chassis when the input data is sampled CST timestamped float data Integer input data with the value of the coordinated system time from its local chassis when the input data is sampled CST timestamp
39. You can determine the power that modules contained in a ControlLogix chassis are consuming to maintain an adequate power supply An interactive spreadsheet is available that lets you enter a chassis configuration and automatically calculates the total power supply consumption The total power supply consumption cannot exceed 75 W 60 C 140 F Refer to the configuration spreadsheet in Sizing the ControlLogix Power Supply Knowledgebase Technical Note ID 22753 IMPORTANT You must have a support agreement with Rockwell Automation to access the Knowledgebase for technical notes and the power supply configuration spreadsheet For more information contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative You also can use this worksheet to check power supply consumption The 5 1 V DC and 24V DC currents are used together to calculate the maximum backplane power dissipation Slot Module Current 9 Power Current Power Number Cat No 5 1V DC mA 5 1V DC Watts 9 24V DC mA 24 V DC Watts 0 x5 1V x 24V 1 x5 1V x 24V 2 x5 1V x 24V 3 x5 1V x 24V 4 x5 1V x 24V 5 x5 1V x 24V 6 X5 1V x 24V 7 x5 1V x24V 8 x5 1V x 24V 9 x5 1V x 24V 10 x5 1V x 24V 11 x5 1V x 24V 12 x5 1V x 24V 13 x5 1V x 24V 14 x5 1V x24V 15 x5 1V x24V 16 x5 1V x24V TOTALS mA W mA W
40. network slot has passed In this case the module does not receive the data until the next scheduled network slot IMPORTANT These best and worst case scenarios indicate the time required for output data to transfer from the controller to the module once the controller has produced it The scenarios do not take into account when the module will receive new data updated by the user program from the controller That is a function of the length of the user program and its asynchronous relationship with the RPI Remote Output Modules Connected Via the EtherNet IP Network When remote analog output modules are connected to the owner controller via an EtherNet IP network the controller multicasts data in the following ways At the RPI the owner controller multicasts data within its own chassis e When the RPI timer expires or a programmed Immediate Output AOT instruction is executed An IOT sends data immediately and resets the RPI timer Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 31 Chapter2 Analog 0 Operation in the ControlLogix System Listen only Mode 32 Any controller in the system can listen to the data from any I O module that is input data or echoed output data even if the controller does not own the module In other words the controller does not have to own a module s configuration data to listen to it During the I O configuration process you can specify one of several Listen Only modes
41. 0 0 E Remote CJ Compensation RTS 100 ms Temperature Units Celsius Fahrenheit Status Offline Leave both boxes unchecked See page 134 for how to connect a CJS to either thermocouple module Connecting a Cold Junction Sensor Via an Interface Module The IFMs use an isothermal bar to maintain a steady temperature at all module terminations When you use the IFM we recommend you mount it so that the black anodized aluminum bar is in the horizontal position If you connect a CJS via an IFM configure the module as shown on the Module Properties Configuration tab lll Module Properties Local 1 1756 IT6I2 1 1 General Connection Module Info Configuration Alarm Configuration Calibration Backplane M Channel o Bn En RH E Input Range Sensor Type 12 mv to 78 mv x nv none x Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Scaling High Signal 78 0 Low Signal h 20 High Engineering m 6o Low Engineering mv h 20 Sensor Offset oo feo Hz Digital Filter 0 A ms Notch Filter RTS 100 Temperature Units Status Offline z Celsius ms C Fahrenheit Cold Junction Offset Cold Junction Disable o E IV Remote CJ Compensation Check the Remote CJ Compensation box Chapter 6 134 Temperature measuring Analog Modules 1756 IR6I 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT612 Terminals 3 4 Terminals 17 18 f 7 A
42. 2 IMPORTANT Changing electronic keying selections online may cause the 1 0 communication connection to the module to be disrupted and may result in a loss of data Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 2 Chapter3 ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Module Features Disabled Keying Disabled Keying indicates the keying attributes are not considered when attempting to communicate with a module Other attributes such as data size and format are considered and must be acceptable before I O communication is established With Disabled keying I O communication may occur with a module other than the type specified in the I O Configuration tree with unpredictable results We generally do not recommend using Disabled keying Be extremely cautious when using Disabled keying if used incorrectly this option can lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss If you use Disabled keying you must take full responsibility for understanding whether the module being used can fulfill the functional requirements of the application EXAMPLE In the following scenario Disable keying prevents 1 0 communication e The module configuration is for a 1756 IA16 digital input module The physical module is a 1756 IF16 analog input module In this case communication is prevented because the analog module rejects the data formats that the digital module configuration requests Modu
43. 9 2 8 4 020 Q 1756 IR6l Sensor type is bits 4 7 and selects the sensor type to use for linearization on the 1756 IR6I IT6l Sensor types values are as listed 0 no linearization 2 1756 IR6I mV 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT612 1 100 Q Platinum 385 1756 IR6I B 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT6I2 2 200 Q Platinum 385 1756 IR6l C 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT6I2 3 500 Q Platinum 385 1756 IR6l E 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT6I2 4 1000 Q Platinum 385 1756 IR6I J 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT6l2 5 100 Platinum 3916 1756 IR6I K 1756 IT6 and 1756 IT6I2 6 200 Q Platinum 3916 1756 IR6I N 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT612 7 500 Q Platinum 3916 1756 IR6I R 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT6I2 8 1000 Q Platinum 3916 1756 IR6l S 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT6I2 9 10 Q Copper 427 1756 IR6l T 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT612 102 120 Q Nickel 672 1756 IR6I TXK XK L 1756 IT612 112 100 Q Nickel 618 1756 IR6I D 1756 IT612 122 120 Q Nickel 618 1756 IR6I 13 200 Q Nickel 618 1756 IR6I 14 500 Q Nickel 618 1756 IR6I The notch filter provides superior frequency filtering at the selected value and its harmonics The notch filter is the lower nibble bits 0 3 0 10Hz 1 50 Hz 2 60 Hz 3 100 Hz 4 250 Hz 5 1 000 Hz ChOConfigAlarm BOOL All Disables all alarms for the channel Disable ChOConfigProcess BOOL All inputs Enables latching for all four process alarms low low low high and high high AlarmLatch Latching causes the process alarm to remai
44. Attribute 1756 OF8 Outputs 8 voltage or current Output range 10 4V 0 21 mA Resolution 15 bits across 21 mA 650 nA bit 15 bits across 10 4V 320 pV bit Current draw 5 1V 150 mA 323 Appendix A Analog 0 Module Specifications Technical Specifications 1756 OF8 Attribute 1756 OF8 Current draw 24V 210 mA Power dissipation max 4 92 W 4 channel current Thermal dissipation 16 78 BTU hr Open circuit detection Current output only Output must be set to gt 0 1 mA Overvoltage protection 24V DC Short circuit protection Electronically current limited to 21 mA or less Drive capability Voltage gt 2000 Q Current 0 750 Q Settling time lt 2 ms to 95 of final value with resistive loads Calibrated accuracy A K mA 10 4 10 4V Better than 0 05 of range Calibration interval 12 months Offset drift 50 uV C 100 nA C1 uA C Gain drift with temperature Voltage 25 ppm C max Current 50 ppm C max Module error Voltage 0 1596 of range Current 0 3 of range Module scan time 12 ms min floating point 8 ms min integer Isolation voltage 250V continuous reinforced insulation type output channels to backplane No isolation between individual output channels Routine tested at 1350V AC for 2 s Removable terminal block 1756 TBNH 1756 TBSH Slot width 1 Wire size 0 33 2 1 mm 22 14 AWG solid or stranded copper wire rated at 90 C 194 F or gr
45. C Gain drift with temperature 50 ppm C 90 ppm C max Module error 0 54 of range Module scan time 25 ms min floating point ohms 50 ms min floating point temperature 10 ms min integer ohms Isolation voltage 250V continuous basic insulation type input channels to backplane and input channel to channel Routine tested at 1350V AC for 2 s Removable terminal block 1756 TBNH 1756 TBSH Slot width 1 Wire size 0 33 2 1 mm 22 14 AWG solid or stranded copper wire rated at 90 C 194 F or greater 1 2 mm 0 047 in insulation max Wire category 23 North American temperature code T4A IEC temperature code T4 Enclosure type 1 Notch filter dependent 2 3 None open style aximum wire size requires extended housing catalog number 1756 TBE Use this conductor category information for planning conductor routing as described in the system level installation manual See the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770 4 1 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 301 Appendix A Analog I O Module Specifications Environmental Specifications 1756 IR6l Attrib ute Temperature operating IEC 60 IEC 60 IEC 60 068 2 1 Test Ad Operating Cold 068 2 2 Test Bd Operating Dry Heat 068 2 14 Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock 1756 IR6I 0 60 C 32 140 F Temperature
46. Calibrating This bit is set when any channel is being calibrated When this bit is set all bits in the Channel Fault word are set Its tag name is Calibrating Calibration Fault This bit is set when any of the individual Channel Calibration Fault bits are set Its tag name is CalibrationFault Channel Fault Word Bits Integer Mode In integer mode Channel Fault word bits bits 5 0 operate exactly as described in floating point mode for calibration and communications faults The table lists the conditions that set all Channel Fault word bits This condition sets all Channel And causes the module to display the Fault word bits following in the Channel Fault word bits A channel is being calibrated 003F for all bits A communications fault occurred FFFF for all bits between the module and its owner controller Your logic should monitor the Channel Fault bit for a particular output if you either set the high and low limit alarms outside your operating range disable output limiting 184 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Tag Status word ChxInHold Isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF6CI and 1756 OF6VI Chapter 8 Channel Status Word Bits in Integer Mode The Channel Status word has the following differences when used in integer mode Only the Output in Hold condition is reported by the module Calibration Fault reporting is not available in this word alth
47. Channel Caibrate Calibration Range 10t010 V 10to 10 V 10to 10 V 10to 10 V 10to 10 V 10to 10 v After you have completed both low and high reference calibration this window shows the status of both Calibration Wizard Calibration Completed Calibration of selected n Calibration Low High channel s has been Range Reference Reference completed successfully 10to 10 Y The calibration constants 10to10 V of the selected 401910 V channel s have been E aati saved 10to 10 V 40to10V 01010 V 13 Click Finish Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules Chapter 11 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 The Calibration tab on the Module Properties dialog box shows the changes in the Calibration Gain and Calibration Offset The date of the latest calibration also displays Wi Module Properties Local 0 1756 IF61 1 1 General Connection Module Info Configuration Alarm Configuration Calibration Backplane 10to 10 V 10to 10 V Calibration 1 000916 0 998535 0 999512 10to 10 V 10to 10 V 0 998840 0 997986 0 998840 Status Running 14 Click OK Start Calibration Module Last Successfully Calibrated on 3 9 2010 247 Chapter 11 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules 248 Calibrating
48. Chapter 8 170 Isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF6CI and 1756 OF6VI Clamping Limiting Clamping limits the output from the analog module to remain within a range configured by the controller even when the controller commands an output outside that range This safety feature sets a high clamp and a low clamp Once clamps ate determined for a module any data received from the controller that exceeds those clamps sets an appropriate limit alarm and transitions the output to that limit but not beyond the requested value For example an application may set the high clamp on a module for 8V and the low clamp for 8V If a controller sends a value corresponding to 9V to the module the module will only apply 8V to its screw terminals Clamping alarms can be disabled or latched on a per channel basis IMPORTANT Clamping is only available in floating point mode Clamp values are in engineering scaling units and are not automatically updated when the engineering high and low scaling units are changed Failure to update the clamp values may generate a very small output signal that could be misinterpreted as a hardware problem To see how to set the clamping limits see page 223 Clamp Limit Alarms This function works directly with clamping When a module receives a data value from the controller that exceeds clamping limits it applies signal values to the clamping limit but also sends a status bit to the controller notifying i
49. Click Apply to store a change but stay on the dialog box to choose another tab Click OK to apply the change and close the dialog box Click Cancel to close the dialog box without applying changes Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Configure ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules Chapter 10 Ml Module Properties Local 2 1756 OF6 I 1 1 13 xj General Connection Module Info Configuration Output State Limits Calibration Backplane Channel o Bn ed ES e oa T Disable All Alarms Latch Limit Alarms Limits Unlatch All Latch Rate Alarm High Clamp fio Unlatch Low Clamp poo Unletch M Ramp in Run Mode per Sec Ramp Rate 5 0 Unlateh Status Offline Cancel Apply Help 1 Choose from the options on the Limits tab Limits Tab The Limits tab lets you program clamping and ramp limitations that may prevent damage to equipment i Field Name Description Channel Click the channel that is being configured Limits Type a high and low clamp value that limits the output from the analog High Clamp module within this range Low Clamp See page 152 and page 170 for details See Important on page 224 Ramp in Run Mode Check the box to enable ramping in Run mode Ramp Rate Entry field is enabled if the Ramp in Run Mode box is checked Type a value that sets the maximum ramp rate for a module in Run mode See page 169 in Chapter 8 for details Disable Al
50. Data Echo Data Echo automatically multicasts channel data values that match the analog value that was sent to the module s screw terminals at that time Fault and status data is also sent This data is sent in the format floating point ot integer selected at the requested packet interval RPI User Count Conversion to Output Signal User counts can be computed in Integer mode for the 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 modules The straight line formulas that can be used to calculate or program a Compute CPT instruction are shown in the table Available Range User Count Formula 0 20 mA y 3077 9744124443446x 32768 where y counts x mA 10V y 3140 5746817972704x 0 5 where y counts x V For example if you have 6 mA in the 0 20 mV range the user counts 14300 Counts 6281 for 2 V in the 10V range For a table with related values refer to ControlLogix 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 User Count Conversion to Output Signal Knowledgebase Technical Note ID 41570 153 Chapter 7 Non isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF4 and 1756 0F8 Use Module Block and This section shows the 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 modules block diagrams and Output Circuit Diagrams output circuit diagrams 1756 OF4 Module Block Diagram Field Side Backplane Side I I 4 x Channels 0 3 Converter Shutdown f Circ
51. Field Name Description Channel Click the channel that is being configured Ramp Rate Displays the ramp rate set on the Limits tab Output State in Program Mode Hold Last State User Defined Value Select the output behavior in Program mode If User Defined Value type a value for the output to transition to when in Program mode Ramp to User Defined Value Box is enabled if User Default Value is entered Check the box for ramping to occur when the present output value changes to the User Default Value after a Program command is received from the controller See page 169 in Chapter 8 for details Output State in Fault Mode Hold Last State User Defined Value Select the output behavior in Fault mode If User Defined Value type a value for the output to transition to when a communicaton fault occurs Ramp to User Defined Value Box is enabled if User Default Value is entered Check the box for ramping to occur when the present output value changes to the Fault Value after a communication fault See page 169 in Chapter 8 for details Communication Failure When communication fails in Program Mode Leave outputs in Program Mode state Change outputs to Fault Mode state Select the behavior of the outputs if communication fails in Program mode Important Outputs always go to Fault mode if communications fail in Run mode 2 After the channels are configured do one of the following
52. IEC 61000 4 6 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Analog 1 0 Module Specifications Appendix A Certifications 1756 IF8 Certification 1756 IF8 UL UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584 CSA CSA Certifi CSA Certifi LR69960C ed Process Control Equipment See CSA File LR54689C ed Process Control Equipment for Cla ss I Division 2 Group A B C D Hazardous Locations See CSA File CE European Union 2004 108 IEC EMC Directive compliant with EN 61326 1 Meas Control Lab Industrial EN 61000 6 2 Industrial Immunity EN 61000 6 4 Industrial Emissions EN 61131 2 Programmable Controllers Clause 8 Zone A amp B European Union 2006 95 EC LVD compliant wi Requirements h EN 61131 2 Programmable Controllers Clause 11 C Tick Australian AS NZS C Radiocommunications Act complian SPR 11 Industrial Emissions with Ex European Union 94 9 EC ATEX Directive compli EN 60079 15 Potentially Explosive Atmosp ant with heres Protection n EN 60079 0 General Requirements II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X FM FM Approved Equipment for use in Class Divis ion 2 Group A B C D Hazardous Locations TUV TUV Certifi Capable of ed for Functional Safety SIL 2 1 When marked See the Product Certification link at http www ab com for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and
53. Isolation voltage 250V continuous basic insulation type output channels to backplane and output channel to channel Routine tested at 1350V AC for 2 s Removable terminal block 1756 TBNH 1756 TBSH Slot width 1 Wire size 0 33 2 1 mm 22 14 AWG solid or stranded copper wire rated at 90 C 194 F or greater 1 2 mm 0 047 in insulation max Wire category 201 North American temperature code T4A IEC temperature code T4 Enc 1 2 osure insta Environmental Specifications 1756 OF6VI Attribute Temperature operating IE IE IE C 60 C 60 C 60 068 2 1 Test Ad Operating Cold 068 2 2 Test Bd Operating Dry Heat 068 2 14 Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock 1756 OF6VI 0 60 C 32 140 F None open style aximum wire size requires extended housing catalog number 1756 TBE Use this conductor category information for planning conductor routing as described in the system level lation manual See the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770 4 1 Tempe rature surrounding air 60 C 140 F IE IE IE Tempe C 60 C 60 C 60 rature storage 068 2 1 Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold 068 2 2 Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat 068 2 14 Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock 40 85 C 40 185 F Relative humidity 5 95 noncondensing
54. Must be greater than low clamp value Low clamp value Must be less than high clamp value The values for user defined state at Fault or Program set during initial configuration must fall within the range of the High and Low clamp values 354 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Use Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration Appendix C Considerations With This Ladder Logic Example IMPORTANT The considerations listed in this section apply only if you are using RSLogix 5000 software version 9 or earlier If you are using RSLogix 5000 software version 10 or later none of these considerations apply Remember the following when using this method of module reconfiguration using the reset service When this method of reconfiguration is used on output modules ALL module outputs will be reset to zero for at least three seconds This method of reconfiguration will cause a Major Fault in the controller if the module was initially configured to do so on the following window E Module Properties Local 3 1756 IR6I 1 1 x General Connection Module Info Configuration Alarm Configuration Calibration Backplane Requested Packet Interval RPI 25 04 ms 25 0 750 0 ms Inhibit Module Choose a Major Fault IV Major Fault On Controller If Connection Fails While in Run Mode in controller here Module Fault Status Offline Cancel Apply Help
55. Non isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 1756 IF8 Chapter 4 1756 IF8 Differential Voltage Wiring Example 4 Channels Channel 0 d IN 0 2 1 8 i RTN 0 IN 1 T l4 3 EDI li RTN 1 SECUN IN2 Fels s i RIN2 Shield Ground IN 3 Le 8 7 i RTN 3 RTN 10 9 DT RTN IN 4 Hes uf i RTN 4 Channel 3 IN 5 la 13 EDT E RTN 5 IN 6 116 15E i RTN 6 IN 7 Hes 575r i RIN 7 Notused E20 19 ET Not used Shield Ground Not used 2 21 Not used Not used 24 23 G Not used Not used Ay 26 25 Not used RIN 28 27 RTN Not used Fy 30 29 Not used Not used epa 31 K Not used Not used 34 33 Not used Not used G36 35 G Not used Y 40913 M NOTES 1 Use the table when wiring your module in differential mode Channel Terminals Channel O IN 0 amp IN 1 Channel 1 IN 2 amp IN 3 Channel2 IN 4 amp IN 5 Channel 3 IN 6 amp IN 7 2 All terminals marked RTN are connected internally 3 If multiple 4 or multiple terminals are tied together connect that tie point to a RTN terminal to maintain the module s accuracy 4 Terminals marked RTN or iRTN are not used for differential voltage
56. Operating 2g Q 10 500 Hz IEC 60068 2 27 Tes Shock operating 30g IEC 60068 2 27 Test Ea Unpackaged Shock Shock nonoperating 50 g Ea Unpackaged Shock Emissions CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A ESD Immunity 6 kV contact discharges IEC 61000 4 2 8 kV air discharges Radiated RF Immunity 10V m with 1 kHz sine wave 8096 AM from 80 2000 MHz IEC 61000 4 3 10V m with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM 900 MHz 1 0V m with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM 1890 MHz 3V m with 1 kHz sine wave 8096 AM from 2000 2700 MHz EFT B Immunity IEC 61000 4 4 2 kV at 5 kHz on shielded signal ports Surge Transient Immunity IEC 61000 4 5 2 kV line earth CM on shielded signal ports Conducted RF Immun IEC 61000 4 6 ity Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 10V rms with 1 kHz sine wave 80 AM from 150 kHz 80 MHz on shielded signal ports 297 Appendix A Analog 0 Module Specifications Certifications 1756 IF16 Certification 1756 IF16 UL UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584 CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment See CSA File LR54689C CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class Division 2 Group A B C D Hazardous Locations See CSA File LR69960C CE European Union 2004 108 IEC EMC Directive compliant with EN 61326 1 Meas Control Lab Industrial Requirements
57. PV samples and proportional integral derivative PID calculations IMPORTANT ControlLogix analog 1 0 modules can trigger event tasks at every RTS but not at the RPI For example in the illustration above an event task can be only triggered every 100 ms Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Input Modules in a Remote Chassis Analog 0 Operation in the ControlLogix System Chapter 2 If an input module physically resides in a remote chassis the role of the RPI and the module s RTS behavior change slightly with respect to getting data to the owner controller depending on what network type you are using to connect to the modules Remote Input Modules Connected Via the ControlNet Network When remote analog I O modules are connected to the owner conttroller via a scheduled ControlNet network the RPI and RTS intervals still define when the module will multicast data within its own chassis as described in the previous section However only the value of the RPI determines how often the owner controller will receive it over the network When an RPI value is specified for an input module in a remote chassis connected by a scheduled ControlNet network in addition to instructing the module to multicast data within its own chassis the RPI also reserves a spot in the stream of data flowing across the ControlNet network The timing of this reserved spot may or may not coincide with the exact value of the RPI
58. Sourcing Current Loop Input Module 1756 IF6CIS and Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Module 1756 IF6l Chapter 5 Module Fault Word Bits Floating Point Mode Bits in this word provide the highest level of fault detection A nonzero condition in this wotd reveals that a fault exists on the module You can examine further down to isolate the fault The table lists tags that can be examined in ladder logic to indicate when a fault has occurred Tag Description Analog Group This bit is set when any bits in the Channel Fault word are set Its tag Fault name is AnalogGroupFault Input Group Fault This bit is set when any bits in the Channel Fault word are set Its tag name is InputGroup Calibrating This bit is set when any channel is being calibrated When this bit is set all bits in the Channel Fault word are set Its tag name is Calibrating Calibration Fault This bit is set when any of the individual Channel Calibration Fault bits are set Its tag name is CalibrationFault Channel Fault Word Bits Floating Point Mode During normal module operation bits in the Channel Fault word are set if any of the respective channels has an Under or Overrange condition Checking this word for a non zero value is a quick way to check for Under or Overrange conditions on the module The table lists the conditions that set all Channel Fault word bits Conditions for Channel Fault Displays Word Bits A channel is b
59. and 1756 IT6I2 Chapter 6 The illustration offers an ovetview of the fault reporting process in integer mode 15 14 13 12 11 10 8 t Module Fault word A calibrating fault sets bit 11 in the Cold Junction temperature underrange and overrange conditions set bits 9 and 8 for 1756 IT6l only Any bit in the Channel Fault word also sets the Analog Group Fault and Input Group Faul 9 Ch3Underrange 8 Ch30verrange 7 Ch4Underrange 6 Ch40verrange 5 Ch5Underrange 4 Ch5Overrange in the Module Fault word 33 oe 5 4 3 2 1 0 Lf When the module is calibrating all bits in the Channel Fault word are set ME i i i 15 14 Bn 11 10 9 8 Underrange and overrange conditions set the corresponding Channel Fault word bit or that channel 41349 145 Temperature measuring Analog Modules 1756 IR6I 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT612 Module Fault Word Bits Integer Mode In integer mode Module Fault word bits bits 15 8 operate exactly as desctibed in floating point mode The table lists tags that ate found in the Module Fault Word Module Fault Word Tags Tag Description Analog Group This bit is set when any bits in the Channel Fault word are set Its tag Fault name is AnalogGroupFault Input Group Fault T
60. surrounding air 60 C 140 F IEC 60 IEC 60 IEC 60 Temperature storage 068 2 1 Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold 068 2 2 Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat 068 2 14 Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock 40 85 C 40 185 F IEC 60 Relative humidity 068 2 30 Test Db Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat 5 95 noncondensing Vibration 2g 10 500 Hz IEC 60068 2 6 Test Fc Operating Shock operating 30g IEC 60068 2 27 Test Ea Unpackaged Shock Shock nonoperating 50g IEC 60068 2 27 Test Ea Unpackaged Shock Emissions CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A ESD Immunity 6 kV contact discharges IEC 61000 4 2 8 kV air discharges IEC 6 Radiated RF Immunity 4 3 000 10V m with 1 kHz sine wave 80 AM from 80 2000 MHz 10V m with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM 900 MHz 10V m with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM 1890 MHz 3V m with 1 kHz sine wave 80 AM from 2000 2700 MHz 302 EFT B Immunity 2 kV at 5 kHz on shielded signal ports IEC 61000 4 4 Surge Transient Immunity 2 kV line earth CM on shielded signal ports IEC 61000 4 5 Conducted RF Immunity 10V rms with 1 kHz sine wave 80 AM from 150 kHz 80 MHz on shielded signal ports IEC 61000 4 6 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Analog 1 0 Module Specifications Appendix A Certifications 1756 IR6I Certification 1756 IR6I UL UL
61. the lower load results in higher operating temperatures and may affect the module s reliability over time We recommend you terminate the output channels as described above whenever possible 175 Chapter 8 Isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF6CI and 1756 OF6VI 1756 OF6VI Output Circuit The diagram shows field side circuitry for the 1756 OF6CI module 8250 Q 3160 Q id CZ Ix D A converter lee Voltage Output 0 00047 pF RET 43508 176 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Wire the 1756 OF6CI Module NOTES 1 Place additional devices anywhere in the loop 2 Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal NOTES 1 Place additional devices anywhere in the loop 2 Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 1756 OF6CI Wiring Example for Loads of 0 550 Q OUT 1 ALT 1 RTN 1 OUT 3 ALT 3 RTN 3 Not used OUT 5 ALT 5 RTN 5 N oy tj CISICISIZISISIEISIE D 1756 OF6CI Wiring Example for Loads of 551 1000 OUT 1 ALT 1 RTN 1 OUT 3 ALT 3 RTN 3 Not used OUT 5 ALT 5 RTN 5
62. w en KB O iaia Q99 9 Q9 HM DS ia 5 AS T 1 valet OIE Spade Lug ne 1 i Spade Lug CN NI Ai E ey ee Nae ice Hep eB OID Connecting a Cold Junction Sensor to the 1756 IT6l Module You must connect the CJS to the 1756 IT6I module at terminals 10 and 14 To ease installation wire terminal 12 RTN 3 before connecting the cold junction sensor Lug D Wire ili He 20908 M ele PELES HASNT Contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative to order additional sensors Connecting a Cold Junction Sensor to the 1756 IT6I2 Module You must connect two CJSs to the 1756 IT6I2 when using an RTB The additional CJS offers greater accuracy when measuring temperature on the module Connect the cold junction sensors to terminals 3 4 17 18 as shown in the illustrations D j T E cs meas s FTN T m e L 1 le TES N Contact your local distributor ot Rockwell Automation sales representative to order additional sensors Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P D
63. 0 14 Click Next 15 Record the measurement High Reference Volts Calibration Range 10to 10 V Calibration Wizard Measure and Record Values Measure the output values for the selected channels using a High Recorded Reference Reference Volts Volts Calibration Range accuracy of at least 4 decimal places Channels 0 Enter the measured value for each channel in the Recorded Reference column Press Nest to continue 16 Click Next P 9 9927 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules Chapter 11 A Results wizard displays the status of each channel after calibrating for a high reference If channels are OK continue If any channels report an error retry steps 13 16 until the status is OK Calibration Wizard Results Press Next to continue Calibrati High eee Channel Calibrate cin Reference Reference 10to 10 V After you have completed both low and high reference calibration this window shows the status of both Calibration Wizard Calibration Completed Calibration of selected i Calibration Low High channels hasbeen Chennel Calibrate Range Recorded SS Recorded completed successfully 0to10v 000272V OK S999270V OK The calibration constants of the selected channel s have been saved
64. 1 0 Module Specifications Appendix A ControlLogix voltage current output analog module 1756 OF8 Current 1756 OF8 Voltage Z VOUT 4 VOUT 0 VOUT 4 VOUT 0 KD KD KD XD em T I I T CE ou X _ I I IOUT 4 I 185 outo Current IOUT 4 ie Id IOUT O E Output z RTN Ie IE R load RIN E am 8 1 VOUT 5 VOUT 1 L H i J VOUT 5 53 VOUT 1 E e n ED Shield Ground ES H H E S le roun OURS ic eI l lOUTS Id Id IOUT 1 n gi Shield Ground i i vars EB LCD vor vars ECL ve H H T 14 13 IOUT 6 i Ur OUT 2 L H KD lige ours EGS ours L O 16 15 RTN i RTN U I ED KD aw HST m vourz G9 IEB vours EET 20 19 VOUT 7 i Ia VOUT 3 IQUT 7 IOUT 3 i KD KD os D on PX Place additional loop devices such as strip chart recorders at Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal the A location noted above All terminals marked RTN are connected internally Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal All terminals marked RTN are connected internally Q3 ANALOG OUTPUT CAL Fy OK 4 Input Signal to User Count Conversion 1756 OF8 Low Signal and User Counts 0 mA 32768 counts 10 4336V 32768 counts High Signal and User Counts 21 2916 mA 32767 counts 10 4336V 32767 counts 10V Technical Specifications 1756 OF8
65. 1350V AC for 2 s Removable terminal block 1756 TBCH 1756 TBS6H Slot width 1 Wire size 0 33 2 1 mm 22 14 AWG solid or stranded copper wire rated at 90 C 194 F or greater 1 2 mm 0 047 in insulation max Wire category 28 orth American temperature code T4A EC temperature code T4 Enclosure type None open style Notch filter dependent 2 Maximum wire size requires extended housing catalog number 1756 TBE B Use this conductor category information for planning conductor routing as described in the system level installation manual See the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770 4 1 296 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Analog I O Module Specifications Appendix A Environmental S Attribute pecifications 1756 IF16 Temperature operating IEC 60068 2 2 Test B IEC 60068 2 14 Test IEC 60068 2 1 Test Ad Operating Cold d Operating Dry Heat Nb Operating Thermal Shock 1756 IF16 0 60 C 32 140 F Temperature surroun ding air 60 C 140 F Temperature storage IEC 60068 2 2 Test B IEC 60068 2 14 Test IEC 60068 2 1 Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold b Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock 40 85 C 40 185 F Relative humidity IEC 60068 2 30 Tes Db Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat 5 95 noncondensing Vibrati on IEC 60068 2 6 Test Fc
66. 1492 AIFM6S 3 1492 RAIFM6S 3 Feed through 6 channel isolated with 3 4 terminals channel 1492 ACABLExZ 1756 IT6l 1756 IT6I2 1492 AIFMGTC 3 N A Thermocouple 6 channel with 3 terminals channel 1492 ACABLExY 1492 ACABLExYT 1756 OF4 Current Voltage 1492 AlFM4 3 1492 RAIFM4 3 4 1756 OF6CI 1756 OF6VI 1492 AIFM6S 3 1492 RAIFM6S 3 1756 0F8 us 2 Current Voltage 1492 AlFMB8 3 1492 RAIFM8 3 Feed through 010 1 0 m 025 2 5 m 050 5 m Example 1492 ACABLE025TB is for a 2 5 m cable and the letters TB 386 4 channel input output or 2 in 2 out combination with 3 terminals channel 1492 ACABLEXVB 1492 ACABLEXVA 6 channel isolated with 3 4 terminals channel 1492 ACABLExY 8 or 16 channel input or output with 3 terminals channel Compatible RTB plug 1492 RTB12N screw style terminals or 1492 RTB12P push in style terminals Order plugs separately Compatible RTB plug 1492 RTB16N screw style terminals or 1492 RTB16P push in style terminals Order plugs separately Compatible RTB plug 1492 RTB8N screw style terminals or 1492 RTB8P pushOin style terminals Order plugs separately Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 i 1492 ACABLEXWB 1492 ACABLEXWA Some analog 1 0 modules can be operated in up to four modes current voltage single ended differenti
67. 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT6I2 modules 122 0 open wire detection 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 modules 152 output ramp rate 223 output circuit diagrams 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 modules 156 1756 OF6CI module 174 1756 OF6VI module 176 output data echo 29 ownership 21 changing configuration in multiple owner controllers 34 multiple owners 33 34 P preventing electrostatic discharge 20 process alarms 1756 IF16 amp 1756 IF8 modules 63 1756 IF6CIS and 1756 IF6l modules 100 1756 IR6l 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT6l2 modules 125 producer consumer model 15 44 ramp rate maximum signal value 223 Run mode 223 ramping limiting the rate of change in an output signal 151 169 maximum ramp rate 151 169 rate alarm 1756 IF16 amp 1756 IF8 modules 64 395 Index 396 1756 IF6CIS and 1756 IF6 modules 101 1756 IR6I 1756 IT6 and 1756 IT6I2 modules 126 rate limiting 151 169 ramping alarm 224 rate of change trigger point 126 real time sample RTS 24 61 98 123 in a local chassis 24 in a remote chassis 27 remote chassis configuring remote I O modules 230 connecting via ControlNet network 27 30 connecting via EtherNet IP 28 31 removable terminal block RTB 17 1756 TBCH cage clamp 192 1756 TBE extended housing 194 1756 TBS6H spring clamp 193 installing 195 removing 196 wiring the cage clamp RTB 192 wiring the spring clamp RTB 193 removal and insertion under power RIUP 15 36 187 removing the chassis 197 requested packet interval RPI
68. 2010 minor revision 201 module 1756 IF16 294 1756 IF6CIS 279 1756 IF6l 284 1756 IF8 289 1756 IR6 299 1756 IT6l 304 1756 IT6I2 308 1756 0F4 312 1756 OF6CI 316 1756 OF6VI 320 1756 OF8 323 module block diagrams 1756 IF16 module 67 1756 IF6CIS and 1756 IF6l modules 104 1756 IF8 module 67 1756 OF4 module 154 1756 OF6CI module 172 1756 OF6VI module 173 1756 OF8 module 155 module fault word 1756 IF16 module 78 floating point mode 79 80 integer mode 82 83 1756 IF6CIS and 1756 IF6l modules 111 floating point mode 112 113 115 integer mode 116 1756 IF8 module 85 floating point mode 86 87 integer mode 89 1756 IR6I 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT6l2 modules 141 floating point mode 142 143 integer mode 145 146 1756 OF4 and 1756 0F8 modules 159 floating point mode 160 161 integer mode 163 164 1756 OF6CI and 1756 OF6VI modules 179 floating point mode 180 integer mode 183 184 module filter 1756 IF16 amp 1756 IF8 modules 60 module identification information 19 ASCII text string 19 catalog code 19 major revision 19 minor revision 19 product type 19 serial number 19 status 19 vendor ID 19 WHO service 19 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Index module resolution 15 as related to scaling and data format 48 module status retrieving 19 module tags accessing in RSLogix 5000 software 232 network update time NUT for ControlNet 22 notch filter 1756 IF6CIS and 1756 IF6l modules 97 1756 IR6I
69. 25 retrieving module identification information 19 retrieving module status 19 rolling timestamp 15 RSLogix 5000 calibration 233 downloading configuration data 225 RSNetWorx adding a module to a remote ControlNet chassis 23 using with RSLogix 5000 22 RTB 1756 TBCH cage clamp 192 1756 TBE extended housing 194 1756 TBS6H spring clamp 193 types 192 wiring the cage clamp RTB 192 wiring the spring clamp RTB 193 S scaling as related to module resolution and data format 50 sensor type 1756 IR6I 1756 IT6I and 1756 IT6l2 modules 128 single ended wiring method 1756 IF16 and 1756 IF8 modules 56 software tags floating point mode 331 337 integer mode 327 330 specifications 277 326 spring clamp wiring the RTB 193 status indicators 18 45 input modules 273 output modules 274 T tasks event 26 temperature units 1756 IR6I 1756 IT6I and 1756 IT6I2 modules 130 timestamp 44 rolling 15 tips listen only communication format 204 triggering event tasks 26 troubleshooting 273 276 module status indicators 18 U underrange overrange detection 1756 IF16 amp 1756 IF8 modules 61 1756 IF6CIS and 1756 IF6I modules 98 1756 IR6I 1756 IT6I and 1756 IT6l2 modules 123 W wire off detection 1756 IF16 and 1756 IF8 modules differential current applications 66 differential voltage applications 65 single ended current applications 65 single ended voltage applications 65 1756 IF6CIS and 1756 IF6l modules 102 current applicati
70. 46 Publication 1756 UMOO9C EN P December 2010 149 Chapter 7 Non isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF4 and 1756 0F8 Choose a Data Format Non isolated Output Module Features 150 Data format defines the format of channel data sent from the controller to the module defines the format of the data echo that the module produces and determines the features that are available to your application You choose a data format when you choose a Communication Format You can choose one of these data formats nteger mode Floating point mode The table shows features that are available in each format Features Available in Each Data Format Data Format Features Available Features Not Available Integer mode Ramp to program value Clamping Ramp to fault value Ramp in Run mode Hold for initialization Rate and Limit alarms Hold Last State or User Value in Scaling fault or program mode Hoating point mode All features N A For details on input and output data formats see page 205 in Chapter 10 The table lists features that are specific to the non isolated analog output modules Non isolated Analog Output Module Features Feature gt gt gt Page Hold for Initialization 151 Open Wire Detection 152 Clamping Limiting 152 Clamp Limit Alarms 153 Data Echo 153 You can mix current and voltage outputs on a 1756 OF4 or 1756 OF8 module Other common features are describe
71. 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 42 1 0 tf ttf L CETLE ttt 31 0 15 Ch8Underrange 7 Ch12Underrange Underrange and overrange conditions 4 set the corresponding Channel Fault 14 Ch80verrange 6 Ch120verrange 13 Ch9Underrange 5 Ch13Underrange Word butor thar ELI 12 Ch90verrange 4 Ch130verrange 11 Ch10Underrange 3 Ch14Underrange 10 Ch10verrange 2 Ch140verrange 9 C11Underrange 1 Ch15Underrange 8 Ch110verrange 0 Ch150verrange 41513 Publication 1756 UMO0009C EN P December 2010 Non isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 1756 IF8 Chapter 4 1756 IF16 Module Fault Word Bits Integer Mode In integer mode Module Fault word bits bits 15 8 operate exactly as described in floating point mode The table lists tags that can be examined in ladder logic to indicate when a fault has occurred Tag Analog Group Fault Description This bit is set when any bits in the Channel Fault word are set Its tag name is AnalogGroupFault Calibrating This bit is set when any channel is being calibrated When this bit is set all bits in the Channel Fault word are set Its tag name is Calibrating Calibration Fault This bit is set when any of the individual Channel Calibration Fault bits are set Its tag name is Calibratio
72. A nonzero condition in this wotd reveals that a fault exists on the module You can examine further down to isolate the fault The table lists tags that are found in the Module Fault Word Module Fault Word Tags Tag Description Analog Group Fault This bit is set when any bits in the Channel Fault word are set Its tag name is AnalogGroupFault Input Group Fault This bit is set when any bits in the Channel Fault word are set Its tag name is InputGroup Calibrating This bit is set when any channel is being calibrated When this bit is set all bits in the Channel Fault word are set Its tag name is Calibrating Calibration Fault This bit is set when any of the individual Channel Calibration Fault bits are set Its tag name is CalibrationFault Cold Junction This bit is set when the ambient temperature around the cold Underrange 1756 IT6l junction sensor is below 0 9C Its tag name is CJUnderrange and 1756 IT6l2only Cold Junction Overrange This bit is set when the ambient temperature around the cold 1756 IT6l and junction sensor is above 86 C Its tag name is CJOverrange 1756 IT6l2only Channel Fault Word Bits Floating Point Mode During normal module operation bits in the Channel Fault word are set if any of the respective channels has an Under or Overrange condition Checking this word for a nonzero value is a quick way to check for Under or Overrange conditions on the module The table lists the
73. An I O connection where the 1756 CNB module collects digital I O words into a rack image to conserve ControlNet connections and bandwidth rack optimization A communication format in which the 1756 CNB module collects all digital I O words in the remote chassis and sends them to controller as a single rack image remote connection An I O connection where the controller establishes an individual connection with I O modules in a remote chassis removal and insertion under power RIUP ControlLogix feature that allows a user to install or remove a module or RTB while power is applied removable terminal block RTB Field wiring connector for I O modules requested packet interval RPI The maximum amount of time between broadcasts of I O data 391 Glossary 392 run mode In this mode the following events occur Controller program is executing nputs are actively producing data Outputs are actively controlled service A system feature that is performed on user demand such as fuse reset or diagnostic latch reset system side Backplane side of the interface to the I O module tag A named area of the controllers memory where data is stored timestamping A ConttolLogix process that stamps a change in input data with a relative time reference of when that change occurred Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Numerics 10 Ohm offset 1756 IR6I 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT6l2 modules 126 1756 TBCH
74. C s the rate alarm only triggers if the difference between measured input samples changes at a rate gt 100 1 C s If the module s RTS is 100 ms that is sampling new input data every 100 ms and at time 0 the module measures 355 C and at time 100 ms measures 363 C the rate of change is 363 355 C 100 ms 80 C s The rate alarm would not set as the change is less than the trigger point of 100 1 C s If the next sample taken is 350 3 C the rate of change is 350 3 363 C 100 ms 127 C s The absolute value of this result is gt 100 1 C s so the rate alarm will set Absolute value is used because rate alarm checks for the magnitude of the rate of change being beyond the trigger point whether a positive or negative excursion To see how to set the rate alarm see page 210 10 Ohm Offset With this feature you can compensate for a small offset error in a 10 Q copper RTD Values can range from 0 99 0 99 Qin units of 0 01 Q For example if the resistance of a copper RTD used with a channel is 9 74 Qat 25 C you would enter 0 26 in this field To see how to set the 10 Ohm Offset see page 215 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Wire Off Conditions In this application 1756 IR6l Module in Temperature Applications Temperature measuring Analog Modules 1756 IR6I 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT6 2 Chapter 6 Wire Off Detection The ControlLogix temperature measuring modules alert you w
75. CJS is not fitted or if the sensor wiring leads ate incorrect for example swapped over at the thermocouple cards input there s a possibility of a negative or positive temperature fluctuation when the thermocouple sensor is warmed 131 Chapter 6 Temperature measuring Analog Modules 1756 IR6I 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT612 The table lists the cold junction error from actual temperature depending on the type of cold junction compensation that is used Cold junction Compensation Types If you use this module 1756 IT6I2 With this type of cold junction compensation Two cold junction sensors on an RTB The cold junction error from actual temperature is 0 3 C 32 54 F 1756 IT612 IFM 0 3 C 32 54 F 1756 IT6l One cold junction sensor on an RTB 4 32 C 37 76 F max 1756 IT6l IFM 0 3 C 32 54 F The cold junction error varies for each channel but 3 2 C 37 76 F is the maximum error any channel will show Cold Junction Compensation When using the thermocouple 1756 IT6I and 1756 IT612 modules you must account for additional voltage that may alter the input signal A small voltage generates at the junction of the thermocouple field wires and the screw terminations of an RTB or IFM This thermoelectric effect alters the input signal To accurately compensate the input signal from your module you must use a cold junction sensor CJS to acco
76. Calibrated Accuracy 25 C 77 F specification represents a time drift aging specification between calibrations A module with a calibration accuracy of 0 01 of range immediately following calibration is estimated to be better than 0 1 of range 25 C 77 F for one year that is the calibration cycle The reason for the difference between 0 01 and 0 1 of range is that the Calibrated Accuracy 25 C 77 F specification must capture the effect of component aging until the next time the module is calibrated Primarily the module s operating conditions such as temperature humidity and power cycling affect component aging Because ControlLogix analog I O modules operate in different conditions the specific accuracy deviation from 0 01 of range cannot be measured Typically however a module s Calibrated Accuracy 25 C 77 F is closer to 0 05 of range than 0 1 of range as the 0 1 of range is determined by the worst case scenario operating conditions Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Error Calculated Over Hardware Range How Operating Temperature Changes Affect Module Accuracy Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Additional Specification Information Appendix E A ConttolLogix analog I O module s calibration accuracy at 25 C 77 F is calculated over the full hardware range of the module and is not dependent on the application s use of the range The error is the same if you a
77. Calibration Fault This bit is set when any of the individual Channel Calibration Fault bits are set Its tag name is CalibrationFault Channel Fault Word Bits Integer Mode In integer mode Channel Fault word bits operate exactly as described in floating point mode The table lists the conditions that set all Channel Fault wotd bits Conditions for Channel Fault Displays Word Bits A channel is being calibrated 003F for all bits A communications fault occurred FFFF for all bits between the module and its owner controller Your logic can monitor the Channel Fault Word bit for a particular input to determine the state of that point 116 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Sourcing Current Loop Input Module 1756 IF6CIS and Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Module 1756 IF61 Chapter 5 Channel Status Word Bits Integer Mode The Channel Status word has the following differences when used in integer mode Only Underrange and Overrange conditions are reported by the module Alarming and Calibration Fault activities are not available although the Calibration Fault bit in the Module Fault wotd will activate if a channel is not propetly calibrated There is only one Channel Status word for all six channels When the Calibration Fault bit bit 7 is set in any of the words the Calibration Fault bit bit 9 is set in the Module Fault word The table lists the conditions that se
78. Diets 125 Underrange Overrange Detection 124 204 cbr ehh 123 Distal Filtet scr E RIO E em Serna eee eE 124 Process Alatise oeni e E EE NUT e MTM 125 Rate Alati i Sek ce aed hha Sel adn ted AE tals ac gd 126 Io OB ESCE ects er vi etate abes dex ta 126 Wire Of Detection 5 oe aded a fete avos idea bre edi apd 127 SENSOR TUBES Du spe oer pedalak do opu E et Aa a uie OR UR ee 128 Temperature Dites oues edes eoe pe pete deseos 130 Input Signal to User Count Conversion issues 130 Wire Length Calculations uto Sees to e Eph qa Rd 131 Differences Between the 1756 IT6I and 1756 IT6I2 Modules 131 Cold Junction Compensation 0 0 00 eese 192 Improved Module Accuracy 2 os So Ere feod can P Se d 135 Use Module Block and Input Circuit Diagrams 136 Field side Circuit Diagrams cuo epe e RC EO AUR PERO tee Oy 137 Wire the Modulesss e reat PREPARA QUARC ae neat 138 Fault and Status Reporting ewe Ls bct tent Monee dd dasa Pues 141 Fault Reporting in Floating Point Mode 04 142 Module Fault Word Bits Floating Point Mode 143 Channel Fault Word Bits Floating Point Mode 143 Channel Status Word Bits Floating Point Mode 144 Fault Reporting in Integer Mode wis aa cede ca bk eed Pes 145 Module Fault Word Bits Integer Mode 146 Channel Fault Word Bits Integer Mode 146 Channel Status Word Bits Integer Mode
79. OUTPUT CAL i OK 6 Input Signal to User Count Conversion 1756 OF4 Low Signal and User Counts High Signal and User Counts 0 mA 21 2916 mA 32768 counts 32767 counts 10V 10 4336V 10 4336V 32768 counts 32767 counts Technical Specifications 1756 OF4 Attribute 1756 0F4 Outputs 8 voltage or current Output range 10 4V 0 21 mA Resolution Voltage 15 bits across 10 5V 320 uV bit Current 15 bits across 21mA 650 nA bit Current draw 5 1V 150 mA Current draw 24V 120 mA Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Technical Specifications 1756 OF4 Attribute Power dissipation max Analog 1 0 Module Specifications Appendix A 1756 0F4 3 25 W 4 channel current Thermal dissipation 10 91 BTU hr Open circuit detection Current output only Output must be set to gt 0 1 mA Overvoltage protection 24V DC Short circuit protection Electronically current limited to 21mA or less Drive capability Voltage 2000 Q Current 0 750 Q Settling time 2 ms to 9596 of final value with resistive loads Calibrated accuracy 4 21 mA 10 4 10 4V Better than 0 05 of range 25 C 77 F Calibration interval 12 months Offset drift 50 uV C 100 nA C Gain drift with temperature Voltage 25 ppm C 520 uV C Current 50 ppm C 1050 wA C Module e
80. Reporting in Floating The illustration provides an overview of the fault reporting process in floating Point Mode point mode Module Fault Word described on page 113 15 14 13 12 11 E 15 AnalogGroupFault When the module is calibrating all bits in 14 InGroupFault the Channel Fault word are set 12 Calibrating 11 Cal Fault 13 is not used by the 1756 IF6CIS or 1756 IFGI If set any bit in the Channel Fault word also sets the Analog Group Fault and Input Group Fault in the Module Fault word ry A A Channel Fault Word t j described on page 113 5 4 3 2 1 0 5 ChbFault i 1 1 i 4 Ch4Fault 3 Ch3Fault A channel n n 2 Ch2Fault calibration fault 1 Ch1Fault sets the calibration 0 ChOFault fault in the Module Fault word Anunderrange overrange condition sets appropriate Channel Fault bits Channel Status Words je p pe one for each channel described on page 114 E 6 5 4 3 2 l 0 7 ChxCalFault 3 ChxLAlarm Alarm bits in the Channel Status word do not 6 ChxUnderrange 2 ChxHAlarm set additional bits at any higher level 5 ChxOverrange 1 ChxLLAlarm You must monitor these conditions here 4 ChxRateAlarm 0 ChxHHAlarm 41345 112 Publication 1756 UM009C EN P December 2010
81. S T N C D TXK XK L Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Temperature measuring Analog Modules 1756 IR6I 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT6 2 Chapter 6 When you select any of the sensor or thermocouple types listed 1n the table during configuration RSLogix 5000 software uses the default values in the scaling box Default Signal and Engineering Values in RSLogix 5000 Low signal 1 1756 IR6l Low engineering 1 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT612 Low signal 12 Low engineering 12 High signal 487 High engineering 487 High signal 78 High engineering 78 IMPORTANT The module sends back temperature values over the entire sensor range as long as the low signal value equals the low engineering value and the high signal value equals the high engineering value The actual numbers used in the signal and engineering fields are irrelevant as long as they are equal The table displays the temperature range for each 1756 IROI sensor type Temperature Limits for 1756 IR6l Sensor Types 1756 IR6I Sensor Copper Nickel Nickel Platinum Platinum 427 618 672 385 3916 Low temperature 200 0 C 60 0 C 80 0 C 200 0 C 200 0 C 328 0 F 76 0 F 112 0 F 328 0 F 328 0 F High temperature 260 0 C 250 0 C 320 0 C 870 0 C 630 0 C 500 0 F 482 0 F 608 0 F 1598 0 F 1166 0 F To see how to choose an RTD sensor type see page 215 The tab
82. See page 214 in Chapter 10 for procedures Follow these steps to calibrate your module IMPORTANT The 1756 IF16 module is used in the screen facsimiles for the calibration process However the procedures are the same for the 1756 IF8 module 1 Connect your voltage calibrator to the module 2 Go to the Calibration tab on the Module Properties dialog box Wil Module Properties Local 3 1756 IF16 1 1 General Connection Module Info Configuration Calibration Backplane _ Channel Calibration Range 1 006373 1 006356 1 006251 1 006510 1 006417 1 006013 1 006394 1 006200 1 005994 1 005752 1 005913 Status Running inn Calibration Calibrati A p gt Start Calibration Counts Status Module Last Successfully Calibrated on 11 18 1998 3 Click Start Calibration to access the Calibration Wizard to step through the process If your module is not in Program mode a warning message appeats You must manually change the module to Program mode before clicking Yes RSLogix 5000 DANGER Calibration should not be performed on a module currently being used for control There also exists a module identity mismatch All channels will freeze at their current values and control may be interrupted Continue with Calibration Ye 236 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules Chapter 11 4 Set the channels to be
83. See page 82 in Chapter 4 for an amplitude chart example Scaling You can scale only with the floating point data format Scaling lets you configure two points in the module s operating range with the associated low and high points for this range See page 50 in Chapter 3 for details RTS Choose a value in milliseconds that the module performs a Real Time Sample RTS This parameter determines when the module scans all input channels stores data into memory and multicasts the update channel data Note If the RTS value is less than or equal to the RPI each multicast of data from the module will have updated channel information If the RTS value is greater than the RPI the module multicats at both the RTS value and the RPI rate The module resets the RPI timer each time an RTS is performed 211 Chapter 10 212 Configure ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules The 1756 IR6l 1756 IT6I and 1756 IT6I2 modules have additional configurations such as temperature units and cold option junctions See page 215 and page 216 for dialog box examples 2 After the channels are configured do one of the following Click Apply to store a change but stay on the dialog box to choose another tab Click OK if you are finished making changes Alarm Configuration Tab The Alarm Configuration tab on the Module Properties dialog box lets you program high and low limits disable and latch alarms and set a deadban
84. Signal in Range in Range 1756 IF6CIS 0 mA 20 mA 0 mA 21 09376 mA 1756 IF6l 10V 10 54688V 10 54688V OV 10V OV 10 54688V OV 5V OV 5 27344V 0 mA 20 mA 0 mA 21 09376 mA IMPORTANT Be careful when disabling all alarms on the channel because It also disables the underrange overrange detection feature If alarms are disabled overrange underrange is zero and the only way you can discover a wire off detection is from the input value itself If you need to detect a wire off status do not disable all alarms We recommend that you disable only unused channels so extraneous alarm bits are not set Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Sourcing Current Loop Input Module 1756 IF6CIS and Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Module 1756 IF6l Chapter 5 Digital Filter The digital filter smooths input data noise transients on each input channel This value specifies the time constant for a digital first order lag filter on the input It is specified in units of milliseconds A value of 0 zero disables the filter IMPORTANT The digital filter is available only in applications that use floating point mode The digital filter equation is a classic first order lag equation A t Yn Yn 1 X Y 1 Ap X Yn Yn Present output filtered peak voltage PV Yn 1 Previous output filtered PV At Module channel update time seconds TA Digital filter time constant second
85. Source Number of Elements Destination In version 10 and later after you choose a Service Type RSLogix 5000 software fills in most of the fields listed above The fields you must fill in are dependent on what Service Type you choose For example with the High Alarm Unlatch you must know only the Source Element and the Destination A table describes the relationship of the fields in both dialog boxes on page 345 344 Publication 1756 UMOO9C EN P December 2010 Use Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration Appendix C Configuration Tab The Configuration tab provides information on what module service to perform and where to perform it RSLogix 5000 Software Version 9 and Farlier RSLogix 5000 Software Version 10 and Later Message Configuration Slotl1 Ch HH Alarm unlatch x Message Configuration Slot Ch0 H Alarm Unlatch x Configuration Communication Tag Message Type CIP Generic X Service Unlatch Analog High Alarm I Service Code fab Hex Source x Type Configuration Communication Message Type for Generic Object Type fa Hex Num Of Elements 0 Bytes perve 4b Hex Clas s He Destinatior pu Ms Object ID Destination x Instance 1 Attribute sc ie New Tag Object Attribute ce Hex Create Tag O Enable 2 Enable Waiting Q Start Done Done Length 0 Error Code Bamme O Enable Enable Waiting Sta
86. Temperature in C Thermocouple Module Error at 25 C 77 F Type N Thermocouple Connection in a 12 78 mV Input Range 5 4 Module Error 2 1 4 e 0 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 Application Temperature in C Thermocouple Module Error at 25 C 77 F Type T Thermocouple Connection in a 12 78 mV Input Range 500 400 Module Error 3 200 1 00 0 00 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 Application Temperature in C 372 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Additional Specification Information Appendix E I Thermocouple resolution indicates the degrees that an application ermocoup e nesoiution P 8 PP temperature must change before the ControlLogix thermocouple module reports a change Resolution varies depending on the these factors Input range used either 12 30 mV 12 78 mV Thermocouple type any of the following B R S E J K N T L and D Land D are used on the 1756 IT612 module only Application temperature that is the temperature of the physical location where the thermocouple is being used EXAMPLE For example when the 1756 IT6l module is operating in the following conditions e 12 30 mV input range connected to a type K thermocouple e application temperature of 400 C 752 F the resolution is 0 017 degrees In other words the applicati
87. UM009C EN P December 2010 375 AppendixE Additional Specification Informatio n 020 4 0 18 4 016 4 Minimum Amount of Degree Change Required for Thermocouple Module 0 4 to Report the Change M 0 06 0 04 0 02 0 00 0 18 0 16 0 14 Minimum Amount of TAI Degree Change Required a for Thermocouple Module Ri to Report the Change 008 Minimum Amount of Degree Change Required 9 7 for Thermocouple Module 1 to Report the Change 0 08 0 06 004 002 0 00 316 Thermocouple Module Resolution Type J Thermocouple Connection in a 12 30 mV Input Range B NER 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 Application Temperature in C Thermocouple Module Resolution Type K Thermocouple Connection in a 12 30 mV Input Range 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 Application Temperature in C Thermocouple Module Resolution Type N Thermocouple Connection in a 12 30 mV Input Range 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 Application Temperature in C Publication 1756 UM009C EN P December 2010 Additional Specification Information Appendix E Thermocouple Module Resolution TypeT Thermocouple Connection in a 12 30 mV Input Range Minimum Amount of Degree Change Required for Thermocouple Module o to Report the Change ons 200 o 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 Applica
88. Voltage Current Input Module 1756 IF6I Use the Isolated Power Source on the 1756 IF6CIS 94 The 1756 IF6CIS module offers an internal power source on each channel The source is current limited to 28 mA and allows the module to power a two wire transmitter directly without the need for an external power supply The transmitter can then vary the current to the analog input in proportion to the process variable being measured The inclusion of an internal on board current source saves you the expense of extra power supplies and greatly simplifies the interface wiring to field devices In addition to supplying loop power to two wite transmitters the module can also accommodate current loops powered by an external supply and loops using four wire transmitters Power Calculations with the 1756 IF6CIS Module The 1756 IF6CIS module uses the system power supply 1756 Px7x as the source for loop power Because of the demands placed on that supply that is the 1756 IF6CIS module consumes 7 9 W of backplane power special care must be taken when calculating the powet requirements for modules in the same chassis as a 1756 IF6CIS module For example when used with the 1756 L55M13 controller you can place only eight 1756 IF6CIS modules in the chassis before exceeding the wattage capacity of the power supply Other Devices in the Wiring Loop The voltage source on each channel can drive loop impedance of up to 1000 ohms This lets you incl
89. Word Conditions Tag Status Bit word Temperature measuring Analog Modules 1756 IR6I 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT6 2 Chapter 6 Channel Status Word Bits Integer Mode The Channel Status word has the following differences when used in integer mode Only Underrange and Overrange conditions are reported by the module Alarming and Calibration Fault activities are not available although the Calibration Fault bit in the Module Fault wotd will activate if a channel is not propetly calibrated There is only one Channel Status word fot all six channels When the Calibration Fault bit bit 7 is set in any of the words the Calibration Fault bit bit 9 is set in the Module Fault word The table lists the conditions that set each of the words Event that sets this tag ChxUnderrange Odd numbered bits from bit The underrange bit is set when the input signal at the channel is less than or channels these bits represent see page 145 15 bit5 bit 15 represents equal to the minimum detectable signal channel 0 For more information on the minimum detectable signal for each module see For a full listing of the page 123 This bit also sets the appropriate bit in the Channel Fault word ChxOverrange Even numbered bits from The overrange bit is set when the input signal at the channel is greater than Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 bit 14 bit 4 bit 14 or equal to the maximum detectable signal r
90. alarms Scaling Floating point mode All features N A For details on input and output data formats see page 205 in Chapter 10 95 Chapter5 Sourcing Current Loop Input Module 1756 IF6CIS and Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Module 1756 IF6I Features Specific to the The table lists features that are specific to the 1756 IFGCIS and 1756 IF6I 1756 IF6I and 1756 IF6CIS modules Each feature is described later in this section Modules Feature Page Multiple Input Ranges 96 Notch Filter 97 Real Time Sampling 98 Underrange Overrange Detection 98 Digital Filter 99 Process Alarms 100 Rate Alarm 101 Wire Off Detection 102 m Only the 1756 IF6I offers multiple input ranges The 1756 IF6CIS module only operates in the 0 20 mA range Multiple Input Ranges You can only use the 1756 IF6CIS module in current applications Unlike other analog input modules this module does not let you choose an input range All channels use the 0 20 mA input range For the 1756 IF6I module however you can select from a series of operational ranges for each channel on your module The range designates the minimum and maximum signals that are detectable by the module The 1756 IF6I module offers multiple input ranges in both current and voltage applications The table lists the possible input ranges available for use with the 1756 IF6CIS and 1756 IF6I modules Module Input Ranges 1756 IF6CIS 0 20 mA 1756 IF6
91. alarms 223 downloading configuration data 225 driving loads on the 1756 OF6CI module 174 175 dynamic reconfiguration 226 E electrostatic discharge preventing 20 EtherNet IP 22 28 31 event tasks 26 F fault and status reporting 1756 IF16 module 78 1756 IF6CIS and 1756 IF6I modules 111 1756 IF8 module 85 1756 IR6I 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT612 modules 141 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 modules 159 1756 OF6CI and 1756 OF6VI modules 179 fault type 276 H hold for initialization 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 modules 151 1756 OF6CI and 1756 OF6VI modules 169 1 0 See module inhibiting the module in RSLogix 5000 47 input circuit diagram 1756 IF16 and 1756 IF8 current 69 1756 IF16 and 1756 IF8 voltage 68 1756 IF6CIS module 105 1756 IF6l module 105 input ranges 1756 IF16 amp 1756 IF8 modules 59 1756 IF6CIS module 96 1756 IF6l module 96 1756 IR6I 1756 IT6I and 1756 IT6l2 modules 121 installing the module 187 197 interface module 17 internal voltage source on the 1756 IF6CIS module 94 K keying mechanical 18 188 L ladder logic reconfiguring a 1756 IR6l module 353 357 unlatching alarms in the 1756 IF6l module 348 350 unlatching alarms in the 1756 OF6VI module 351 352 latching alarms 46 limit alarms 153 170 limiting 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 modules 152 170 limits high low clamp 223 listen only connections 32 locking tab 18 major revision 201 mechanical keying 18 188 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December
92. appeats when a valid location is detected for the instruction on the rung Inside the message box in the Message Control field right click the question mark to access a pull down menu SG Message Messane Control d Cut Instruction Ctrl x Copy Instruction Ctrl C Om Paste Ctrl V Delete Instruction Del fide adder Flamant Albitne 5 Choose New Tag 341 Appendix C Use Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration The New Tag dialog box appears with the cursor in the Name field IMPORTANT We suggest you name the tag to indicate what module service the message instruction is sending For example if a message instruction is to unlatch a high alarm then name the tag High alarm unlatch to reflect this New Tag 1 x Name ster _ChO_H_Alarm_Unlatch Description a Cancel Help Usage normal Y Type Base bad Alias For j Data Type MESSAGE Scope fa Controller foes Read w te o l Style r Constant Open MESSAGE Configuration 6 Choose from the options in the New Tag dialog box Field Name Description Name Type the tag name including the slot number in the module Description Type an option tag description Usage Use the default Type Use the default Alias for Leave blank Data Type Choose MESSAGE Scope Choose the Controller scope Note Message tags can be created only with the Controller s
93. are detectable by the module Module Possible Ranges 1756 IF16 and 1756 IF8 10 10V 0 5V 0 10V 0 20mA See page 210 for an example of how to choose an input range for your module Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 59 Chapter 4 Non isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 1756 IF8 Module Filter The module filter is a built in feature of the analog to digital convertor that attenuates the input signal beginning at the specified frequency This feature is applied on a module wide basis The module attenuates the selected frequency by approximately 3dB or 0 707 of the applied amplitude This selected frequency is also called the bandwidth of the module An input signal with frequencies above the selected frequency will be attenuated more while frequencies below the selection will receive no attenuation In addition to frequency rejection a by product of the filter selection is the minimum sample rate RTS that is available For example in floating point mode the 1000 Hz selection will not attenuate any frequencies less than 1000 Hz but will allow sampling of all 16 channels within 18 ms But the 10 Hz selection attenuates all frequencies above 10 Hz and allows only sampling of all 16 channels within 488 ms The default setting for the module filter is 60 Hz This setting provides approximately 3 dB of filtering of a 60 Hz input Use the following table to choose a module filter se
94. box lets you program information on a channel by channel or module wide basis The number of channels depends on the selected input module lll Module Properties Local 1 1756 IF6I 1 1 General Connection Module Info Configuration Alam Configuration Calibration Backplane M Channel ey Input Range 10vt010v Sensor Offset oo Scaling e High Signal High Engineering Notch Filter feo Hz z fioo V z fioo Digital Filter a Ap ms Low Signal Low Engineering 100 V 100 RTS 100 z ms zd Status Offline Apply 210 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Configure ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules Chapter 10 1 Choose from the options on the Configuration tab Field Name Channel Description Click the channel that is being configured Input Range Choose the module s input range to determine the minimum and maximum signals that are detected by the module See page 49 in Chapter 3 for a chart showing range and resolution per module Sensor Offset Type a value to compensate for any sensor offset errors Notch Filter Use the default 60 Hz or choose a frequency that attenuates the input signal at this specified frequency Digital Filter Choose a value in milliseconds that specifies the time constant for a digital first order lag filter on the input A value of 0 disables the filter
95. but the control system guarantees that the owner controller receives data at least as often as the specified RPI As shown in the illustration below the input data within the remote chassis is multicast at the configured RPI The ControlNet bridge module sends input data back to the owner controller at least as often as the RPI Local Chassis Remote Chassis 8 8 8 8 E ooo EIEIL ooo ooo 9 9 O e e s Multicast data Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 ControlNet network 40947 The reserved spot on the network and the module s RTS are asynchronous to each other This means there are best and worst Case scenarios as to when the owner controller will receive updated channel data from the module in a networked chassis 27 Chapter 2 28 Analog 0 Operation in the ControlLogix System Best Case RTS Scenario In the best case scenario the module performs an RTS multicast with updated channel data just before the reserved network slot is made available In this case the remotely located owner controller receives the data almost immediately Worst C
96. calibrated Calibration Wizard Select the Channel s to Calibrate Select the channel s to i Calibration Calibration Calibration calibrate using the Offset Status Calibrate checkbox Counts 1 006373 OK Then choose to either d 1 006356 OK Calibrate the Channels in SS 1 006251 OK Groups or Calibrate Channels One Channel 10to 10 V 1 006510 OK at a Time AO0to10 1006417 OK A0to10 1006013 18 OK Press Next to continue Motorov 1 006394 18 OK 10t010V 1 006200 18 OK Anais AMAI 4 nrnna4 4n aw gt Calibrate Channels in Groups Calibrate Channels One at a Time TIP You can select whether to calibrate channels in groups all at once or each channel at a time The example above shows channels 0 1 being calibrated at the same time for instructional purposes We recommend you calibrate all channels on your module each time you calibrate This will help you maintain consistent calibration readings and improve module accuracy 5 Click Next The Low Reference Voltage Signals wizard appears to show which channels will be calibrated for a low reference and the range of the calibration It also shows what reference signal is expected at the input Calibration Wizard Attach Low Reference Voltage Signals Attach Low Reference i Calibration Low signal s to indicated Channel Calibrate Range Reference channel s vots 10to 10 V 0 00 Channels 0 1 1
97. fault data is arranged in such a mannet as to let you choose the level of granularity desired for examining fault conditions Three levels of tags work together to provide increasing degree of detail as to the specific cause of faults on the module The table lists tags that can be examined in ladder logic to indicate when a fault has occurred Fault Word Tags Tag Description Module Fault This word provides fault summary reporting Its tag name is Word ModuleFaults Channel Fault This word provides underrange overrange and communication fault Word reporting Its tag name is ChannelFaults Channel Status This word provides individual channel underrange and overrange fault Words reporting for process alarms rate alarms and calibration faults Its tag name is ChxStatus IMPORTANT Differences exist between floating point and integer modes as they relate to module fault reporting These differences are explained in the following sections 141 Chapter6 Temperature measuring Analog Modules 1756 IR6I 1756 IT6I and 1756 IT6I2 Fault Reporting in Floating The illustration offers an overview of the fault reporting process in floating Point Mode point mode Module Fault Word described on pa
98. if you set the 1756 IF16 module with normal scaling in volts to a tate alarm of 1 0 V S the rate alarm will only trigger if the difference between measured input samples changes at a rate gt 1 0 V S If the module s RTS is 100 ms that is sampling new input data every 100 ms and at time 0 the module measures 5 0 volts and at time 100 ms measutes 5 08 V the rate of change is 5 08V 5 0V 100 mS 0 8 V S The rate alarm would not set as the change is less than the trigger point of 1 0V s If the next sample taken is 4 9V the rate of change is 4 9 V 5 08V 100 mS 1 8V S The absolute value of this result is gt 1 0V S so the rate alarm will set Absolute value is applied because rate alarm checks for the magnitude of the rate of change being beyond the trigger point whether a positive or negative excursion Wire Off Detection The 1756 IF16 and 1756 IF8 modules will alert you when a signal wire only has been disconnected from one of its channels or the RTB has been removed from the module When a wire off condition occurs for this module two events occur Input data for that channel changes to a specific scaled value e A fault bit is set in the owner controller that may indicate the presence of a wite off condition 64 Publication 1756 UMO009C EN P December 2010 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Non isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 1756 IF8 Chapter 4 Because the 1
99. mA Power dissipation max 43W Thermal dissipation 14 66 BTU hr Input impedance gt 10 MQ Open circuit detection time Positive full scale reading within 2 s Overvoltage protection max 120V AC DC Normal mode noise rejection 60 dB at 60 Hz Common mode noise rejection 120 dB 60 Hz 100 dB 50 Hz Channel bandwidth 15 Hz 3 dB Settling time 80 ms to 5 of full scale Calibrated accuracy 25 C Better than 0 196 of range Calibration interval 6 months Local CJC sensor accuracy 0 3 3 2 C depending on channel Remote CJC sensor accuracy 30 3 C Offset drift 0 5 uV C Gain drift with temperature 65 ppm C 80 ppm C max Module error 0 5 of range Module scan time 25 ms min floating point millivolt 50 ms min floating point temperature 10 ms min integer millivolt Isolation voltage 250V continuous basic insulation type input channels to backplane and input channel to channel Routine tested at 1350V AC for 2 s Removable terminal block 1756 TBNH 1756 TBSH Slot width 1 Wire size 0 33 2 1 mm 22 14 AWG solid or stranded copper wire rated at 90 C 194 F or greater 1 2 mm 0 047 in insulation max Wire category 213 North American temperature code T4A IEC temperature code T4 Enclosure type V Notch filter dependent None open style 2 Maximum wire size requires extended housing catalog n
100. not connect more than two wires to any single terminal 178 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 1756 OF6Cl and 1756 OF6VI Module Fault and Status Reporting Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF6CI and 1756 OF6VI Chapter 8 The 1756 OF6CI and 1756 OF6VI modules multicast status and fault data to the owner listening controller with their channel data The fault data is arranged in such a manner as to let you choose the level of granularity for examining fault conditions Three levels of tags work together to provide increasing degree of detail as to the specific cause of faults on the module The table lists tags that can be examined in ladder logic to indicate when a fault Occurs Tag Module Fault Word Description This word provides fault summary reporting Its tag name is ModuleFaults Channel Fault Word This word provides underrange overrange and communications fault reporting Its tag name is ChannelFaults Channel Status Words This word provides individual channel underrange and overrange fault reporting for process alarms rate alarms and calibration faults Its tag name is ChxStatus IMPORTANT Differences exist between floating point and integer modes as they relate to module fault reporting These differences are explained in the following two sections 179 Chapter 8 Fault Reporting in Floating Point Mode 180 Iso
101. oS Ob Re tps bob aod Mg 99 Process Alarins co s oes e ce e EDEN en estende 100 Rate aries oos dedere ms Paus uai ad d eS 101 Wire Off Detection cete RR Ux wu tede 102 Use Module Block and Input Circuit Diagrams 104 Field side Circuit Diagrams 1d cus e Xe ee e SER io 105 Wire the 1756 IF6CIS Module 0 0 00 ees 106 Wire the 1756 IF6I Module 00 ccc ees 109 1756 IF6CIS or 1756 IF6I Module Fault and Status Reporting 111 Fault Reporting in Floating Point Mode 04 112 Module Fault Word Bits Floating Point Mode 113 Channel Fault Word Bits Floating Point Mode 113 Channel Status Word Bits Floating Point Mode 114 Fault Reporting in Integer Mode 0 0 00 eee eee eee 115 Module Fault Word Bits Integer Mode 0 116 Channel Fault Word Bits Integer Mode 116 Channel Status Word Bits Integer Mode 117 7 Table of Contents Temperature measuring Analog Modules 1756 IR6I 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT6I2 Non isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 0F4 and 1756 OF8 Chapter 6 Maresors ims MP MOULE 119 Choose a Data POHabes oio e tr a gan eer S PR 120 Temperature measuring Module Features 000000 121 Multiple Input Batiges a eerste e SC ERA dee wr eae ales 121 IN GtC OUP Iter et eso M ete ecce Gee oae E eee aie 122 Real Time Sampling s du ioebe ebs dap re Poele a E
102. page 116 AIME MEME the Channel Fault 5 ChbFault word are set 4 Ch4Fault t 3 Ch3Fault 2 Ch2Fault 1 Ch1Fault Min E E A Channel Status Words is fia li i2 ulilo fs 7 fe s one for each channel described on page 117 Underrange and overrange conditions set the corresponding 15 ChOUnderrange 9 Ch3Underrange Channel Fault word bit for that channel 14 ChOOverrange 8 Ch30verrange 13 Ch1Underrange 7 Ch4Underrange 12 Ch1Overrange 6 Ch4Overrange 11 Ch2Underrange 5 ChoUnderrange 41349 10 Ch20verrange 4 Ch5Overrange Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 115 Chapter5 Sourcing Current Loop Input Module 1756 IF6CIS and Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Module 1756 IF6I Module Fault Word Bits Integer Mode In integer mode Module Fault word bits bits 15 8 operate exactly as desctibed in floating point mode The table lists tags that can be examined in ladder logic to indicate when a fault has occurred Tag Analog Group Fault Description This bit is set when any bits in the Channel Fault word are set Its tag name is AnalogGroupFault Input Group Fault This bit is set when any bits in the Channel Fault word are set Its tag name is InputGroup Calibrating This bit is set when any channel is being calibrated When this bit is set all bits in the Channel Fault word are set Its tag name is Calibrating
103. set position even if the condition that causes the alarm disappears Latch Rate Alarms Check the box if the rate of change between input samples exceeds the trigger point for the channel See page 64 in Chapter 4 for a sample rate of change formula Deadband Type a deadband value that works with the process alarms The deadband gauges the input data to set or remove an alarm for a process alarm See an alarm deadband chart on page 63 in Chapter 4 Rate Alarm Type a value used to determine the rate of change to trigger a rate alarm Process alarms are not available in integer mode or in applications by using the 1756 IF16 module in the single ended floating point mode The values for each limit are entered in scaled engineering units 2 Rate alarms are not available in integer mode or in applications by using the 1756 IF16 module in the single ended floating point mode The values for each limit are entered in scaled engineering units 2 After the channels are configured do one of the following Click Apply to store a change but stay on the dialog box to choose another tab Click OK to apply the change and close the dialog box Click Cancel to close the dialog box without applying changes Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 213 Chapter 10 Configure ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules Calibration Tab The Calibration tab on the Module Properties dialog box
104. the channel is less than or equal to the minimum detectable signal For more information on the minimum detectable signal for each module see page 61 This bit also sets the appropriate bit in the Channel Fault word Overrange This bit is set when the input signal at the channel is greater than or equal to the maximum detectable signal For more information on the maximum detectable signal for each module see page 61 This bit also sets the appropriate bit in the Channel Fault word ChxRateAlarm This bit is set when the input channel s rate of change exceeds the configured Rate Alarm parameter It remains set until the rate of change drops below the configured rate If latched the alarm will remain set until it is unlatched ChxLAlarm This bit is set when the input signal moves beneath the configured Low Alarm limit It remains set until the signal moves above the configured trigger point If latched the alarm will remain set until it is unlatched If a deadband is specified the alarm will also remain set as long as the signal remains within the configured deadband ChxHAlarm This bit is set when the input signal moves above the configured High Alarm limit It remains set until the signal moves below the configured trigger point If latched the alarm will remain set until it is unlatched If a deadband is specified the alarm will also remain set as long as the signal remains within the configured deadband ChxL
105. to you how they operate Topic Page VO Module inthe ControllogixSystem Mm Parts Illustration of the ControlLogix Analog I O Module 18 Module Identification and Status Information 19 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge 20 ControlLogix analog I O modules are interface modules that convert analog signals to digital values for inputs and convert digital values to analog signals for outputs Controllers can then use these signals for control purposes By using the producer consumer network model ControlLogix analog I O modules produce information when needed while providing additional system functions The table lists several features available on ControlLogix analog I O modules ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Module Features Feature Removal and insertion under power RIUP Description You can remove and insert modules and removable terminal blocks RTB while power is applied Producer consumer communication This communication is an intelligent data exchange between modules and other system devices in which each module produces data without first being polled Rolling timestamp of data A 15 bit module specific rolling timestamp with millisecond resolution that indicates when data was sampled and or applied This timestamp may be used to calculate the interval between channel or field side updates Multiple data formats Analog 1 0 modules offer the option of IEEE 32 bit floating point or 16
106. voltage 2 Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal 3 Place additional loop devices that is strip chart recorders at either A location in the current loop Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Sourcing Current Loop Input Module 1756 IF6CIS and Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Module 1756 IF6l Chapter 5 Wire the 1756 IF6l Module The illustration shows a wiring example for the 1756 IF6I module w n TED HES IN 1 1 CD Gb RET 1 E E IN 3 V EB Ic IN 3 I iz o RET 3 D o Not Used c D IN 5 V ie KD IN 5 I D Co RET 5 Kee IGS ES NOTES IN 0 V IN 0 RET 0 IN 2 V IN 2 I RET 2 Not Used IN 4 V IN 4 1 RET 4 Voltage Input 1 Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 User Analog O Input Device EA Device External Power Shield Ground 40198 M 109 Chapter 5 Sourcing Current Loop Input Module 1756 IF6CIS and Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Module 1756 IF61 1756 IF6l Current Wiring Example with a Four Wire Transmitter IN I V IN 1 I RET 1 IN 3 V IN 3 l RET 3 Not Used IN 5 V IN 5 I NOTES RET 5 1 Do not connect mo
107. word Underrange Bit 6 This bit is set when the input signal at the channel is less than or equal to the minimum detectable signal For more information on the minimum detectable signal for each module see page 123 This bit also sets the appropriate bit in the Channel Fault word Overrange Bit 5 This bit is set when the input signal at the channel is greater than or equal to the maximum detectable signal For more information on the maximum detectable signal for each module see page 123 This bit also sets the appropriate bit in the Channel Fault word ChxRateAlarm Bit 4 This bit is set when the input channel s rate of change exceeds the configured Rate Alarm parameter It remains set until the rate of change drops below the configured rate If latched the alarm remains set until it is unlatched ChxLAlarm Blt 3 This bit is set when the input signal moves beneath the configured Low Alarm limit It remains set until the signal moves above the configured trigger point If latched the alarm will remain set until it is unlatched If a deadband is specified the alarm will also remain set as long as the signal remains within the configured deadband ChxHAlarm Bit 2 This bit is set when the input signal moves above the configured High Alarm limit It remains set until the signal moves below the configured trigger point If latched the alarm remains set until it is unlatched If a deadband is specified the alarm also remains set a
108. you do not physically possess yet but you do not want the controller to continually look for a module that does not exist yet In this case you can inhibit the module in your program until it physically resides in the proper slot 47 Chapter3 ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Module Features Relationship Between Module Resolution Scaling and Data Format 48 The following three concepts listed below are closely related and must be explained in conjunction with each other Module Resolution Scaling Data Format as Related to Resolution and Scaling Module Resolution Resolution 1s the smallest amount of change that the module can detect Analog input modules are capable of 16 bit resolution Output modules ate capable of 13 16 bit resolution depending on the module type The 16 bits represent 65 536 counts This total 1s fixed but the value of each count is determined by the operational range you choose for your module For example if you are using the 1756 IF6I module your module s available current range equals 21 mA Divide your range by the number of counts to figure out the value of each count In this case one count is approximately 0 34 uA Module Resolution HHH HH HHH HHH OmA 21 mA I 65 536 counts 21 mA 65 536 counts 0 34 uA count IMPORTANT A module s resolution is fixed It will not change regardless of what data format you choose or how you decide to scale your module
109. 0 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules Chapter 11 5 Click the Calibration Tab on the Module Properties dialog box Wil Module Properties Local 0 1756 IF61 1 1 gt Start Calibration 1 000783 0 998413 0 999329 0 998657 0 997803 Module Last Successfully a a Calibrated on 10to10 V 0 998718 10 26 2004 Status Running 6 Click Start Calibration to access the Calibration Wizard to step through the process If your module is not in Program mode a warning message appears You must manually change the module to Program mode before clicking Yes RSLogix 5000 DANGER Calibration should not be performed on a module currently being used for control There also exists a module identity mismatch All channels will freeze at their current values and control may be interrupted Continue with Calibration 7 Set the channels to be calibrated Calibration Wizard Select the Channel s to Calibrate Select the channel s to Calibration Calibration Calibration Calibration C alib ale using the Channel Calibrate Range Gain Offset Status Calibrate checkbox Counts 1 to 10 V 1 000793 Then choose to either 4 0to10V 0 998413 Calibrate the Channels in i 10t010 V 0 999329 Groups or Calibrate T Channels One Channel 10to 10 V 0 998657 ata Time A0to10 0 997803 to10V 03998718 Press Next to conti
110. 000 programming software monitors this data area to annunciate the module s failures 23 Chapter2 Analog 0 Operation in the ControlLogix System Input Module Operation Input Modules in a Local Chassis 24 In traditional I O systems controllers poll input modules to obtain their input status In the ControlLogix system a controller does not poll analog input modules after a connection is established Instead the modules multicast their data periodically The frequency depends on the options chosen during configuration and where in the control system that input module physically resides An input module s behavior vaties depending upon whether it operates in the local chassis or in a remote chassis The following sections detail the differences in data transfers between these set ups When a module resides in the same chassis as the owner controller the following two configuration parameters will affect how and when an input module produces data Real Time Sample RTS Requested Packet Interval RPT Real Time Sample RTS This configurable parameter which is set during the initial configuration by using RSLogix5000 software instructs the module to perform two basic operations 1 Scan all of its input channels and store the data into on board memory 2 Multicast the updated channel data as well as other status data to the backplane of the local chassis rx 7 On Board Memory 1
111. 009C EN P December 2010 11 Table of Contents Use Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration Choose Correct Power Supply Additional Specification Information 1492 AIFMs for Analog 1 0 Modules Glossary Index Appendix C Using Message Instructions sis og ex V vedas ees 339 Processing Real time Control and Module Services 339 One Service Performed Per Instruction 340 Greate q NONI des sedie Rr as ata mice eee a EE ER 340 Enter Message Configuration c save to 26 xx 344 Configuration Falso inus read fd ede eR Oh en i hee 345 Communication Tab geese rripi im oprea xoa iro bos cei a 347 Unlatch Alarms in the 1756 IF6I Module sues 348 Unlatch Alarms in the 1756 OF6VI Module 351 Reconfiguting a 1756 IR6I Module ceo Rene 353 Considerations With This Ladder Logic Example 355 Perform Module Reset Service saved uote hib nere 357 Appendix D Power size Chai4 2 44 444 s20 hp ih opin 99d ces ea i SA agi sain 359 Appendix E Analog to Digital A D Converter Accuracy 0004 361 Calibrated Accuracy Ld Ere ea ae nia Hb eae Pines 362 Error Calculated Over Hardware Range 0 0000085 363 How Operating Temperature Changes Affect Module Accuracy 363 Gain Drift With Temperature 3 4 ais eek tuer e ie x 363 Module Error Over Full Temperature Range 364 RTD and Thermocouple Error Calculations
112. 0to 10 Y 0 00 Press Next to start calibration manm mam Publication 1756 UM009C EN P December 2010 237 Chapter 11 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog I O Modules 6 Click Next Click Back to return to the last window to make any necessary changes Click Stop to halt the calibration process if necessary 7 Set the calibrator for the low reference and apply it to the module A Results wizard displays the status of each channel after calibrating for a low reference If channels are OK continue If any channel reports an errot retry step 7 until the status is OK Calibration Wizard Results Low Reference Volts Press Next to go on to 3 Calibration High Reference test Channel Calibrate Range 10to10 V 10to10 V IDB ET ER EI v 8 Set the calibrator for the high reference voltage and apply it to the module The High Reference Voltage Signals wizard appears to show which channels will be calibrated for a high reference and the range of the calibration It also shows what reference signal 1s expected at the input Calibration Wizard Attach High Reference Voltage Signals Attach High Reference Calibration High signal s to selected Channel Calibrate Range Reference channel s Volts 10to 10 v Channels 0 1 T 10to 10 v Press Nest to start calibration Imm PI ERES 9 Click Next 238 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Calibrate the ControlLogix Ana
113. 1 09376 mA 32767 counts Attribute 1756 IF6CIS Inputs 6 individually isolated current sourcing Input range 0 21 mA Resolution 16 bits 0 34 uA bit Current draw 5 1V 250 mA Current draw 24V 275 mA Power dissipation max 5 1 W Q 60 C 140 F Thermal dissipation 17 4 BTU hr Input impedance 215 Q approx Sourcing voltage min 20V DC Sourcing voltage max 30V DC Sourcing current max Current limited to lt 30 mA Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Technical Specifications 1756 IF6CIS Attribute Open circuit detection time Analog 1 0 Module Specifications Appendix A 1756 IF6CIS Zero reading within 5 s Overvoltage protection max 30V AC DC with PTC and sense resistor Normal mode noise rejection 60 dB 60 Hz Common mode noise rejection 120 dB 60 Hz 100 dB 50 Hz Channel bandwidth 3 262 Hz 3 dB Settling time 80 ms to 5 of full scale Calibrated accuracy nom Better than 0 1 of range 25 C 77 F Calibrated accuracy max 0 025 of range 25 C 77 F Calibration interval 12 months Offset drift 200 uA C Gain drift with temperature nom 17 ppm C 0 36 uA C Gain drift with temperature max 35 ppm C max 0 74 uA C max Module error 0 296 of range Module input scan time min 25 ms min floating point 10 ms min integer
114. 10 Configure ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules Edit Configuration 226 After you have set configuration for a module you can review and change your choices in the RSLogix 5000 programming software You can download the data to the controller while online This is called dynamic reconfiguration Follow these steps to edit a module s configuration 1 On the Controller Organizer right click an I O module and choose Properties The Module Properties dialog box appears lll Module Properties Local 1 1756 IF6I 1 1 General Connection Module Info Configuration Alarm Configuration Calibration Backplane Type 17554FBl 6 Channel Isolated Voltage Current Analog Input Vendor Allen Bradley Parent Local Name solated_lnput_Module Slot E Description H Comm Format was S Reiso 3 Electronic Keying Compatible Keying Status Offline Cancel Apply Help 2 Click a tab that contains the fields that you want to edit 3 Make any changes and then click OK Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Configure ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules Chapter 10 Reconfigure Module Your module can operate in either Remote Run mode or Run mode You can Parameters in Run Mode change any configurable features that are enabled by the software only in Remote Run mode The example shows the Configuration tab for the 1756 IF6I module while it is in Run mode E Module Properties Loca
115. 10 0 Vv 10 0 Status Offline 3 At the Output Range choose the range from the pull down menu to calibrate the channels 4 Click OK 266 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules Chapter 11 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 5 Go to the Calibration tab on the Module Propetties dialog box E Module Properties Local 1 1756 OF 2 IA p gt Start Calibration 10to 10 v 10to 10 v 10to 10 v 10to 10 v 10to 10 v 10to 10 v Status Running 1 000000 1 000000 1 000000 1 000000 1 000000 Module Last Successfully 1 000000 Calibrated on 1 1 1972 6 Click Start Calibration to access the Calibration Wizard to step through the process IMPORTANT The Error status for all the channels denotes that the previous calibration process was not successful We suggest a valid calibration be performed for all channels See page 272 for a successful calibration for channel 0 If your module is not in Program mode a warning message appeats You must manually change the module to Program mode before clicking Yes RSLogix 5000 DANGER Calibration should not be performed on a module currently being used for control There also exists a module identity mismatch All channels will freeze at their current values and control may be interrupted Continue with Calibration 267 Chapter 11 Calibrate the ControlLogix An
116. 14 32 BTU hr Input impedance Voltage gt 10 MQ Current 249 Q Open circuit detection time Positive full scale reading within 5 s Overvoltage protection max Voltage 120V AC DC Current 8V AC DC with on board current resistor Normal mode noise rejection 60 dB 60 Hz Common mode noise rejection 120 dB 60 Hz 100 dB 50 Hz Channel bandwidth 15 Hz 3 dB Settling time 80 ms to 5 of full scale Calibrated accuracy 25 C Better than 0 196 of range Calibration interval 6 months Offset drift 2 uV C Gain drift with temperature Voltage 35 ppm C 80 ppm C max Current 45 ppm C 90 ppm C max Module error 0 5496 of range Module input scan time min 25 ms min floating point 10 ms min integer Isolation voltage 250V continuous basic insulation type input channels to backplane and input channel to channel Routine tested at 1350V AC for 2 s Removable terminal block 1756 TBNH 1756 TBSH Slot width 1 Wire size 0 33 2 1 mm 22 14 AWG solid or stranded copper wire rated at 90 C 194 F or greater 1 2 mm 0 047 in insulation max Wire category 28 orth American temperature code T4A EC temperature code T4 Enclosure type None open style Notch filter dependent 2 Maximum wire size requires extended housing catalog number 1756 TBE B Use this conductor category information for planning conductor routing as described in the system level installation manual See the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding
117. 1756 IF16 module is used in integer mode Only Underrange and Overrange conditions are reported by the module Alarming and Calibration Fault activities are not available although the Calibration Fault bit in the Module Fault word activates if a channel is not propetly calibrated There is one 32 bit Channel Status word for all eight channels When the Calibration Fault bit bit 7 is set in any of the words the Calibration Fault bit bit 9 is set in the Module Fault word The table lists the conditions that set each of the words Tag Status Bit Event that sets this tag word ChxUnderrange Odd numbered bits from The underrange bit is set when the input signal at the channel is less than or 31 1 bit 31 represents equal to the minimum detectable signal channel 17 For more information on the minimum detectable signal for each module see For a full listing of the page 61 This bit also sets the appropriate bit in the Channel Fault word channels these bits represent see on page 88 ChxOverrange Even numbered bits from The overrange bit is set when the input signal at the channel is greater than 30 16 bit 30 represents channel 0 For a full listing of the channels these bits represent see on page 91 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 or equal to the maximum detectable signal For more information on the maximum detectable signal for each module see page 61 This bit also s
118. 185 F Relative humidity 5 95 noncondensing IEC 60068 2 30 Test Db Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat Vibration 2g Q 10 500 Hz IEC 60068 2 6 Test Fc Operating Shock operating 30g IEC 60068 2 27 Test Ea Unpackaged Shock Shock nonoperating 50g IEC 60068 2 27 Test Ea Unpackaged Shock Emissions CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A ESD Immunity 6 kV contact discharges IEC 61000 4 2 8 kV air discharges IEC 61 Radiated RF Immunity 3 000 4 10V m with 1 kHz sine wave 8096 AM from 80 2000 MHz 10V m with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM 900 MHz 10V m with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM 1890 MHz 3V m with 1 kHz sine wave 8096 AM from 2000 2700 MHz EFT B Immunity 2 kV at 5 kHz on shielded signal ports IEC 61000 4 4 Surge Transient Immunity 2 kV line earth CM on shielded signal ports IEC 61000 4 5 Conducted RF Immunity 10V rms with 1 kHz sine wave 80 AM from 150 kHz 80 MHz on shielded signal ports IEC 61000 4 6 282 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Analog 1 0 Module Specifications Appendix A Certifications 1756 IF6CIS Certification 1756 IF6CIS UL UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584 CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment See CSA File LR54689C CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class Division 2 Group A B C D Hazardous Locations See CSA File LR69960C
119. 1to 487 ohms v _ J1 to 487 ohms Channels 0 1 2 3 4 5 5 Click Next Click Back to return to the last window to make any TIP Se necessary changes Click Stop to halt the calibration process if necessary Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 249 Chapter 11 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog I O Modules 6 Connect a 1 Q resistor to each channel being calibrated A Results wizard displays the status of each channel after calibrating for a low reference If channels are OK continue If any channel reports an error retry step 6 until the status is OK Calibration Wizard Results Low Reference ohms Calibration Range Press Nest to go on to High Reference test Channel Calibrate v tto 487 ohms 1 to 487 ohms 1 to 487 ohms 1 to 487 ohms 1 to 487 ohms V J1 to 487 ohms 7 Connect a 487 Q resistor to each channel being calibrated The High Reference Ohm Sources wizard appears to show which channels will be calibrated for a high reference and the range of the calibration It also shows what reference signal 1s expected at the input Calibration Wizard Attach High Reference Ohm Sources Attach High Reference Calibration High sources s to selected Channel Calibrate Range Reference channel s ohms 1to 487 ohms 487 00 1to487ohms 487 00 1to487ohms 487 00 Press Nest to start Mto487ohms 48700 calibration to 487 ohms
120. 2 F 3 53 1 85 2 06 0 494 0 539 800 C 1472 F 2 75 1 71 1 93 0 535 1000 C 1832 F 2 30 1 59 1 82 1200 C 2192 F 2 03 1 51 1 75 1400 C 2552 F 1 86 1 49 1 73 1600 C 2919 F 1 80 1 51 1 77 1800 C 3272 F 1 83 1 71 2 04 n Type E thermocouples can only be used in applications up to 400 C 752 F 2 Type J thermocouples can only be used in applications up to 550 C 1022 F 3 Type K thermocouples can only be used in applications up to 700 C 1292 F 4 Type N thermocouples can only be used in applications up to 800 C 1472 F The information represented in the table is shown graphically in the following illustrations Thermocouple Module Error at 25 C 77 F Type B Thermocouple Connection in a 12 30 mV Input Range 3 00 200 il ON Module Error 100 4 0 00 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 Application Temperature in C 45092 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 367 Appendix E Additional Specification Information Thermocouple Module Error at 25 C 77 F Type R Thermocouple Connection in a 12 30 mV Input Range 3 Module Error 200 0 200 400 600 800 L 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 Application Temperature in C Thermocouple Module Error at 25 C 77 F Type S Thermocouple Connection in a 12 30 mV Input Range 3 Module Error
121. 2 2 0 10V 1756 IF6I 3 2 0 20 mA 1756 IF6CIS and 1756 IF61 4 12 78 mV 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT6I2 52 12 30 mV 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT6I2 6 1 487 Q 1756 IR6l 7 2 1 000 Q 1756 IR6I 8 4 2 000 2 1756 IR6I 9 8 4 020 Q 1756 IR6I The notch filter provides superior frequency filtering at the selected value and its harmonics The notch filter is the lowest nibble bits 0 3 0 10Hz 1 50 Hz 2 60 Hz 3 100 Hz 4 250 Hz 5 1 000 Hz ProgToFaultEn BOOL All outputs The program to fault enable bit determines how the outputs should behave if a communication fault were to occur while the output module is in the Program mode When set the bit causes the outputs to transition to their programmed Fault state if a communication fault occurs while in the Program state If not set outputs will remain in their configured program state despite a communication fault occurring ChOConfig SINT All outputs Contains all individual configuration bits for channel Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 329 AppendixB Analog 0 Tag Definitions Integer Configuration Tags Tag Name ChOHoldForlnit Data Type BOOL Applicable Modules All outputs Definition When set configures the channel to hold or not change until initialized with a value within 0 1 of full scale of its current value when one of the following conditions occurs 1 Module initial connection power up 2 Module transiti
122. 25 Minimum Amount of Degree Change Required for Thermocouple Module 9 5 020 to Report the Change 010 0 05 a CREAN RR 0 00 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 Application Temperature in C Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 379 AppendixE Additional Specification Information Thermocouple Module Resolution Type N Thermocouple Connection in a 12 78 mV Input Range Minimum Amount of Degree Change Required for Thermocouple Module to Report the Change go ay 0 00 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 Application Temperature in C Thermocouple Module Resolution Type T Thermocouple Connection in a 12 78 mV Input Range 030 025 Minimum Amount of 020 Degree Change Required 015 for Thermocouple Module to Report the Change 010 4 0 03 NA 0 0 i i i i i i i l 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 Application Temperature in C 380 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Additional Specification Information Appendix E How to Deal with Incorrect Thermocouple Temperature Readings The first thought when an incorrect temperature reading is reported back in a thermocouple input module is that the module is out of calibration This is typically not the case particularly if the module has just been installed out of the box All thermocouple input modules are shippe
123. 266 Chapter 12 Troubleshoot Your Module I nitondeH OBS Carte er reso PEES OEE ct 273 Status Indicators for Input Modules 0 0000 273 Status Indicators for Output Modules 0 274 Use RSLogix 5000 Software for Troubleshooting 215 Fault Type Determinations paged vy oua Red CER red dts 276 Appendix A Analog 1 0 Module Specifications LP SOSEP OCIS 2 bb cuneate Ge Deren m pe tied 279 I756 IPOs so seh Sitio Ula Gn Levate este ONY Due tet he 284 1150 18 ois G2 ed aaa tengo be tems ween eee iate 289 LT OA TO eoo Se tu Led reseed ances RS 294 1790 IROD oce eee teet besos et ke gwre e uo U Ste dat us 299 17350 DIOLiS 625 oo ri pU ilu Soe ReneS gates 304 17590 l GI 42 Dae tune a dt Ea Fe Sa diis nRa 308 TSO OBL re sireswekVRd VeL Eid Ri IDE E cubes eda 312 LOOP OCT ada nests tire tan aes Hen E eX BEA NOS 316 L0 OPOMTI ds ake ewier eae seen an iR ptores bro utentes 320 1 500 PBe eda aq p at foc DE fI ra qM ae Ue 323 Appendix B Analog 1 0 Tag Definitions Integer Mode Tags nuunuu tests SEN er ed Ra 327 Integer Input Tacs seas E 3s VERA ee oo Ex ga 327 Inteser OUtput 1398 64 1e ve RUP OUR eh vo sit 328 Integer Configuration Tags Lassus eme ue cete b cet 329 Floating Point Mode Tags isum ea Ox Om eae 331 Floating Point Input P3955 vex wo utet UY et epi t cr n 331 Floating Point Output Tags 4c tae pea ew ee ee eri aes 333 Floating Point Configuration Tags cuu resumo Rowe ees 334 Publication 1756 UM
124. 4 2000 Q 4Q 2033 780 Q 32768 counts 32767 counts 8 4020 Q 8Q 4068 392 Q 32768 counts 32767 counts Technical Specifications 1756 IR6I Attribute 1756 IR6I Inputs 6 individually isolated RTD Input range 1 487 Q 2 1000 Q 4 2000 Q 8 4020 Q Resolution 16 bits 1 487 Q 7 7 mOjbit 2 1000 Q 15 mQ bit 4 2000 Q 30 mQ bit 8 4020 x 60 mO bit Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Analog 1 0 Module Specifications Appendix A Technical Specifications 1756 IR6l Attribute Sensors supported 1756 IR6l 100 200 500 1000 2 Platinum alpha 385 100 200 500 1000 Q Platinum alpha 3916 120 Q Nickel alpha 672 100 120 200 500 Q Nickel alpha 618 10 Q Copper Current draw 5 1V 250 mA Current draw 24V 125 mA Power dissipation max 43W Thermal dissipation 14 66 BTU hr Open circuit detection time Negative full scale reading within 5 s with any combination of lost wires except input terminal A alone If input terminal A is lost by itself the module reads a positive full scale reading within 5 s Overvoltage protection max 24V AC DC Normal mode noise rejection 60 dB at 60 Hz Common mode noise rejection 120 dB 60 Hz 100 dB 50 Hz Channel bandwidth 15 Hz Settling time 80 ms to 5 of full scale Calibrated accuracy 25 C Better than 0 196 of range Calibration interval 6 months Offset drift 10 MQ
125. 6 IT61 1 1 _ General Connection Module Info Configuration Alarm Configuration Calibration Backplane Channel Sensor Type mV none Scaling High Signal High Engineering 78 0 780 Notch Filter Sensor Offset Low Signal Low Engineering Digital Filter 120 320 ATs 100 ms C Cold Junction Disable Offset s Temperature Units Celsius Fahrenheit Remote CJ Compensation Status Running k 3 At the Input Range choose the range from the pull down menu to calibrate the channels 4 Click OK 253 Chapter 11 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog I O Modules 5 Click the Calibration Tab on the Module Properties dialog box E Module Properties Local 5 1756 IT61 1 1 12to 78 mv 12to 78 mv 12to 78 mv 12to 78 mv 12to 78 mv Status Running 0 998108 0 998108 0 997864 0 998047 0 997498 Start Calibration Module Last Successfully Calibrated on 11 4 2004 IMPORTANT The Error for channel 5 shows that during the previous calibration the process was not successful for this particular channel We suggest a valid calibration be performed for all channels See page 258 for a successful calibration status 6 Click Start Calibration to access the Calibration Wizard to step through the process If your module is not in Program mode a warning message appears You must manually change the module to Program mode before
126. 60C CE European Union 2004 108 IEC EMC Directive compliant with EN 61326 1 Meas Control Lab Industrial Requirements EN 61000 6 2 Industrial Immunity EN 61000 6 4 Industrial Emissions EN61131 2 Programmable Controllers Clause 8 Zone A amp B European Union 2006 95 EC LVD compliant with EN 61131 2 Programmable Controllers Clause 11 C Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with AS NZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions Ex European Union 94 9 EC ATEX Directive compliant with EN 60079 15 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection n EN 60079 0 General Requirements Il 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X FM FM Approved Equipment for use in Class Division 2 Group A B C D Hazardous Locations TUV 1 322 TUV Certified for Functional Safety Capable of SIL 2 When marked See the Product Certification link at http www ab com for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Analog
127. 68 counts 32767 counts 0 20mA OmA 20 58 mA 32768 counts 32767 counts 1756 IF6CIS 0 20mA 0 mA 21 09376 mA 32768 counts 32767 counts 1756 IF6l 10V 10 54688V 10 54688V 32768 counts 32767 counts 0 10V OV 10 54688V 32768 counts 32767 counts 0 5V OV 5 27344V 32768 counts 32767 counts 0 20 mA 0 mA 21 09376 mA 32768 counts 32767 counts 1756 IR6l 1 487 Q 0 859068653 2 507 8620 32768 counts 32767 counts 2 1000 Q 20 1016 502 Q 32768 counts 32767 counts 4 2000 Q 4 2033 780 Q 32768 counts 32767 counts 8 4020 Q 80 4068 392 Q 32768 counts 32767 counts 1756 IT6l and 12 30mV 15 80323 mV 31 396 mV 1796 1612 32768 counts 32767 counts 12 78mV 15 15836 mV 79 241 mV 32768 counts 32767 counts Output modules let you generate an analog signal at the screw terminals that correspond to a range from 32 768 32 767 counts 52 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 ControlLogix Analog I O Module Features Chapter 3 The table lists the conversions a generated digital signal to the number of counts Output Signal to User Count Conversion Output Module Available Low Signal and High Signal and Range User Counts User Counts 1756 OF4 OF8 0 20mA 0 mA 21 2916 mA 32768 counts 32767 counts 10V 10 4336V 10 4336V 32768 counts 32767 counts 1756 OF6CI 0 20 mA 0 mA 21 074 mA 32768 counts 32767 counts 1756 OF6VI 10V 10 517V 10 517V 32768 counts 32767 counts
128. 6CI and 1756 OF6VI Introduction This chapter describes features specific to ControlLogix isolated analog output modules that provide a high level of noise immunity The C and V in the respective catalog numbers indicate current and voltage Topic Page Choose a Data Format 168 Ramping Rate Limiting 169 Use Module Block and Output Circuit Diagrams 172 Drive Different Loads with the 1756 OF6CI 174 Wire the 1756 OF6CI Module 177 Wire the 1756 OF6VI Module 178 1756 OF6CI and 1756 OF6VI Module Fault and Status Reporting 179 The isolated analog output modules also support features described in Chapter 3 See the table for some of these features Feature Page Removal and Insertion Under Power RIUP 36 Module Fault Reporting 36 Configurable Software 36 Electronic Keying 37 Access to System Clock for Timestamp Functions 44 Rolling Timestamp 44 Producer Consumer Model 44 Status Indicator Information 45 Full Class Division 2 Compliance 45 Agency Certification 45 Field Calibration 45 Sensor Offset 46 Latching of Alarms 46 Publication 1756 UMOO9C EN P December 2010 167 Chapter 8 Choose a Data Format Isolated Output Module Features 168 Isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF6CI and 1756 OF6VI Data format defines the format of channel data sent from the controller to the module defines the format of the data echo that the mod
129. 6l 1 0 487 0 Qresistors 0 01 1756 IT6l amp 1756 IT6I2 12 mV 78 mV source 0 3 pV 1756 OF4 1756 OF8 DMM better than 0 3 mV or 0 6 pA 1756 OF6VI DMM with resolution better than 0 5 pV 1756 OF6CI DMM with resolution better than 1 0 uA We suggest you use these precision resistors KRL Electronics 534A1 1ROT 1 0 Ohm 0 01 534A1 487ROT 487 Ohm 0 01 A precision decade resistor box also can be used that meets or exceeds the required accuracy specifications You are responsible for assuring that the decade box maintains accuracy by periodic calibration IMPORTANT Do not calibrate your module with an instrument that is less accurate than those recommended for example calibrate a 1756 IF16 module with a voltage calibrator of greater than 150 uV accuracy to avoid anomalies e Calibration appears to occur normally but the module gives inaccurate data during operation eA calibration fault occurs forcing you to abort calibration The calibration fault bits are set for the channel you attempted to calibrate The bits remain set until a valid calibration is completed In this case you must recalibrate the module with an instrument as accurate as recommended Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Calibrate Your Input Modules Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules Chapter 11 Calibrating in Either Program or Run Mode You must be online to cali
130. 7 Test Ea Unpackaged Shock Emissions CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A ESD Immunity 6 kV contact discharges IEC 61000 4 2 8 kV air discharges Radiated RF Immunity 10V m with 1 kHz sine wave 8096 AM from 80 2000 MHz IEC 61000 4 3 10V m with 200 Hz 5096 Pulse 100 AM 900 MHz 10V m with 200 Hz 5096 Pulse 100 AM 1890 MHz 3V m with 1 kHz sine wave 8096 AM from 2000 2700 MHz EFT B Immunity 2 kV at 5 kHz on shielded signal ports IEC 61000 4 4 Surge Transient Immunity 2 kV line earth CM on shielded signal ports IEC 61000 4 5 Conducted RF Immunity 10V rms with 1 kHz sine wave 80 AM from 150 kHz 80 MHz on shielded signal ports IEC 61000 4 6 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 325 Appendix A Analog 0 Module Specifications Certifications 1756 OF8 Certification 1756 0F8 UL UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584 CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment See CSA File LR54689C CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class Division 2 Group A B C D Hazardous Locations See CSA File LR69960C CE European Union 2004 108 IEC EMC Directive compliant with EN 61326 1 Meas Control Lab Industrial Requirements EN 61000 6 2 Industrial Immunity EN 61000 6 4 Industrial Emissions EN61131 2 Programmable Controllers Clause 8 Zone A amp B European Union 2006 95 EC LVD compliant with EN61131 2 Programmable Controllers Cl
131. 756 IF16 and 1756 IF8 modules can be applied in voltage or current applications differences exist as to how a wire off condition is detected in each application IMPORTANT Be careful when disabling all alarms on the channel because It also disables the underrange overrange detection feature If alarms are disabled overrange underrange is zero and the only way you can discover a wire off detection is from the input value itself If you need to detect a wire off status do not disable all alarms We recommend that you disable only unused channels so extraneous alarm bits are not set The table lists the differences that occur when a wire off condition occurs in vatious applications Wire Off Conditions When the Wire Off These events occur condition occurs Single ended Voltage Input data for odd numbered channels changes to the scaled Applications value associated with the underrange signal value of the selected operational range in floating point mode minimum possible scaled value or 32 767 counts in integer mode The ChxUnderrange x channel number tag is set to 1 Input data for even numbered channels changes to the scaled value associated with the overrange signal value of the selected operational range in floating point mode maximum possible scaled value or 32 767 counts in integer mode The ChxOverrange x channel number tag is set to 1 Single Ended Current Input data for that
132. 9 TIP For more information see the Guidelines to Specify an RPI Rate for 1 0 Modules section in the Logix5000 Controllers Design Considerations Reference Manual publication 1756 RM094 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Output Module Operation Output Modules in a Local Chassis Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Analog 0 Operation in the ControlLogix System Chapter 2 The RPI parameter governs exactly when an analog output module receives data from the owner controller and when the output module echoes data An owner controller sends data to an analog output module only at the period specified in the RPI Data 1s not sent to the module at the end of the controller s program scan When an analog output module receives new data from an owner controller that is every RPI the module automatically multicasts or echoes a data value that corresponds to the analog signal present at the output terminals to the rest of the control system This feature called Output Data Echo occurs whether the output module is local or remote Depending on the value of the RPI with respect to the length of the controller program scan the output module can receive and echo data multiple times during one program scan When the RPI is less than the program scan length the controller effectively allows the module s output channels to change values multiple times during a single program scan because the output modul
133. 9 CDD RTN IN 4 ES i RTN 4 Channel 3 I IN 5 mE i RTN 5 e ei IN 6 16 15 i RTN 6 IN 7 18 17 i RTN 7 E IN 8 20 19 i RTN 8 Shield Ground IN 9 2 21 i RTN 9 IN 10 CD 23 AD i RTN 10 IN 11 26 25 i RTN 11 RTN 28 27 RTN IN 12 30 29 i RTN 12 IN 13 GY 32 31 i RTN 13 IN 14 134 33 G i RTN 14 IN 15 36 35 CD i RTN 15 Z NET 40913 M NOTES 1 Use the table when wiring your module in differential mode Channel Terminals Channel Terminals Channel 0 IN 0 amp IN 1 Channel 4 IN 8 amp IN 9 Channel 1 IN 2 amp IN 3 Channel 5 IN 10 4 amp IN 11 Channel 2 IN 4 amp IN 5 Channel 6 IN 12 4 amp IN 13 Channel 3 IN 6 amp IN 7 Channel 7 IN 14 amp IN 15 2 All terminals marked RTN are connected internally 3 If multiple or multiple terminals are tied together connect that tie point to a RTN terminal to maintain the module s accuracy 4 Terminals marked RTN or iRTN are not used for differential voltage wiring 5 Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal IMPORTANT When operating in four channel high speed mode only use channels 0 2 4 and 6 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 n Chapter4 Non isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 1756 IF8 1756 IF16 Single ended Current Wiring Example
134. 92 ACABLExUD 9 twisted pairs 22 AWG 6 8 mm 0 27 in 1756 TBCH 1492 ACABLExVA 20 conductors 22 AWG 8 4 mm 0 33 in 1756 TBNH 1492 ACABLExVB 20 conductors 22 AWG 8 4 mm 0 33 in 1756 TBNH 1492 ACABLExWA 9 twisted pairs 22 AWG 6 8 mm 0 27 in 1756 TBNH 1492 ACABLExWB 9 twisted pairs 22 AWG 6 8 mm 0 27 in 1756 TBNH 1 Cables are available in lengths of 0 5m 1 0m 2 5m and 5 0m To order insert the code for the desired cable length into the catalog number in place of the x 005 0 5m 010 1 0m 25 2 5m 050 5m Build to order cable lengths are also available C Each cable for analog 1 0 has an overall shield with a ring lug on a 200mm 8 87 in exposed drain wire at the 1 0 module end of the cable B Not every connection is always used B Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 387 Appendix F 1492 AIFMs for Analog 1 0 Modules Notes i 388 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 i Publication 1756 UMOO9C EN P December 2010 Glossary analog interface module AIFM Modules connect to pre wired cables to provide the output terminal blocks for the analog I O module These modules can be mounted on a DIN rail broadcast Data transmissions to all addresses or functions communication format Format that defines the type of information transferred between an I O module and its owner controller This format also defines the tags created for each I O module compatible match An electr
135. 9C EN P December 2010 Install ControlLogix I O Modules Chapter 9 20851 M Connect Wiring You can use an RTB or a Bulletin 1492 pre wired Analog Interface Module AIFM to connect witing to your module If you are using an RTB follow the directions in this section to connect wires to the RTB An AIFM has been pre wired before you received it If you are using an AIFM to connect wiring to the module skip this section and see page 383 For all ControlLogix analog modules except the 1756 IR6I we recommend you use Belden 8761 cable to wire the RTB For the 1756 IR6 module we recommend you use Belden 9533 or 83503 cable to wire the RTB The RTB terminations can accommodate 22 14 gauge shielded wire f The ControlLogix system has been agency certified using only the ControlLogix RTBs 1756 TBCH 1756 TBNH 1756 TBSH and 1756 TBS6H Any application that requires agency certification of the ControlLogix system using other wiring termination methods may require application specific approval by the certifying agency Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 189 Chapter9 Install ControlLogix I O Modules The table provides a quick reference to wiring guidelines for these analog I O modules CatNo Pae 1756 IF16 70 1756 IFB 74 1756 IF6CIS 106 1756 IF6l 109 1756 IR6I 138 1756 IT6l 139 1756 IT612 140 1756 OF4 157 1756 OF8 158 1756 OF6CI 177 1756 OF6VI 178 Connec
136. A 5 0 mA 100 ms 0 8 mA s The rate alarm would not set as the change is less than the trigger point of 1 0 mA s If the next sample taken is 4 9 mA the rate of change is 4 9 mA 5 08V 100 ms 1 8 mA s The absolute value of this result is 1 0 mA S so the rate alarm sets Absolute value is used because rate alarm checks for the magnitude of the rate of change being beyond the trigger point whether a positive or negative excursion 1756 IF6l If you set an 1756 IF6l with normal scaling in volts to a rate alarm of 1 0V s the rate alarm only triggers if the difference between measured input samples changes at a rate 1 0V s If the module s RTS is 100 ms that is sampling new input data every 100 ms and at time 0 the module measures 5 0V and at time 100 ms measures 5 08V the rate of change is 5 08V 5 0V 100 ms 0 8V s The rate alarm would not set as the change is less than the trigger point of 1 0V s If the next sample taken is 4 9V the rate of change is 4 9V 5 08V 100 ms 1 8V s The absolute value of this result is 1 0V s so the rate alarm sets Absolute value is used because rate alarm checks for the magnitude of the rate of change being beyond the trigger point whether a positive or negative excursion To see how to set the rate alarm see page 212 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 101 Chapter 5 102 Sourcing Current Loop Input Module 1756 IF6CIS and Isolated Analog Vo
137. BOOL All inputs Alarms bit indicating the channel s input is greater than the maximum detectable input signal ChORateAlarm BOOL All inputs Alarm bit that sets when the input channel s rate of change exceeds the configured ChOConfigRateAlarmLimit Remains set until the rate change drops below the configured limit unless latched via ChOConfigRateAlarmLatch in the configuration ChOLAlarm BOOL All inputs Low alarm bits that sets when the input signal moves beneath the configured low alarm trigger point ChOConfigLAlarmLimit Remains set until the input signal moves above the trigger point unless latched via ChOConfigProcAlarmLatch or the input is still within the configured alarm deadband ChOConfigAlmDeadband of the low alarm trigger point ChOHAlarm BOOL All inputs High alarm bit that sets when the input signal moves above the configured high alarm trigger point ChOConfigHAlarmLimit Remains set until the input signal moves below the trigger point unless latched viaChOConfigProcAlarmLatch or the input is still within the configured alarm deadband ChOConfigAlmDeadband of the high alarm trigger point ChOLLAlarm BOOL All inputs Low low alarm bit that sets when the input signal moves beneath the configured low low alarm trigger point ChOConfigLLAlarmLimit Remains set until the input signal moves above the trigger point unless latched via ChOConfigProcAlarmLatch or the input is still within the configured alarm deadband ChOConfigAlmDeadband of t
138. Bits Integer Mode 84 1756 IF8 Module Fault and Status Reporting 85 1756 IF8 Fault Reporting in Floating Point Mode 86 1756 IF8 Module Fault Word Bits Floating Point Mode 87 1756 IF8 Channel Fault Word Bits Floating Point Mode 87 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Sourcing Current Loop Input Module 1756 IF6CIS and Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Module 1756 IF6l Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Table of Contents 1756 IF8 Channel Status Word Bits Floating Point Mode 88 1756 IF8 Fault Reporting in Integer Mode 00000 89 1756 IF8 Module Fault Word Bits Integer Mode 90 1756 IF8 Channel Fault Word Bits Integer Mode 90 1756 IF8 Channel Status Word Bits Integer Mode 91 Chapter 5 T troducion ss Leder EE E eie ee eite 93 Use the Isolated Power Source on the 1756 IF6CIS 94 Power Calculations with the 1756 IF6CIS Module 94 Other Devices in the Wiring Eoops Lese peta an cheery ee 94 Choose aData Format ctu eno I eRPSTAM Ch Ae ee 95 Features Specific to the 1756 IF6I and 1756 IF6CIS Modules 96 Multiple Input Banges a ii asa ehe RN DOR ORI eee ORAN 96 INotchzPaltek iot ote eoo eS EN eSI de t des 97 Real Time Samplibi suco Sea qebe CVaO E NEUES PU wae eo aes 98 Underrange Overrange Detection 13 22222 tee bae ra 98 Dieta EIER 24 wen ain
139. C EN P December 2010 An underrange overrange condition sets appropriate Channel Fault bits Alarm bits 0 4 in the Channel Status word do not set additional bits at any higher level You must monitor these conditions here The number of channel status words is dependent on the wiring format used 41512 79 Chapter4 Non isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 1756 IF8 1756 IF16 Module Fault Word Bits Floating Point Mode Bits in this word provide the highest level of fault detection A non zero condition in this word reveals that a fault exists on the module You can examine further down to isolate the fault The table lists tags that can be examined in ladder logic to indicate when a fault has occurred Tag Description Analog Group This bit is set when any bits in the Channel Fault word are set Its tag Fault name is AnalogGroupFault Calibrating This bit is set when any channel is being calibrated When this bit is set all bits in the Channel Fault word are set Its tag name is Calibrating Calibration Fault This bit is set when any of the individual Channel Calibration Fault bits are set Its tag name is CalibrationFault 1756 IF16 Channel Fault Word Bits Floating Point Mode During normal module operation bits in the Channel Fau
140. ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules Allen Bradley Catalog Numbers 1756 IF16 1756 IF6CIS 1756 IF6l 1756 IF8 1756 IR6l 1756 IT6I 1756 IT612 1756 OF4 1756 OF6CI 1756 OF6VI 1756 0F8 User Manual o cr ed n 1 Rockwell Allen Bradley Rockwell Software Automation Important User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls publication SGI 1 1 available from your local Rockwell Automation sales office or online at http www rockwellautomation com literature describes some important differences between solid state equipment and hard wired electromechanical devices Because of this difference and also because of the wide variety of uses for solid state equipment all persons responsible for applying this equipment must satisfy themselves that each intended application of this equipment is acceptable In no event will Rockwell Automation Inc be responsible or liable for indirect or consequential damages resulting from the use or application of this equipment The examples and diagrams in this manual are included solely for illustrative purposes Because of the many variables and requirements associated with any particular installation Rockwell Automation Inc cannot assume responsibility or liability for actual use based on the examples and diagrams No pa
141. EC 60 IEC 60 068 2 1 Test Ad Operating Cold 068 2 2 Test Bd Operating Dry Heat 068 2 14 Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock 1756 IF8 0 60 C 32 140 F Temperature surrounding air 60 C 140 F IEC 60 IEC 60 IEC 60 Temperature storage 068 2 1 Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold 068 2 2 Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat 068 2 14 Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock 40 85 C 40 185 F IEC 60 Relative humidity 068 2 30 Test Db Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat 5 95 noncondensing Vibration 2g 10 500 Hz IEC 60068 2 6 Test Fc Operating Shock operating 30g IEC 60068 2 27 Test Ea Unpackaged Shock Shock nonoperating 50g IEC 60068 2 27 Test Ea Unpackaged Shock Emissions CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A ESD Immunity 6 kV contact discharges IEC 61000 4 2 8 kV air discharges IEC 6 Radiated RF Immunity 4 3 000 10V m with 1 kHz sine wave 80 AM from 80 2000 MHz 10V m with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM 900 MHz 10V m with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM 1890 MHz 3V m with 1 kHz sine wave 80 AM from 2000 2700 MHz 292 EFT B Immunity 2 kV at 5kHz on shielded signal ports IEC 61000 4 4 Surge Transient Immunity 2 kV line earth CM on shielded signal ports IEC 61000 4 5 Conducted RF Immunity 10V rms with 1 kHz sine wave 80 AM from 150 kHz 80 MHz on shielded signal ports
142. EC 60 IEC 60 Temperature storage 068 2 1 Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold 068 2 2 Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat 068 2 14 Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock 40 85 C 40 185 F IEC 60 Relative humidity 068 2 30 Test Db Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat 5 95 noncondensing Vibration 2g 10 500 Hz IEC 60068 2 6 Test Fc Operating Shock operating 30g IEC 60068 2 27 Test Ea Unpackaged Shock Shock nonoperating 50g IEC 60068 2 27 Test Ea Unpackaged Shock Emissions CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A ESD Immunity 6 kV contact discharges IEC 61000 4 2 8 kV air discharges IEC 6 Radiated RF Immunity 4 3 000 10V m with 1 kHz sine wave 80 AM from 80 2000 MHz 10V m with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM 900 MHz 10V m with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM 1890 MHz 3V m with 1 kHz sine wave 80 AM from 2000 2700 MHz 310 EFT B Immunity 2 kV at 5 kHz on shielded signal ports IEC 61000 4 4 Surge Transient Immunity 2 kV line earth CM on shielded signal ports IEC 61000 4 5 Conducted RF Immunity 10V rms with 1 kHz sine wave 80 AM from 150 kHz 80 MHz on shielded signal ports IEC 61000 4 6 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Analog 1 0 Module Specifications Appendix A Certifications 1756 IT6I2 Certification 1756 IT6I2 UL UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for
143. EN 60079 15 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection n EN 60079 0 General Requirements Il 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X FM FM Approved Equipment for use in Class Division 2 Group A B C D Hazardous Locations TUV TUV Certified for Functional Safety Capable of SIL 2 1 When marked See the Product Certification link at http www ab com for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 307 Appendix A Analog 0 Module Specifications ControlLogix enhanced thermocouple analog input module 1756 IT6I2 Cold Junction Sensor Wire Spade Lug Gg x z 17 Not Used iP Not Used Thermocouple 3 CIN CJC ap CJC RTN 0 GS io RTN 1 IG D 1 Tan RTI ID 2 RTN 3 IES 3 g HED RT ID 4 3 HO RTN 5 ls 5 CJC e CJC 4g 18 Not used IES AP Not used Cold Junction Wire Songs Spade Lug Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal Two CJCs are shipped with the module Replacements can be ordered Input Signal to User Count Conversion 1756 IT6I2 Low Signal and User Counts High Signal and User Counts 12 30 mV 15 80323 mV 31 396 mV 32768 counts 32767 co
144. Guidelines publication 1770 4 1 286 Publication 1756 UMOO9C EN P December 2010 Analog I O Module Specifications Appendix A Environmental Specifications 1756 IF6l Attribute Temperature operating IEC 60068 2 1 Test Ad Operating Cold IEC 60068 2 2 Test Bd Operating Dry Heat IEC 60068 2 14 Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock 1756 IF6l 0 60 C 32 140 F Temperature surrounding air 60 C 140 F Temperature storage IEC 60068 2 1 Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold IEC 60068 2 2 Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat IEC 60068 2 14 Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock 40 85 C 40 185 F Relative humidity IEC 60068 2 30 Test Db Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat 5 95 noncondensing Vibration IEC 60068 2 6 Test Fc Operating 2g Q 10 500 Hz IEC 60068 2 27 Test Ea Unpackaged Shock Shock operating 30g IEC 60068 2 27 Test Ea Unpackaged Shock Shock nonoperating 50 g Emissions SPR 11 Group 1 Class A ESD Immunity IEC 61000 4 2 C 6kV contact discharges 8kV air discharges Radiated RF Immunity IEC 61000 4 3 0V m with 1 kHz sine wave 80 AM from 80 2000 MHz 0V m with 20 0Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM 900 MHz 0V m with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM 1890 MHz 3V m with 1kHz sine wave 8096 AM from 2000 2700 MHz EFT B Immunity IEC 61000 4 4 2 kV at 5 kHz on shielded signal p
145. I O modules ControlLogix Digital 1 0 Modules User Manual publication 1756 UM058 1756 CNB 1756 CNBR ControlNet Modules in Logix5000 Control Systems publication CNET UMOO1 1756 DNB DeviceNet Modules in Logix5000 Control Systems User Manual publication DNET UM004 1756 DHRIO ControlLogix Data Highway Plus Remote 1 0 Communication Interface Module User Manual publication 1756 UM514 1756 ENBT 1769 ENET EtherNet IP Modules in Logix5000 Control Systems User Manual publication ENET UMOO 1756 Lx ControlLogix Selection Guide publication 1756 SG001 1756 Lx ControlLogix System User Manual publication 1756 UM001 1756 Lx 1769 Lx 1789 Lx PowerFlex 700S Logix5000 Controllers Common Procedures Programming Manual publication 1756 PM001 1756 Lx 1769 Lx 1789 Lx 1794 Lx PowerFlex 700S Logix5000 Controllers General Instructions Reference Manual publication 1756 RM003 If you need mote information on these products contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales office The documentation listed in the Related Documentation table is available at http www tockwellautomation com literature 13 Preface Notes 14 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Chapter 1 Introduction Publication 1756 UMOO9C EN P December 2010 What Are ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules This chapter provides an overview of the ControlLogix analog I O modules to explain
146. IEB IN 2 B T ia e IN 4 A Ic ia IN 4 B ic am RTN 4 C CS 1756 IR6I 4 Wire RTD wiring example IN 1 A IN 1 B RTN 1 C RTN 3 C No NOTES N 3 A IN 3 B IN 5 B used N 5 A RTN 5 C 1 Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal 2 Wiring is exactly the same as the 3 Wire RTD with one wire left open 138 3 Wire RTD Shield Ground 20972 M jam CD INA tS AGS IN 0 B fel i ia RTN 0 C O D IN 2 A IE a IN 2 B IES D RTN 2 C c5 ICD Not used ES i IN 4 A HAS RESINA ie D 4E ic O RTN 4 C EN 4 Wire RTD Shield Ground 20973 M Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Temperature measuring Analog Modules 1756 IR6I 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT6I2 1756 IT6l Wiring Example IN 1 Not used RTN 1 ig IN 3 COE ED E zl Cold Junction Sensor Wire IN 5 Not used RTN 5 A N aae co els EB EET EET EE EDI EO ED E EO
147. If Hold for Initialization is selected outputs hold if there is an occurrence of any of these three conditions nitial connection 1s established after power up A new connection is established after a communications fault occurs e There is a transition to Run mode from Program state The InHold bit fot a channel indicates that the channel 1s holding To see how to enable the Hold for Initialization bit see page 220 151 Chapter 7 Non isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF4 and 1756 0F8 Open Wire Detection This feature detects when current flow is not present at any channel The 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 modules must be configured for 0 20 mA operation to use this feature At least 0 1 mA of current must be flowing from the output for detection to occut When an open wire condition occurs at any channel a status bit is set for that channel For more information on the use of status bits see page 159 Clamping Limiting Clamping limits the output from the analog module to remain within a range configured by the controller even when the controller commands an output outside that range This safety feature sets a high clamp and a low clamp Once clamps ate determined for a module any data received from the controller that exceeds those clamps sets an appropriate limit alarm and transitions the output to that limit but not beyond the requested value For example an application may set the high clamp on a module for 8V a
148. LAlarm This bit is set when the input signal moves beneath the configured Low Low Alarm limit It remains set until the signal moves above the configured trigger point If latched the alarm will remain set until it is unlatched If a deadband is specified the alarm will also remain latched as long as the signal remains within the configured deadband ChxHHAlarm This bit is set when the input signal moves above the configured High High Alarm limit It remains set until the signal moves below the configured trigger point If latched the alarm will remain set until it is unlatched If a deadband is specified the alarm will also remain latched as long as the signal remains within the configured deadband Publication 1756 UMO0009C EN P December 2010 1756 IF8 Fault Reporting in Integer Mode 1 1 Module Fault Word described on page 90 5 AnalogGroupFault 0 Calibrating 9 Cal Fault 1 4 13 12 amp 11 are not used by 1756 IF8 Channel Fault Word described on page 90 7 Ch Fault 3 Ch3Fault 6 Ch6Fault 2 Ch2Fault 5 Chb5Fault 1 ChiFault 4 Ch4Fault 0 ChOFault 8 channels used in S E wiring 4 channels used in Diff wiring 2 channels used in H S Diff wiring All start at bit 0 31 Ch 30 Ch 29 Ch 28 Ch 27 Ch 26 Ch 25 Ch 24 Ch Channel Status Words described on page 88 OUnderrange 23 Ch4Underrange OOverrange 22 Ch40verrange 1Underrange 21 C
149. LAlarm to trigger when the Limit input signal moves beneath the configured trigger point In terms of engineering units ChOConfigHH REAL All inputs The high high alarm trigger point Causes the ChOHHAlarm to trigger when the AlarmLimit input signal moves above the configured trigger point In terms of engineering units ChOConfigAlarm REAL All inputs Forms a deadband around the process alarms that causes the corresponding Deadband process alarm status bit to remain set until the input moves beyond the trigger point by greater than the amount of the alarm deadband ChOConfigCalBias REAL All inputs A user defined offset added directly into the data ChOData used to compensate for inherent sensor offset 336 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Floating Point Configuration Tags Analog 0 Tag Definitions Appendix B Tag Name Data Type Applicable Definition Modules ChOConfigConfig INT All outputs Collection of channel s individual configuration bits Bits ChOConfigHoldForlnit BOOL All outputs When set configures the channel to hold or not change until initialized with a value within 0 1 of full scale of its current value when one of the following conditions occurs 1 Module initial connection power up 2 Module transition from Program mode back to Run mode 3 Module reestablishes communication after a fault ChOConfigRamp BOOL All outputs Enables latching for the
150. Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584 CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment See CSA File LR54689C CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class Division 2 Group A B C D Hazardous Locations See CSA File LR69960C CE European Union 2004 108 IEC EMC Directive co mpliant with EN 61326 1 Meas Control Lab Industrial Requirements EN 61000 6 2 Industrial Immunity EN 61000 6 4 Industrial Emissions EN 61131 2 Programmable Controllers Clause 8 Zone A amp B European Union 2006 95 EC LVD compliant with EN 61131 2 Programmable Controllers Clause 11 C Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act complian AS NZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions with Ex European Union 94 9 EC ATEX Directive compliant with EN 60079 15 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection n EN 60079 0 General Requirements Il 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X FM FM Approved Equipment for use in Class Division 2 Group A B C D Hazardous Locations TUV TUV Certified for Functional Safety Capable of SIL 2 1 When marked See the Product Certification link at http www ab com for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 303 Appendix A Analog 0 Module Specifications
151. Logix Analog I O Modules The Calibration tab on the Module Properties dialog box shows the changes in the Calibration Gain and Calibration Offset The date of the latest calibration also displays Wil Module Properties Local 6 1756 IR61 1 1 1to 487 ohms 1to 487 ohms 1to 487 ohms 1to 487 ohms 1to 487 ohms 1 to 487 ohms Calibration Gain 0 999817 1 000610 0 999329 1 009277 0 999451 1 000244 Start Calibration Module Last Successfully Calibrated on 3 9 2010 Status Running 10 Click OK Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules Chapter 11 Calibrating the 1756 IT6l or 1756 IT6I2 This module only calibrates in millivolts You can calibrate the module to either a 12 30 mV range or 12 78 mV range depending upon your specific application The following examples show a 1756 IT6l module being calibrated for a 12 mV 78 mV range The same procedures apply for a 1756 IT6I2 module You also use the same steps to calibrate for a 12 mV 30 mV range While you are online you must access the Module Properties dialog box See page 207 in Chapter 10 for procedures Follow these steps to calibrate your module 1 Connect your voltage calibrator to the module 2 Go to the Configuration tab on the Module Properties dialog box E Module Properties Local 5 175
152. Module error 0 1596 of range Module scan time 25 ms min floating point millivolt 50 ms min floating point temperature 10 ms min integer millivolt Isolation voltage 250V continuous basic insulation type input channels to backplane and input channel to channel Routine tested at 1350V AC for 2 s Removable terminal block 1756 TBNH 1756 TBSH Slot width 1 Wire size 0 33 2 1 mm 22 14 AWG solid or stranded copper wire rated at 90 C 194 F or greater 1 2 mm 0 047 in insulation max Wire category 213 North American temperature code T4A IEC temperature code T4 Enclosure type 1 Notch filter dependent 2 3 None open style aximum wire size requires extended housing catalog number 1756 TBE Use this conductor category information for planning conductor routing as described in the system level installation manual See the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770 4 1 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 309 Appendix A Analog 1 0 Module Specifications Environmental Specifications 1756 IT6I2 Attrib ute Temperature operating IEC 60 IEC 60 IEC 60 068 2 1 Test Ad Operating Cold 068 2 2 Test Bd Operating Dry Heat 068 2 14 Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock 1756 IT6I2 0 60 C 32 140 F Temperature surrounding air 60 C 140 F IEC 60 I
153. N 4 TED 34 33 DLE i RTN 14 iem q i d RT N 15 cp se ss d i RTN 15 i Is RTN 15 E Use this table when wiring your module in differential Use this table when wiring your module in differential current mode voltage mode Table 1 A Table 1 B This channel Uses these terminals This channel Uses these terminals Channel 0 N 0 4 IN 1 i RTN 0 Channel 0 IN 0 IN 1 Channel 1 N 2 IN 3 i RTN 2 Channel 1 IN 2 4 IN 3 Channel 2 N 4 4 IN 5 i RTN 4 Channel 2 IN 4 IN 5 Channel 3 N 6 4 IN 7 i RTN 6 Channel 3 IN 6 IN 7 Channel 4 N 8 4 IN 9 i RTN 8 Channel 4 IN 8 IN 9 Channel 5 N 10 IN 11 i RTN 10 Channel 5 IN 10 IN 11 Channel 6 N 12 4 IN 13 i RTN 12 Channel 6 IN 12 IN 13 Channel 7 N 14 4 IN 15 i RTN 14 Channel 7 IN 14 IN 15 All terminals marked RTN are connected internally All terminals marked RTN are connected internally A249 CQ current loop resistor is located between IN x and f multiple or multiple terminals are tied together connect i RTN x terminals that tie point to a RTN terminal to maintain the module s If multiple or multiple terminals are tied together connect accuracy that tie point to a RTN terminal to maintain the module s Terminals marked RTN or i RTN are not used for differential accuracy voltage wiring Place additional loop devices such as strip chart recorders at Do no
154. Process Control Equipment for Class Division 2 Group A B C D Hazardous Locations See CSA File CE European Union 2004 108 IEC EMC Directive compliant with EN 61326 1 Meas Control Lab Industrial Requirements EN 61000 6 2 Industrial Immunity EN 61000 6 4 Industrial Emissions EN 61131 2 Programmable Controllers Clause 8 Zone A amp B European Union 2006 95 EC LVD compliant wi h EN 61131 2 Programmable Controllers Clause 11 C Tick Australian AS NZS C Radiocommunications Act complian SPR 11 Industrial Emissions with Ex European Union 94 9 EC ATEX Directive compli EN 60079 15 Potentially Explosive Atmosp ant with heres Protection n EN 60079 0 General Requirements II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X FM FM Approved Equipment for use in Class Divis ion 2 Group A B C D Hazardous Locations 1 When marked See the Product Certification link at http Awww ab com for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 315 Appendix A Analog I O Module Specifications 1756 OF6CI 0 550 Q OUT 1 OUT 3 Not Used OUT 5 CB EB EB EB ED BI ED ED 2 ED C EB KB EB EB E B ED P 1756 OF6CI ControlLogix
155. RPI in Chapter 2 for more information Inhibit Module Check the box to prevent communication between the owner controller and the module This option allows for maintenance of the module without faults being reported to the controller See Module Inhibiting in Chapter 3 for more information Major Fault On Controller If Connection Check the box to create a major fault if Fails While in Run Mode there is a connection failure with the module while in Run mode For important information on this checkbox see Configure a Major Fault to Occur in the Logix5000 Controllers Information and Status a Manual publication 1756 PM015 209 Chapter 10 Configure ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules Field Name Description Use Unicast Connection on EtherNet IP Displays only for analog modules using RSLogix5000 software version 18 or later in a remote EtherNet IP chassis Use the default checkbox if there are no other controllers in Listen mode Clear the box if there are other listening controllers in the system Module Fault The fault box is empty if you are offline The type of connection fault appears in the text box if a fault occurs when the module is online 2 Do one of the following Click Apply to store a change but stay on the dialog box to choose another tab Click OK if you are finished making changes Configuration Tab The Configuration tab on the Module Properties dialog
156. RSLogix 5000 software 1 Create a new module 2 Accept the default configuration or change it to specific configuration customized for the module 3 Edita configuration for a module when changes are needed Each of these steps 1s explained in detail in the following pages A chart that shows the full configuration profile 1s on page 201 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Configure ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules Chapter 10 Full Configuration Profile Diagram Click a tab to set specific configuration New Module 1 Choose a module from the list 2 Choose a Major Revision Naming Screen Name Slot number Comm format Minor revision Keying choice Click OK to use default configuration Tabs Series of Make custom Application configuration gt Specific choices here Screens Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Configuration Complete Y Fdit Configuration Series of tabs in RSLogix 5000 software provide access to change a module s configuration data OK Button 41058 201 Chapter 10 Configure ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules Create a New Module After starting the RSLogix 5000 programming software and creating a controller you are ready to create a new module You can use a default configuration or set up a custom or specific configuratio
157. Sourcing Current Loop Input Module 1756 IF6CIS and Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Module 1756 IF6l Chapter5 1756 IF6CIS or 1756 IF61 Module Fault and Status Reporting Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 The 1756 IF6CIS and 1756 IF6I modules multicast status and fault data to the owner listening controllers with its channel data The fault data is arranged in such a manner as to let you choose the level of granularity for examining fault conditions Three levels of tags work together to provide increasing degree of detail as to the specific cause of faults on the module The table lists tags that can be examined in ladder logic to indicate when a fault occurs Tag Module Fault Word Description This word provides fault summary reporting Its tag name is ModuleFaults Channel Fault Word This word provides underrange overrange and communications fault reporting Its tag name is ChannelFaults Channel Status Words This word provides individual channel underrange and overrange fault reporting for process alarms rate alarms and calibration faults Its tag name is ChxStatus IMPORTANT Differences exist between floating point and integer modes as they relate to module fault reporting These differences are explained in the following two sections 111 Chapter5 Sourcing Current Loop Input Module 1756 IF6CIS and Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Module 1756 IF6I Fault
158. TOCOGUCHOL sse coUe pb ee Peay EP Pa t VR LUDERE xe Me eS 15 I O Module in the ControlLogix System s i d oce dele oe ds 17 Module Identification and Status Information 19 Preventing Electrostatic DISChAEge fe py oie nee os os ei ed 20 Chapter 2 TRHOUMCHO PP 21 Ownership s es on ag eed DANCE PEU en PC Silos pated Rd 21 Using RSNetWorx and RSLogix 5000 Software 04 22 Direct Onneeuons ss 21240 qd m oC MOV he qa eg PER Te AA 23 Input Module ODeraUOHs 1a sp est eee eae x bed e Re RES 24 Input Modules in a Local Chassis quie cusses x Ru Ia n rx RC ee ete 24 Real Lime Sample RUS wits sg dopo e Deoa Saee rupta 24 Requested Packet Interval RPI eh e e Eee de 25 Triggering Event Masks 4 seed cet ure Ne Dee ho aaa ri 26 Input Modules in a Remote Chassis 5o edsn eer E RR E RAS 27 Remote Input Modules Connected Via the ControlNet NOBVOER S eoo pec eek ck wa ees d ae es ul Remote Input Modules Connected Via the EtherNet IP Network eee 28 Output Module ODpetatiof c ie cure m D RET ww der ERN 29 Output Modules in a Local Chassis 0 00 esses 29 Output Modules in a Remote Chassis xt erp Xv edv othe 30 Remote Output Modules Connected Via the ControlNet Network o e s ide e xe ee eee ca 30 Remote Output Modules Connected Via the EtherNet IP Network eee 31 Jasteuconlv Mod it 2 o dere tois ER t e RO DOR f doe 32 Multiple Owners of Input Modules 33 Configuration Ch
159. Temperature PPM C x Module s Full Range 363 Appendix E 364 Additional Specification Information Because the specifications listed in Appendix A include a typical and worst case PPM C for each module you can determine multiple Gain Drift with Temperature values for each module EXAMPLE For example the 1756 IT6l module has a maximum Gain Drift with Temperature specification of 80 ppm C The 80 ppm represents 0 00896 of the module s full operating temperature If the module was calibrated to operate in the 12 78mV input range then following formula is used 0 008 C x 90 mV 7 2 uV C For every degree Celsius that the module s operating temperature moves from the calibration temperature the maximum calibration accuracy deviation is 7 2 pV Module Error Over Full Temperature Range The Module Error Over Full Temperature Range specification represents the errot that occurs if the module s ambient temperature changes a total of 60 C that is from 0 60 C 0 140 F or 60 0 C While this temperature change is extremely unlikely it represents the worst case scenario This specification is determined by multiplying the temperature change by the maximum Gain Drift with Temperature for the given module In other words we determine Module Error Over Full Temperature Range with the following formula Module Error Over Full Temperature Full Temperature Range x Gain Drift wi
160. UMO0009C EN P December 2010 Non isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 1756 IF8 Chapter 4 Use Module Block and This section shows the 1756 IF16 and 1756 IF8 modules block diagrams and Input Circuit Diagrams ene ahs 1756 IF16 Module Block Diagram Field Side I Backplane Side DCDC Details of the 1756 IF16 input DC DC Shatdowie UF circuitry are on the following pages 4 Converter Circuit Circuit l System 5V 16 bit A D lt gt Channels 0 3 Converter Opto Micro SRM 7 isola Controller gt ASIC Vref tion Ls Channels 4 7 16 bit A D I z X Ss Converter I i Serial i EEPROM FLASH cpang f ROM Ls I I Channels 8 11 16 bit A D I Converter S74 I X Input Data Configuration Data gt lt Control 16 bit A D I hannels 12 5 Giarnels Converter i le 43504 1756 IF8 Module Block Diagram Field Side Backplane Side l Details of the 1756 IF8 input 4 0C 0C DC DC RIUP T circuitry are on the following pages Converter peal Circuit 4 Ircuit Syst
161. US and Canada See UL File E65584 CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment See CSA File LR54689C CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class Division 2 Group A B C D Hazardous Locations See CSA File LR69960C CE European Union 2004 108 IEC EMC Directive co mpliant with EN 61326 1 Meas Control Lab Industrial Requirements EN 61000 6 2 Industrial Immunity EN 61000 6 4 Industrial Emissions EN 61131 2 Programmable Controllers Clause 8 Zone A amp B European Union 2006 95 EC LVD compliant with EN 61131 2 Programmable Controllers Clause 11 C Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act complian AS NZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions with Ex European Union 94 9 EC ATEX Directive compliant with EN 60079 15 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection n EN 60079 0 General Requirements II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X FM FM Approved Equipment for use in Class Division 2 Group A B C D Hazardous Locations TUV TUV Certified for Functional Safety Capable of SIL 2 1 When marked See the Product Certification link at http www ab com for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 311 Appendix A Analog I O Module Specifications Not Used Not Used RTN Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used RTN Not Used Not Used Place addition
162. V range 0 7 uv bit 12 78 mV range 1 4 uv bit Based on the schematic on page 137 the module leakage per open wire current is the bias voltage pull up resistance 0 44V 20 MQ 22 nA Hence the maximum thermocouple loop resistance is the sum of total loop resistance both leads Using this equation for the 12 30 mV range the maximum lead resistance is 16 Q for a maximum of half resolution error 1 2 0 7uv bit 22 nA For the 12 78 mV range the maximum lead resistance is 32 Q for a maximum of half resolution error 1 2 1 4uv bit 22 nA For more information refer to 1756 IT6I and 1756 IT6I2 Thermocouple Lead Length Calculations Knowledgebase Technical Note ID 59091 The 1756 IT6I and 1756 IT612 modules support grounded and ungrounded thermocouples However in addition to offering access to two more thermocouple types D and TXK XK L the 1756 IT612 module offers the following A greatet cold junction compensation accuracy Improved module accuracy See page 135 for details While the 1756 IT6I module can report cold junction temperature differences between channels as high as 3 C from the actual temperature the 1756 IT6I2 module because it has two cold junction sensors CJS reduces the potential cold junction error from actual temperature to 0 3 C It s important that you check that the CJS is fitted locally or remotely and enabled accordingly in the module channel configuration If the
163. Vref i controller gt ASIC l 4 l 15V l DC DC Voltage 5V Converter Regulator x D A Converter S lt Vref Details of the 1756 OF6VI output circuitry are on page 176 3 of 6 channels m m wm wm m Channel Isolation Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Serial EEPROM FLASH ROM SRAM 43501 Chapter 8 173 Chapter 8 Isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF6CI and 1756 OF6VI D A Convertor amp Current Amplifier h 8 OUT 0 Drive Different Loads with the 1756 OF6CI 174 Field side Circuit Diagrams The diagram shows field side circuitry for the 1756 OF6CI module 1756 OF6CI Output Circuit 13V System Field A Side Side 50 Q Vdrop 1 0V 20mA lout 0 21mA I i 0 22 uF V 2502 pog j 5V Q20mA 10V 20mA E DINO E 7800 1000 Q 15v a 20v M r 13V l 43503 The 1756 OF6CI module s output stage provides a constant current that flows through its internal electronics and out through the external output load Since the output current is constant the only variable in the current loop is the voltage across the output electronics and the voltage across the load For a given termination option the sum of the individual voltage drops around the loop components must add up to the total available voltage 13V for OUT x RTN x termination and 26V for OUT x ALT x
164. able 1 Cut the foil shield and drain wire back to the cable casing and apply shrink wrap 2 Connect the insulated wires to the RTB Three Types of RTBs each RTB comes with housing Cage clamp catalog number 1756 TBCH 1 Insert the wire into the terminal 2 Turn the screw clockwise to close the terminal on the wire b of T Tm 20859 M NI NEMA clamp Catalog number 1756 TBNH Terminate wires at the screw terminals J A CD KD ED Ip ED ep 2i S H Strain relief area aa ihe 192 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Install ControlLogix I O Modules Chapter 9 Spring clamp catalog number 1756 TBS6H 1 Insert the screwdriver into the outer hole of the RTB 2 Insert the wire into the open terminal and remove the screwdriver NH amp r 2 LE a J gt el ID a D 2 g e a OL 5 20860 M Al IA The ControlLogix system has been agency certified using only the ControlLogix RTBs catalog numbers 1756 TBCH 1756 TBNH 1756 TBSH and 1756 TBS6H Any application that require
165. ains set until the signal moves above the configured trigger point If latched the alarm remains set until it is unlatched If a deadband is specified the alarm also remains latched as long as the signal remains within the configured deadband ChxHHAlarm Bit 0 This bit is set when the input signal moves above the configured High High Alarm limit It remains set until the signal moves below the configured trigger point If latched the alarm remains set until it is unlatched If a deadband is specified the alarm also remains latched as long as the signal remains within the configured deadband Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Sourcing Current Loop Input Module 1756 IF6CIS and Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Module 1756 IF6l Chapter 5 Fault Reporting in The illustration offers an overview of the fault reporting process in integer mode Integer Mode Module Fault Word described on page 116 m 15 14 13 12 11 101 9 8 A calibrating fault 15 AnalogGroupFault sets bit 11 in the 14 InGroupFault Module Fault word 12 Calibrating 11 Cal Fault 13 10 9 amp 8 are not If set any bit in the Channel Fault word also sets the Analog used by 1756 IF6l Group Fault and Input Group Fault in the Module Fault word A f When the module is Channel Fault Word calibrating all bits in described on
166. al Low Engineering 0 0 0 0 Status Offline 3 At the Output Range choose the range from the pull down menu to calibrate the channels 4 Click OK 5 Click the Calibration Tab on the Module Properties dialog box L Module Properties Local 4 1756 0F6CI 1 1 General Connection Module Info Configuration Qutput State Limits Calibration Backplane P Start Calibration 0 993774 0 992981 0 990356 0 994446 0 992615 Module Last Successfully Calibrated on 0 993469 10 28 2004 Status Running 6 Click Start Calibration to access the Calibration Wizard to step through the process Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules Chapter 11 If your module is not in Program mode a warning message appears You must manually change the module to Program mode before clicking Yes RSLogix 5000 DANGER Calibration should not be performed on a module currently being used for control There also exists a module identity mismatch All channels will freeze at their current values and control may be interrupted Continue with Calibration 7 Set the channels to be calibrated Select the channel s to fibration Calibration Calibration ENS els lo channel Celtrste goed aso offset Calibrate checkbox Counts Oto 20 mA 0 893774 Then choose to either 0to20mA 0 992981 Calibrate the Ch
167. al based on connections In all cases each channel is factory configured for the same mode However you can field configure any channel for another mode You nay need to alter the terminal block wiring to match the application Refer to the controller installation manual 5 Cables are available in lengths of 0 5 m 1 0 m 2 5 m and 5 0 m To order insert the code for the desired cable length into the catalog number in place of the x 005 0 5 m 1492 AIFMs for Analog I O Modules Appendix F The table describes the I O module ready pre wired cables available for use with your ControlLogix analog I O modules Diameter Module End 1492 ACABLExM 11 twisted pairs 22 AWG 11 5 mm 0 45 in 1756 TBCH 1492 ACABLEXX 9 twisted pairs 22 AWG 6 8 mm 0 27 in 1756 TBNH 1492 ACABLExY 9 twisted pairs 22 AWG 6 8 mm 0 27 in 1756 TBNH 1492 ACABLExYT 9 twisted pairs 22 AWG 6 8 mm 0 27 in 1756 TBNH 1492 ACABLExZ 20 conductors 22 AWG 8 4 mm 0 33 in 1756 TBNH 1492 ACABLExTA 20 conductors 22 AWG 8 4 mm 0 33 in 1756 TBCH 1492 ACABLExTB 20 conductors 22 AWG 8 4 mm 0 33 in 1756 TBCH 1492 ACABLExTC 5 twisted pairs 22 AWG 8 4 mm 0 33 in 1756 TBCH 1492 ACABLExTD 5 twisted pairs 22 AWG 8 4 mm 0 33 in 1756 TBCH 1492 ACABLExUA 20 conductors 22 ANG 8 4 mm 0 33 in 1756 TBCH 1492 ACABLExUB 20 conductors 22 ANG 8 4 mm 0 33 in 1756 TBCH 1492 ACABLExUC 9 twisted pairs 22 AWG 6 8 mm 0 27 in 1756 TBCH 14
168. al loop devices such as strip chart recorders at 1756 OF4 Current the A location noted above Dono 1756 0F4 ControlLogix voltage current output analog module 1756 OF4 Voltage C ICD vour r E D IOUT 0 KD CO RT ic ig VOUT S D IOUT 1 Ig IEB VOUT 2 14 13 ie ig IOUT 2 16 15 em ie RTN O e VOUT 3 20 19 Ig ie IOUT 3 N _ Not Use ie e VOUT 0 se 4 3 Current Not Use d Ig IOUT 0 Output 5 B Load IN ES GS RIN 8 Fi Not Use ie Ig VOUT 1 1 3 Shield Not Use d ie IOUT 1 Ground Shield 1 T1 Ground Not Use Ig Id VOUT 2 14 13 Not Use e ie IOUT 2 16 15 RIN ee Id RTI Not Use ie ie VOUT 3 Not Use Id Id I0UT 3 CN Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal All terminals marked RTN are connected internally connect more than two wires to any single terminal All terminals marked RTN are connected internally 312 Q gt ANALOG
169. al to User Count Conversion Integer mode does not support temperature conversion on temperature measuring modules However this mode can be used by the 1756 IT6I and 1756 IT612 modules to calculate user counts for both available millivolt ranges The straight line formulas that can be used to calculate or program a Compute CPT instruction are shown in the table Available Range User Count Formula 12 30 mV y 1388 4760408167676x 10825 593777483234 where y counts x mV 12 78 mV y 694 2314015688241x 22244 5904917152 where y counts x mV For example if you have 24 mV in the 12 30 mV range the user counts 22498 Counts 20856 for 2 mV in the 12 78 mV range For a table with related values refer to ControlLogix 1756 IT6I and 1756 IT612 mV Input Signal to User Count Conversion Knowledgebase Technical Note ID 41567 130 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Differences Between the 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT612 Modules Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Temperature measuring Analog Modules 1756 IR6I 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT6 2 Chapter 6 Wire Length Calculations The rule for determining the maximum thermocouple lead length without error is that the lead length s error should be less than half of the module resolution This error implies no error is observed nor is recalibration required The resolution for the 1756 IT6I and 1756 IT612 module respectively is 12 30 m
170. alog I O Modules 7 Set the channels to be calibrated Calibration Wizard Select the Channel s to Calibrate Select the channel s to ibrati ibrati Calibration s Channel Celirete C2ibration Calibration iset Calibration calibrate using the Gain Status Calibrate checkbox NN Counts 1 000000 Then choose to either 1 000000 Calibrate the Channels in 101t010 V 1 000000 Groups or Calibrate Channels One Channel 10to10 V 1 000000 ataTime 101010 V 1 000000 10t010 V 1 000000 Press Next to continue Calibrate Channels in Groups Calibrate Channels One at a Time TIP You can select whether to calibrate channels in groups all at once or each channel at a time We recommend you calibrate all channels on your module each time you calibrate This will help you maintain consistent calibration readings and improve module accuracy 8 Click Next The Output Reference Signals wizard appears to show which channels will be calibrated for a low reference and the range of the calibration It also shows what reference signal is expected at the input Calibration Wizard Output Reference Signals Press Next to start the Calibration Lee selected channels Channel Calibrate Range Reference producing the reference Volts signal 10to10 v Channels 0 9 Click Next Click Back to return to the last window to make any necessary changes Click Stop to halt the calibration proce
171. alog I O module and a D shell connector on the other end to plug into a D shell terminal The D shell connectors with either 15 or 25 pins have a slide locking mechanism for a secure connection For a complete list of the pre wired cables available for use with ControlLogix analog I O modules see the table on page 387 383 Appendix F 1 0 Cat No 1756 IF6CIS Mode 1756 IF6l Current Voltage 1492 AIFMs for Analog 1 0 Modules The table lists the AIFMs and pre wired cables that can be used with ControlLogix analog I O modules IMPORTANT AIFM Cat No Fixed Terminal Block 1492 AIFM6S 3 AIFM Cat No RTB Socket Assembly 1492 RAIFM6S 3 1756 IF8 384 Single ended current 1492 AlFM8 3 1492 RAIFIM8 3 AIFM Type Feed through Description 6 channel isolated with 3 4 terminals channel For the latest list see the Digital Analog Programmable Controller Wiring Systems Technical Data publication 1492 TD008 Pre wired Cable x cable length 1492 ACABLExZ 1492 ACABLEXX 1492 ACABLExY 8 or 16 channel input or output with 3 terminals channel 1492 AlFM8 F 5 N A Fusible 8 channel input with 24V DC blown fuse indicators 3 terminals channel 1492 ACABLEXTB Single ended voltage 1492 AlFM8 3 1492 RAIFM8 3 Feed through 8 or 16 channel input or output with 3 terminals channel 1492 AlFM8 F 5 N A Fusibl
172. and the features that are available to your application You choose a data format when you choose a Communication Format When you choose a Communication Format you can select one of two data formats nteger mode Floating point mode The table shows features that are available in each format Data Format Features Available Features Not Available Integer mode Multiple input ranges Process alarms Module filter Digital filtering Real time sampling Rate alarms Scaling Floating point mode All features See below When using the 1756 IF16 module in single ended mode that is 16 channel mode with a floating point data format process alarms and rate alarms are not available This condition exists when the 1756 IF16 is only wired for single ended mode The 1756 IF8 is not affected 58 Publication 1756 UMO0009C EN P December 2010 Non isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 1756 IF8 Chapter 4 Features Specific to The table lists features that are specific to the 1756 IF16 and Non Isolated Analog Pon Input Modules Feaue Page Multiple InputRanges 88 Module Filter 60 Real Time Sampling 61 Underrange Overrange Detection 61 Digital Filter 62 Process Alarms 63 Rate Alarm 64 Wire Off Detection 64 Multiple Input Ranges You can select from a series of operational ranges for each channel on your module The range designates the minimum and maximum signals that
173. ange Calibrating the 1756 IF6CIS or 1756 IF6l for Current Applications The 1756 IF6CIS and 1756 IF6I modules offer a 0 20 mA current range Calibrating the modules for current uses the same process as calibrating the 1756 IF6I for voltage except the change in input signal Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 241 Chapter 11 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog I O Modules While you are online you must access the Module Properties dialog box See page 207 in Chapter 10 for procedures Follow these steps to calibrate your module The following examples show how you calibrate the 1756 IF6I module for voltage Calibrating the modules for current uses the same process as calibrating the 1756 IF6I module for voltage except the change in input signal 1 Connect your voltage calibrator to the module 2 Go to the Configuration tab on the Module Properties dialog box E Module Properties Local 0 1756 IF6I 1 1 General Connection Module Info Configuration Alarm Configuration Calibration Backplane Channel 87 Etsy mpata gt 1oVto10v w Sensor Offset oo Scaling High Signal High Engineering Notch Filter Sis hoo jv foo Digtal Fiter Low Signal Low Engineering 100 v e 100 eu RTS 100 Status Running 3 At the Input Range choose the range from the pull down menu to calibrate the channels 4 Click OK 242 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 201
174. anges in an Input Module with Multiple Owners 34 Chapter 3 Tntroductone eteisen yen aie er EEE ar ee ee E EE T eee 35 Common Analog I O Features tac induce Re ECL RERER SER ERES 35 Removal and Insertion Under Power RIUP 36 Module Fault Reporting isco ea dy rrr Red XS CERA 36 Configurable SOFWAEO 346 tcet awe cx ERO o er on RACES 36 Blecitome Keying iia chews evade vt addon Recien 37 Access to System Clock for Timestamp Functions 44 Roling Tim stamnp eur p cta d t e Na e CR n SIRE aks 44 Producer Consumer Model leen 44 Table of Contents Non isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 1756 IF8 Status Indicator Information s s s 00 00 45 Pull Class I Division 2 Compliance esee 45 Apency Certficanom E Coe edv e beu X uur iclna as kg Ee ets 45 Field Galibtations 5 5 peperere a ree bee 8 T RE 45 Sensor Offset ri Ls eseie e deed Laval odie estos ee o Bu itis 46 Fatching OF ALAS seses een EPOR CP SOEUR Rene 46 Data EoftmatsJl fas eis aa eee ede tht ale e a dee ES 46 Module Inhibiting as opu A ipa bt sabre Pac e Bap Meta 47 Relationship Between Module Resolution Scaling Data Format 48 Module Re sol tiott s ix sese eerta tb e eae 48 Scalig iets a bagel eS Beant aed dae coins 50 Data Format as Related to Resolution and Scaling 51 Chapter 4 Introduction de RP Pc 55 Choose a Wiring Method v esek cox releo Esas mee RR E ERES 56 Single ende
175. annels in Oto 20 mA 0 990356 Groups or Calibrate Channels One Channel Oto 20 mA 0 994446 at a Time 0to20mA 0 992615 Oto20mA 0 993469 Calibration Status Press Next to continue Calibrate Channels in Groups Calibrate Channels One at a Time TIP You can select whether to calibrate channels in groups all at once or each channel at a time We recommend you calibrate all channels on your module each time you calibrate This will help you maintain consistent calibration readings and improve module accuracy 8 Click Next Publication 1756 UM009C EN P December 2010 261 Chapter 11 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog I O Modules The Output Reference Signals wizard appears to show which channels will be calibrated for a low reference and the range of the calibration It also shows what reference signal is expected at the input Calibration Wizard Output Reference Signals Press Next to start the f Calibration Low selected channels Channel Calibrate Range Reference producing the reference mA signal Oto 20 mA 400 Channels 0 9 Click Next Click Back to return to the last window to make any TIP PE necessary changes Click Stop to halt the calibration process if necessary 10 Record the results of your measurement Calibration Wizard Measure and Record Values Measure the output y Calibration values for the selected Channel Calibrate Range channels using a accuracy of at
176. ant for a digital first order lag filter on the input It is specified in units of milliseconds A value of 0 disables the filter The digital filter equation is a classic first order lag equation A t YneYnde X Y nae ea imd Yn Present output filtered peak voltage PV Yn 1 Previous output filtered PV At Module channel update time seconds TA Digital filter time constant seconds Xn Present input unfiltered PV Using a step input change to illustrate the filter response as shown in the illustration you can see that when the digital filter time constant elapses 63 2 of the total response is reached Each additional time constant achieves 63 2 of the remaining response Unfiltered Input TA 0 01 sec TA 0 5 sec Bee ee TA 0 99 sec 0 0 01 0 5 0 99 Time in Seconds 16723 To see how to set the Digital Filter see page 210 Publication 1756 UMO0009C EN P December 2010 Non isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 1756 IF8 Chapter 4 Process Alarms Process alarms alert you when the module has exceeded configured high or low limits for each channel You can latch process alarms These are set at four user configurable alarm trigger points High high High Low Low low IMPORTANT Process alarms are not available in integer mode or in applications using 1756 IF16 module in the single ended floating point mode The va
177. ardous before proceeding Repeated electrical arcing causes excessive wear to contacts on both module and its mating connector Worn contacts may create electrical resistance that can affect module operation 1 Unlock the locking tab at the top of the module 2 Open the RTB door by using the bottom tab 196 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Install ControlLogix I O Modules Chapter 9 3 Hold the spot marked PULL HERE and pull the RTB off the module 20855 M IMPORTANT Do wrap your fingers around the entire door A shock hazard exists Remove the Module Follow these steps to remove a module from its chassis from the Chassis 1 Push in the top and bottom locking tabs 20856 M 3 S ENN AN NN Er EAS 20857 M Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 197 Chapter9 X Install ControlLogix I O Modules Notes 198 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Chapter 10 Introduction Publication 1756 UMOO9C EN P December 2010 Configure ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules You must configure your module upon installation The module will not work until it has been configured In most cases you will use RSLogix 5000 programming software to configure yout analog I O module The programming software uses default configurations such as RTS RPI and so forth to get your I O module to communicate with the owner controller
178. ase RTS Scenario In the worst case scenario the module performs an RTS multicast just after the reserved network slot has passed In this case the owner controller will not receive data until the next scheduled network slot TIP Because it is the RPI and not the RTS that dictates when the module s data will be sent over the network we recommend the RPI value be set less than or equal to the RTS to make sure that updated channel data is received by the owner controller with each receipt of data Remote Input Modules Connected Via the EtherNet IP Network When remote analog input modules ate connected to the owner controller via an EtherNet IP network data is transferred to the owner controller in the following way At the RTS or RPI whichever is faster the module broadcasts data within its own chassis The 1756 Ethernet bridge module in the remote chassis immediately sends the module s data over the network to the owner controller as long as it has not sent data within a time frame that is one quarter the value of the analog input module s RPI For example if an analog input module uses an RPI 100 ms the Ethernet module sends module data immediately on receiving it if another data packet was not sent within the last 25 ms The Ethernet module will either multicast the module s data to all devices on the netwotk or unicast to a specific owner controller depending on the setting of the Unicast box as shown on page 20
179. at some point during module operation In this example latching is disabled therefore each alarm turns Off when the condition that caused it to set ceases to exist High high alarm turns On High high alarm turns Off High alarm remains On High alarm remains On High high High PR High alarm turns Off turns On High A lt Normal input range Low alarm turns ON Low alarm turns Off Low Alarm deadbands Low low 3 34 4 Low alarm turns On Low low alarm turns Off Low alarm remains On Low alarm remains On Bis To see how to set process alarms see page 212 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Sourcing Current Loop Input Module 1756 IF6CIS and Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Module 1756 IF6l Chapter 5 Rate Alarm The rate alarm triggers if the rate of change between input samples for each channel exceeds the specified trigger point for that channel IMPORTANT The rate alarm is available only for applications that use floating point mode EXAMPLE 1756 IF6CIS If you set an 1756 IF6l with normal scaling in mA to a rate alarm of 1 0 mA s the rate alarm only triggers if the difference between measured input samples changes at a rate gt 1 0 mA s If the module s RTS is 100 ms that is sampling new input data every 100 ms and at time 0 the module measures 5 0 mA and at time 100 ms measures 5 08 mA the rate of change is 5 08 m
180. ation module health and input output devices Indicators help in troubleshooting anomalies 4 Connectors pins Input output power and grounding connections are made to the module through these pins with the use of an RTB or IFM 5 Locking tab The locking tab anchors the RTB or IFM cable on the module maintaining wiring connections 6 Slots for keying Mechanically keys the RTB to prevent inadvertently making the wrong wire connections to your module 18 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Module Identification and Status Information Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 What Are ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules Chapter 1 Each ControlLogix I O module maintains specific identification information that separates it from all other modules This information assists you in tracking all the components of your system For example you can track module identification information to be aware of exactly what modules are located in any ControlLogix rack at any time While retrieving module identity you can also retrieve the module s status Module Identification and Status Information Item Description Product Type Module s product type such as Analog 1 0 or Digital 1 0 module Catalog Code Module s catalog number Major Revision Module s major revision number Minor Revision Module s minor revision number Status Module s status that shows the following information Controller owner
181. ation 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 105 Chapter5 Sourcing Current Loop Input Module 1756 IF6CIS and Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Module 1756 IF6I Wire the 1756 IF6CIS Two wire transmitter connected to the module 1756 IF6CIS Module and the module providing 24V DC loop power VOUT 1 ee aa vouro LA UT IN 1 I IED ie NA cee Tensmiter RTN 1 d iS RIN i VOUT 3 ie ie VOUT 2 IN 3 1 le ie IN 2 I Shield Ground RTN 3 ia iS RTN 2 Not used ie as Not used VOUT 5 ie ie VOUT 4 IN 5 1 5 ie IN 4 1 RTN 5 ie iS RTN 4 CN 43469 NOTES 1 Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal 2 Place additional loop devices that is strip chart recorders at either A location in the current loop 106 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Sourcing Current Loop Input Module 1756 IF6CIS and Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Module 1756 IF6l Chapter 5 1756 IF6CIS Four wire transmitter connected to the module and an external user provided power supply providing 24V DC loop power
182. ature executes each time the module cycles power or when a self calibration cycle is initiated The self calibration compensates for inaccuracies of the on board reference signal and the A D convertor only In other words the self calibration feature makes sure that the A D convertor itself is accurate with respect to its on board voltage reference that is used for a conversion of the input signal Together with user calibration the module s total accuracy is maintained Publication 1756 UMOO9C EN P December 2010 361 AppendixE Additional Specification Information Calibrated Accuracy 362 The Calibrated Accuracy specification represents the module s accuracy when its ambient that is operating temperature is the same as the temperature at which the module was calibrated Immediately following a calibration a ControlLogix analog I O module is most accurate Because the module was calibrated at its zero and span the inaccuracy is largely non linearity between zero and span Assuming the module is operating at the exact temperature when it was calibrated and uses the same voltage source to check the post calibration accuracy a module may be as accurate as 0 01 0 05 of range Once the module begins operation its accuracy lessens as components change over time However this change in components or accuracy is different from the Gain Drift With Temperature specification described on page 363 Other than non linearity the
183. atus word ChxOpenWire Channel Status Words Bits Floating Point Mode Any of the Channel Status words four words for 1756 OF4 and eight words for 1756 OFP8 one for each channel will display a nonzero condition if that particular channel has faulted for the conditions listed below Some of these bits set bits in other Fault words When the High or Low Limit Alarm bits bits 1 and 0 in any of the words are set the appropriate bit is set in the Channel Fault word When the Calibration Fault bit bit 4 is set in any of the words the Calibration Fault bit bit 11 is set in the Module Fault word The table lists the conditions that set each of the word bits Bit Event that sets this tag Bit 7 This bit is set only if the configured Output Range is 0 20 mA and the circuit becomes open due to a wire falling or being cut when the output being driven is above 0 1 mA The bit will remain set until correct wiring is restored ChxNotaNumber Bit 5 This bit is set when the output value received from the controller is NotANumber the IEEE NAN value The output channel will hold its last state ChxCalFault Bit 4 This bit is set when an error occurred when calibrating This bit also sets the appropriate bit in the Channel Fault word ChxInHold Bit 3 This bit is set when the output channel is currently holding The bit resets when the requested Run mode output value is within 0 1 of full scale of the current echo value
184. ause 11 C Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with AS NZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions Ex European Union 94 9 EC ATEX Directive compliant with EN 60079 15 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection n EN 60079 0 General Requirements Il 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X FM FM Approved Equipment for use in Class Division 2 Group A B C D Hazardous Locations TUV 1 326 TUV Certified for Functional Safety Capable of SIL 2 When marked See the Product Certification link at http www ab com for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Appendix B Integer Mode Tags Analog I 0 Tag Definitions The set of tags associated with any module depends on the module type and the communications format For each operational mode integer or floating point there are three sets of tags Input Output Configuration The following tables list the tags that are available on ControlLogix analog modules operating in integer mode IMPORTANT Each application s series of tags varies but no input module application contains any tags that are not listed here Integer Input Tags You can view tags from the Controller Organizer in RSLogix 5000 software To access the Tag Editor right click Controller Tags and choose Monitor Tags Integer Input Tags Tag Name Data Type Applicable Definitio
185. b The Calibration tab lets you recalibrate the default factory calibrations if necessary Calibration corrects any hardwate inaccuracies on a particular channel E Module Properties Local 10 1756 OF6 I 1 1 General Connection Module Info Configuration Output State Limits Calibration Backplane Calibration Offset Courts Calibration Calibration Range Gain Calibration Status 10to10 V 1 002380 l to 10v 1 002808 l0to10 V 1 001099 10to10 V 1 002075 l to 10 V 1000977 Module Last Successfully 0to10V 1 002014 Calibrated on 3 11 38 Status Running Cancel Apply Help See Chapter 11 for specific module calibrations Although each dialog box maintains importance during online monitoring some of the tabs such as the Module Info and Backplane are blank during the initial module configuration Download Configuration After you have changed the configuration data for a module the change does not take affect until you download the new program that contains that Data to the Module information This downloads the entire program to the controller overwriting any existing programs Follow these steps to download the new program 1 At the top left corner of the RSLogix 5000 software program click the status i icon 2 Choose Download The Download dialog box appears 3 Click Download Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 225 Chapter
186. bit integer data formats Module resolution Analog input modules use 16 bit resolution and analog output modules offer 13 16 bit output resolution depending on the module type to detect data changes On board features Scaling to engineering units alarming and under overrange detection are some examples of the I O module features Chapter 1 What Are ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Module Features Feature Calibration Description ControlLogix analog 1 0 module ships from the factory with factory calibration You can recalibrate the module calibration on a channel by channel or module wide basis to increase accuracy in customer specific applications if necessary Coordinated system time CST time stamp of data A 64 bit system clock places a time stamp on the transfer of data between the module and its owner controller within the local chassis Agency Certification 16 Full agency certification for in any application that requires approval Agency certification varies depending on the catalog number To see a list of the certifications associated with each catalog number see Appendix A Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 What Are ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules Chapter 1 1 0 Module in the ControlLogix System ControlLogix modules mount in a ControlLogix chassis and use a removable terminal block RTB or a Bulletin 1492 interface mo
187. brate your analog I O modules by using RSLogix 5000 software When you are online you can choose either Program ot Run mode as the state of your program during calibration We recommend that your module be in Program mode and not be actively controlling a process when you calibrate it IMPORTANT The module freezes the state of each channel and does not update the controller with new data until after the calibration ends This could be hazardous if active control were attempted during calibration Input calibration is a multi step process that involves multiple services being sent to the module This section has four parts as shown in the table Each input module requires attention be paid to specific calibration ranges Topic Page Calibrating the 1756 IF6CIS or 1756 IF6l Modules 241 Calibrating the 1756 IR6I 248 Calibrating the 1756 IT6l or 1756 IT612 253 Calibrating the 1756 IF16 or 1756 IF8 Modules The 1756 IF16 or 1756 IF8 modules are used in applications requiring voltage or current The modules offer four input ranges e 10 10V 0 5V 0 10V e 0 20 mA However you can only calibrate these modules using a voltage signal IMPORTANT Regardless of what application range is selected prior to calibration all calibration uses a 10V range 235 Chapter 11 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog I O Modules While you are online you must access the Calibration tab on the Module Properties dialog box
188. bration Gain Oto20mA 0 993958 Oto 20 mA 0 992981 0t020mA 0 990356 0to20m 0 994446 Oto20mA 0 992615 La Last Successfully Oto 20 mA 0 993469 alibrated on 3 9 2010 Status Running OK Apply 17 Click OK Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 265 Chapter 11 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog I O Modules Voltage Meter Calibrations RSLogix 5000 software commands the module to output specific levels of voltage You must measure the actual level and record the results This measutement allows the module to account for any inaccuracies The 1756 OF4 1756 OF8 and 1756 OF6VI modules use basically the same procedures for being calibrated by a voltage meter While you are online you must access the Module Properties dialog box See page 207 in Chapter 10 for procedures Follow these steps to calibrate your module 1 Connect your voltage meter to the module For the 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 modules do additional steps 2 4 For the 1756 OF6VI module go to step 5 2 Go to the Configuration tab on the Module Properties dialog box Wil Module Properties Local 7 1756 OF8 1 1 General Connection Module Info Configuration Output State Limits Calibration Backplane Channel ofif 3 E Es ie E7 DutgutRange gt Vto10V v Sensor Offset oo I Scaling High Signal High Engineering C Hold for Initialization 10 0 v oo Low Signal Low Engineering
189. cage clamp RTB 192 1756 TBE extended housing 194 1756 TBS6H spring clamp RTB 193 A agency certification 16 alarm deadband 63 100 125 alarms latching 46 limit alarm 153 170 process alarm 63 100 125 rate alarm 64 101 126 analog 1 0 15 See also module C cage clamp wiring the RTB 192 calibration 1756 IF16 and 1756 IF8 modules 235 1756 IF6CIS and 1756 IF6 modules 241 1756 IR6 module 248 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT6I2 modules 253 using RSLogix 5000 233 certification agency 16 channel fault word 1756 IF16 module 78 floating point mode 79 80 integer mode 82 83 1756 IF6CIS and 1756 IF6 modules 111 floating point mode 112 113 115 integer mode 116 6 IF8 module 85 floating point mode 86 87 integer mode 89 1756 IR6I 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT6l2 modules 141 floating point mode 142 143 integer mode 145 146 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 modules 159 floating point mode 160 161 integer mode 163 164 1756 OF6CI and 1756 OF6VI modules 179 floating point mode 180 integer mode 183 184 17 ol Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Index channel status word 1756 IF16 module 78 floating point mode 79 81 integer mode 82 84 1756 IF6CIS and 1756 IF6l modules 111 floating point mode 112 114 115 integer mode 117 1756 IF8 module 85 floating point mode 86 88 integer mode 89 1756 IR6I 1756 IT6l and 1756 11612 modules 141 floating point mode 142 144 integer mode 145 147 1756 OF4 and 1756 0F8
190. ce Link f0 D 0 3 Octal Connected JV Cache Connection O Enable Enable Waiting Q Start Done Done Length 0 Error Code Extended Error Code Timed Out Error Path Error Text Cancel Apply Help IMPORTANT You must name an 0 module to set the message path under that module s communication tab 350 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Use Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration Appendix C Unlatch Alarms in the 1756 OF6VI Module Example rungs 5 7 show how to unlatch the following alarms in a 1756 OF6VI module High limit alarm Rung 5 Low limit alarm Rung 6 Ramp alarm Rung 7 MainProgram MainRoutine Click on the box in each rung to Input bit to enable nlatci Local 3 Data 5 JE W LA Locat2 l ChOHLimit amp larm MSG 4 E Rung 5 unlatches the high limit alarm 5 ae Dm etis eis Slot2 ChQ High Limit unlatch E see the configuration Input bit to enable and QAI ideas Do 6 Locat2 l ChOLLimit amp larm MSG x Rung 6 unlatches the low limit alarm 6 JE JE Type CIP Genetic communication Message Control Slot2_Ch0_Low_Limit_unlatch E E information Input bit to enable nlatci Locak3 Data Local 2 I Ch R amp larm MSG JE neric Rung 7 unlatches the ramp alarm d s Menace CERE Slot Ch Ramp alarm uristch E SVE
191. channel changes to the scaled value associated with the underrange signal value of the selected operational range in floating point mode minimum possible scaled value or 32 768 counts in integer mode The ChxUnderrange x channel number tag is set to 1 Differential Voltage Input data for that channel changes to the scaled value associated with the overrange signal value of the selected operational range in floating point mode maximum possible scaled value or 32 768 counts in integer mode The ChxOverrange x channel number tag is set to 1 65 Chapter4 Non isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 1756 IF8 Wire Off Conditions When the Wire Off These events occur condition occurs Differential Current e Input data for that channel changes to the scaled value Applications associated with the overrange signal value of the selected operational range in floating point mode minimum possible scaled value or 32 768 counts in integer mode The ChxUnderrange x channel number tag is set to 1 In current applications wire off detection occurs for one of the following reasons Because the RTB has been disconnected from the module Both the signal wire and the jumper wire have been disconnected The module reacts with the same conditions as described in differential voltage applications f For more information abou tags in the tag editor see Appendix B 66 Publication 1756
192. clude 0 100 step response time plus one RTS sample time To see how to choose a notch filter see page 210 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 e dependent on the channel with the lowest notch filter setting 97 Chapter 5 98 Sourcing Current Loop Input Module 1756 IF6CIS and Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Module 1756 IF61 Real Time Sampling This parameter instructs the module to scan its input channels and obtain all available data After the channels are scanned the module multicasts that data During module configuration you specify a real time sampling RTS period and a requested packet interval RPI period These features both instruct the module to multicast data but only the RTS feature instructs the module to scan its channels before multicasting For more information on real time sampling see page 24 For an example of how to set the RTS rate see page 210 Underrange Overrange Detection This alarm feature detects when the isolated input module is operating beyond limits set by the input range For example if you are using the 1756 IF6I module in the 0 10V input range and the module voltage increases to 11V the overrange detects this condition The table lists the input ranges of the 1756 IF6CIS and 1756 IF6I modules and the lowest highest signal available in each range before the module detects an underrange overrange condition Input Module Range Lowest Signal Highest
193. communication OK Steady red light The module must be replaced Replace the module CAL Flashing green light The module is in Calibration mode Finish calibration Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Troubleshoot Your Module Chapter 12 Use RSLogix 5000 Software In addition to the status indicator display on the module RSLogix 5000 software will alert you to fault conditions Fault conditions are reported in for Troubleshooting Sica Warning signal on the main screen next to the module This occurs when the connection to the module is broken Message in a screen s status line Notification in the Tag Editor General module faults are also reported in the Tag Editor Diagnostic faults are reported only in the Tag Editor Status on the Module Info tab The following windows display fault notification in RSLogix 5000 software Warning Signal on Main Screen RSLogix 5000 Controller 1756 61 File Edt View Search Logic Communications Tools Window Help alsa a se Olof lalallala Program DE M Program Mode Path AB_ETHIP 1 10 88 92 99 Backplane O z l No Forces gt Controller OK paya Hlal aloo ags 3 Controller Fault Handler E Power Up Handler i C MaiProgrem Gi Unscheduled Programs Phase amp Motion Groups E Ungrouped Axes E Add On Instructions Gi Data Types User Defined Oi Strings Cj Add On Defined ie Cg Predefin
194. conditions that set all Channel Fault word bits Channel Fault Word Conditions This condition sets all Channel And causes the module to display the Fault word bits following in the Channel Fault word bits A channel is being calibrated 003F for all bits A communication fault occurred FFFF for all bits between the module and its owner controller Your logic can monitor the Channel Fault Word bit for a particular input to determine the state of that point Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 143 Chapter6 Temperature measuring Analog Modules 1756 IR6I 1756 IT6I and 1756 IT6I2 Channel Status Word Bits Floating Point Mode Any of the six Channel Status words one for each channel will display a nonzero condition if that particular channel has faulted for the conditions listed below Some of these bits set bits in other Fault words When the Underrange and Overrange bits bits 6 and 5 in any of the words ate set the approptiate bit is set in the Channel Fault word When the Calibration Fault bit bit 7 is set in any of the words the Calibration Fault bit bit 9 is set in the Module Fault word The table lists the conditions that set each of the word bits Channel Status Word Conditions Tag Status Bit Event that sets this tag word ChxCalFault Bit 7 This bit is set if an error occurs during calibration for that channel causing a bad calibration This bit also sets bit 9 in the Module Fault
195. controllers have been appropriately configured Apply changes to module configuration Yes IMPORTANT If you change the configuration for a module you must consider whether the module has more than one owner controller If so be sure each owner has exactly the same configuration data as the others For more information on changing configuration in a module with multiple owner controllers see page 33 228 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Configure ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules Chapter 10 Reconfigure Parameters Change the module from either Run or Remote Run mode to Program mode in Program Mode before changing configuration in the Program mode Follow these steps 1 At the top left corner of the RSLogix 5000 software program click the status n icon fc RSLogix 5000 Controller 1756 L61 File Edit Yiew Search Logic Communications Tools Window Help Alea 5 Sel j a aaa E II Rem Run m a Run Mode Path AB_ETHIP 1410 88 92 99 Backplane 0 No Forces Go Offline EJ J No Edits 4 Kot ed Module Properties Local 2 1756 1 Contrc 2 General Connection Module Info Configuration Alam Configure Power Test Mode oe amp Tasks io en ee 5 mainte Input Range s Cb me Sensor Offset Unsche Scaling l Motion Gre Controller Properties High Signal High Engineering Notch Filter 2 Choose Program mode A wi
196. cope External Access Use the default 342 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Use Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration Appendix C Field Name Description Style Leave blank Constant Leave blank i Open MESSAGE Configuration 7 Click OK Publication 1756 UM009C EN P December 2010 Leave the box blank if you do NOT want to automatically access the Message Configuration screen when OK is clicked You still can access the Message Configuration screen later by following the procedures on page 344 343 Appendix C Use Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration Enter Message Configuration After creating a tag you must enter certain parameters for the message configuration This information is entered on the Configuration and Communication tabs of the Message Configuration dialog box The Message Configuration dialog box is accessed by clicking the box with the ellipses in the Message Control field SG 0 Message Message Control Slot4_ChO_Rest End In RSLogix 5000 software version 10 and later the Message Configuration dialog boxes changed significantly to make it easier for you to configure your messages For example in version 9 and earlier depending on the Message Type you are required to configure some combination of the following Service Code Object Type Object ID Object Attribute
197. curacy Calibration is meant to correct any hardware inaccuracies that may be present on a particular channel The calibration procedure compares a known standard either input signal or recorded output with the channel s performance and then calculating a linear correction factor between the measured and the ideal The linear calibration correction factor is applied on every input or output same to obtain maximum accuracy 233 Chapter 11 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules Difference of Calibrating an Input Module and an Output Module 234 Although the purpose of calibrating analog modules is the same for input and output modules to improve the module s accuracy and repeatability the procedures involved differs for each When you calibrate input modules you use current voltage or ohms calibrators to send a signal to the module to calibrate it When you calibrate output modules you use a digital multimeter DMM to measure the signal the module is sending out To maintain your module s accuracy specifications we recommend you use calibration instruments with specific ranges The table lists the recommended instruments for each module Module Recommended Instrument Range 1756 IF16 amp 1756 IF8 0 10 25V source 150 uV voltage 1756 IF6CIS 1 00 20 00 mA source 0 15 pA current 1756 IF6l 0 10 00V source 150 pV voltage 1 00 20 00 mA source 0 15 pA current 1756 IR
198. current loop output analog module User Analog Output Device gt LT 0 2 N 0 OUT 2 gt LT 2 a N 2 Shield Ground Not Used OUT 4 ALT 4 RTN 4 D Place additional devices anywhere in the loop Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal OUT 1 OUT 3 Not Used OUT 5 1756 OF6CI 551 1000 Q a E E Cp CO User Analog ICD CD Output Device KDE Ie E ALT2 12 T CD ICD RTN 2 14 F Shield Ground ie ie Not Used 6 1 ICD CD OUT 4 g 17 E E ALT 4 19 D CD RTN 4 a Place additional devices anywhere in the loop Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal Input Signal to User Count Conversion 1756 OF6CI Range 316 0 20 mA Low Signal and User Counts High Signal and User Counts 0 mA 21 074 mA 32768 counts 32767 counts Technical Specifications 1756 OF6CI 1756 OF6CI 6 individually isolated 0 21 mA 13 bits across 21 mA 2 7 uA Q ANALOG OUTPUT Attribute CAL Outputs Output range OK 6 Resolution Current draw 5 1V 250 mA for 0 550 W loads terminated on OUTs and RTNs Total backplane power in this
199. d Calibration Wizard Select the Channel s to Calibrate Select the channel s to Calibration Calibration lioration calibrate using the Channel Calibrate Range Gain Calibrate checkbox Counts 1 to 487 ohms 0 999695 16 OK Then choose baher 1to487 ohms 1000732 16 OK Calibrate the Channels in 1to487 ohms 03999328 35 OK Groups or Calibrate Channels One Channel 1 to 487 ohms 1 008338 283 OK at a Time 110487 ohms 0 999329 23 OK v ite48zohms 1 000244 6 OK Calibration Press Next to continue gt 9 Calibrate Channels in Groups Calibrate Channels One at a Time TIP You can select whether to calibrate channels in groups all at once or each channel at a time The example above shows all channels will be calibrated at the same time We recommend you calibrate all channels on your module each time you calibrate This will help you maintain consistent calibration readings and improve module accuracy 4 Click Next The Low Reference Ohm Sources wizard appears to show which channels will be calibrated for a low reference and the range of the calibration It also shows what reference signal is expected at the input Calibration Wizard Attach Low Reference Ohm Sources Attach Low Reference Calibration un source s to indicated Channel Calibrate Range Reference channels ohms 1to 487 ohms 1to 487 ohms 1to 487 ohms Press Next to start 1to 487 ohms calibration
200. d e s i RTN 1 Jumper Wires IN 2 g 6 5 i RTN 2 Shield Ground IN 3 q J8 E RTN 3 RTN q 10 9G RTN Channel 3 IN 4 Cpu ug i RTN 4 IN 5 QM 13 i RTN 5 LN NM 16 a ne User provided Transmitter in 7 Fe a 7 Loop Power Zr E i gps 17 l 7 Not used 20 19 Not used Not used D z22 21 0 Not used Not used G 24 231 Not used Not used G 26 25 Not used RTN G 28 27 RTN Not used G 30 29 Not used Not used 19 33 31 Not used Not used C 34 ss Not used Not used CD se ss Not used L5 40912 M NOTES 1 Use the table when wiring your module in differential mode Channel Terminals Channel O IN O IN 1 amp i RTN 0 Channel 1 IN 2 IN 3 amp i RTN 2 Channel 2 IN 4 IN 5 amp i RTN 4 Channel 3 IN 6 IN 7 amp i RTN 6 2 All terminals marked RTN are connected internally 3 A 249 Qcurrent loop resistor is located between IN x and i RTN x terminals 4 If multiple or multiple terminals are tied together connect that tie point to a RTN terminal to maintain the module s accuracy 5 Place additional loop devices strip chart recorders so forth at the A location in the current loop 6 Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal IMPORTANT When operating in two channel high speed mode only use channels 0 and 2 74 Publication 1756 UMO009C EN P December 2010
201. d 1756 IT6I2 Use Module Block and This section shows the 1756 IRGI 1756 IT6I and 1756 IT6I2 modules block n i diagrams and input circuit diagrams Input Circuit Diagrams cM E 1756 IRGI 1756 IT61 and 1756 IT6I2 Module Block Diagram This diagram shows two channels There are six channels on the temperature measuring modules Details of the RTD and Thermocouple input circuitry are Field Side Backplane Side shown on page 137 DC DC RIUP l Shutdown Circuit Isolated 4 DC DC Circuit Power Converter Channel 0 I Dm A D C t 2 D Converter m Vref S gt I I SSeS Se See See m Micro lt gt Backplane c controller ASIC Sid 4 DCDC ower Channel 1 4 Converter A D converter m LL 7 Optos e gt Serial EEPROM FLASH ROM SRAM channel Vref 43499 Cold Junction Temperature sensing Compensation Dvn A D Converter Device IMPORTANT The cold junction compensation CJC channel m m ws m Channel Isolation is used on Thermocouple modules only The 1756 IT6l module has one CJC channel and the 1756 IT612 module has two CJC channels 136 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Temperature measuring Analog Modules 1756 IR6I 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT6 2 Chapter 6 Field side Circuit Diagrams The diagrams show field s
202. d 1756 TBS6H Any application that requires agency certification of the ControlLogix system using other wiring termination methods may require application specific approval by the certifying agency To see what analog interface modules are used with each ControlLogix analog I O module see Appendix F In addition to standard ControlLogix power supplies ControlLogix Redundant Power Supplies are also available for your application For more information on these supplies see the ControlLogix Selection Guide publication 1756 SG001 or contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative Chapter 1 What Are ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules Parts Illustration of the ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Module 7 5 C3 3 Os a gt Removable Terminal Block N RE Y oooooooooqg 0000000000 T 40200 M Item Description 1 Backplane connector Interface for the ControlLogix system that connects the module to the backplane 2 Top and bottom guides Guides provide assistance in seating the RTB or IFM cable onto the module 3 Status indicators Indicators display the status of communic
203. d Wiring Method 0 0 00 cece eee eee 56 Differential Wiring Method suyos ace Fer EORR ICD 57 High speed Mode Differential Wiring Method 57 Choose a Data Format a seva eu bo elated eae PRE ea ee SR rr 58 Features Specific to Non Isolated Analog Input Modules 59 Multiple Input Ranpescusveeoks qu SR EN TOUR dE te er Qna 59 Module Eilt tej arriere aea REP PSENER Bee 60 Real Time Sap OE v5 uoe aftu cod aree a e ette oncle e 61 Undetrange Overrance Detection uou veces ER ted 61 Mate ts e b or hat aues dH ae d 62 PROCESS ATIS a usse eerie E DRE S E seg ere ale 63 Rate Alar aeos e ER v eA ENEMIES 64 Ware Off Detecuon 45 So d vob EOM et da 64 Use Module Block and Input Circuit Diagrams 67 Field side Circuit DIAgtatsaso eu 4 oreet tend d Petites us 68 Wire the 1756 IF16 Module 0 0 00 ccc e 70 Wire the 1756 IF8 Module leeeeeee e 74 1756 IF16 Module Fault and Status Reporting 78 1756 IF16 Fault Reporting in Floating Point Mode 79 1756 IF16 Module Fault Word Bits Floating Point Mode 80 1756 IF16 Channel Fault Word Bits Floating Point Mode 80 1756 IF16 Channel Status Word Bits Floating Point Mode 81 1756 IF16 Fault Reporting in Integer Mode 00 82 1756 IF16 Module Fault Word Bits Integer Mode 83 1756 IF16 Channel Fault Word Bits Integer Mode 83 1756 IF16 Channel Status Word
204. d bits following in the Channel Fault word bits A channel is being calibrated 003F for all bits A communications fault occurred FFFF for all bits between the module and its owner controller Your logic should monitor the Channel Fault bit for a particular output if you eithet set the high and low limit alarms outside your operating range disable output limiting Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 181 Chapter 8 Isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF6CI and 1756 OF6VI Channel Status Word Bits Floating Point Mode Any of the six Channel Status words one for each channel will display a nonzero condition if that particular channel has faulted for the conditions listed below Some of these bits set bits in other Fault words When the High or Low Limit Alarm bits bits 1 and 0 in any of the words are set the appropriate bit is set in the Channel Fault word When the Calibration Fault bit bit 4 is set in any of the words the Calibration Fault bit bit 11 is set in the Module Fault word The table lists the conditions that set each of the word bits Tag Status Bit Event that sets this tag word ChxNotaNumber Bit 5 This bit is set when the output value received from the controller is NotaNumber the IEEE NAN value The output channel will hold its last state ChxCalFault Bit 4 This bit is set when an error occurred when calibrating This bit also sets the appropriate bit in the Chann
205. d factory calibrated so it is unlikely that they would need to be calibrated on installation To determine the cause of the incorrect reading the nature of the incorrect reading must be discerned first The module 1 Always reads maximum 2 Always reads minimum 3 Reads erratic data jumping around 4 Reads with an offset over the entire range In general if incorrect readings appear on a new install then checking for proper installation and configuration would typically prevail as a cause versus an existing working module where a hardware failure of some type channel or module would be more likely the cause Also if more than one channel is expetiencing these symptoms disconnect all thermocouples except one This can help determine if it is external hardware ot the module itself is the cause Before attempting to troubleshoot these symptoms a great deal of work can be saved by first visually inspecting the module and second applying a thermocouple emulator directly to the module input in question Make sure the module is powered and communicating based on the status indicators Red or flashing green status indicators signify a problem Make sure wiring is intact and correct and the cold junction sensors CJS are installed correctly for the correct wiring arm terminal base or removable terminal block If all looks correct then remove the thermocouple from the channel in question and apply the emulator The emulator i
206. d in the following pages Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Non isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 Chapter 7 Ramping Rate Limiting Ramping limits the speed that an analog output signal can change This prevents fast transitions in the output from damaging the devices that an output module controls Ramping is also known as rate limiting Types of Ramping Ramping Type Description Run mode ramping This type of ramping occurs when the module is in Run mode and begins operation at the configured maximum ramp rate when the module receives a new output level IMPORTANT This is only available in floating point mode Ramp to Program mode This type of ramping occurs when the present output value changes to the Program value after a Program command is received from the controller Ramp to fault mode This type of ramping occurs when the present output value changes to the Fault value after a communication fault occurs The maximum rate of change in outputs is expressed in engineering units per second and called the maximum ramp rate See page 223 for how to enable Run mode ramping and set the maximum ramp tate Hold for Initialization Hold for Initialization causes outputs to hold present state until the value commanded by the controller matches the value at the output screw terminal within 0 1 of full scale providing a bumpless transfer
207. d or rate alarm pet channel For alarm information see page 63 and page 64 lll Module Properties Local 1 1756 IF6I 1 1 General Connection Module Info Configuration Alarm Configuration Calibration Backplane M Channel E bep Wnlatch Al Latch Process Alarms Latch Rate Alarm Process Alarms High High fio Unlatch Besdbond High fio Unlateh o Low 0 Unlatch Rate Alarm Low Low 1 0 Unlatch o Unlatch Status Offline Cancel Help 1 Choose from the options on the Alarm Configuration tab Field Name Channel Description Click the channel that is being configured Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Configure ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules Chapter 10 Field Name Process Alarms High High High Low Low Low Description Type a value for each of the four alarm trigger points that alert you when the module has exceeded these limitations You also can use the respective slider icon 4M to set a trigger value The Unlatch buttons are enabled only when the module is online Disable All Alarms Check the box to disable all alarms Important When you disable all alarms you disable process rate and channel diagnostic alarms for example underrange and overrange We recommend that you disable only unused channels so extraneous alarm bits are not set Latch Process Alarms Check the box to latch an alarm in the
208. dder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration Communication Dialog Boxes The examples show the Communication dialog boxes for different versions of RSLogix 5000 software The top example is for rung 5 if using RSLogix 5000 software version 9 and earlier The window is the same for each rung of this example RSLogix 5000 Software Version 9 and Earlier Message Configuration Slot2 Ch High Limit unlatch IMPORTANT You must name an 0 module to set the message path under that module s communication tab 352 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Use Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration Appendix C Reconfiguring a 1756 IR6l Module Itis sometimes advantageous to change the functional operation of a module in the ControlLogix system automatically via the user program rather than using RSLogix5000 software to reconfigure it This way changes in the process can dictate when the reconfiguration should take place rather than you performing that function manually The following steps are used in this example when reconfiguring a module via ladder logic 1 Move new configuration parameters to the Configuration pottion of the Tag Structure associated with the module 2 If you are using RSLogix 5000 software version 10 or later use a message instruction to send a Reconfigure Module service to the same module If you are us
209. deadband ChxHAlarm 20 This bit is set when the input signal moves above the configured High Alarm limit It remains set until the signal moves below the configured trigger point If latched the alarm will remain set until it is unlatched If a deadband is specified the alarm will also remain set as long as the signal remains within the configured deadband ChxLLAlarm q t This bit is set when the input signal moves beneath the configured Low Low Alarm limit It remains set until the signal moves above the configured trigger point If latched the alarm will remain set until it is unlatched If a deadband is specified the alarm will also remain latched as long as the signal remains within the configured deadband ChxHHAlarm gl This bit is set when the input signal moves above the configured High High Alarm limit It remains set until the signal moves below the configured trigger point If latched the alarm will remain set until it is unlatched If a deadband is specified the alarm will also remain latched as long as the signal remains within the configured deadband 1 Bits 0 4 are not available in floating point single ended mode Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 81 Chapter 4 1756 IF16 Fault Reporting in Integer Mode 26 Ch20verrange 25 Ch3Underrange 24 Ch30verrange Module Fault Word described on page 83 15 AnalogGroupF 10 Calibrating 9 Cal Fault ault
210. defined Fault value t ChOFaultValue when set Ramping defines the maximum rate the output is allowed to transition based upon the configured ChOConfigRampRate ChOConfigMax INT All outputs Configures the maximum rate that the output value may change when RampRate transitioning to either the ChOConfigFaultValue or ChOConfigProgValue if either the ChOConfigRampToFault or ChOConfigRampToProg bits are set respectively or in Run mode if ChOConfigRampToRun is set In terms of percent full scale per second ChOConfigFault REAL All outputs Defines the value in engineering terms the output should take if a Value communication fault occurs when the ChOConfigFaultMode bit it set ChOConfigProg REAL All outputs Defines the value in engineering units the output should take when the Value connection transitions to Program mode if the ChOConfigProgMode bit is set ChOConfigLow REAL All outputs Defines the minimum value the output is allowed to take within the process If Limit an output beneath the low limit is requested the ChOLLimit alarm is set and the output signal will remain at the configured low limit ChOConfigHigh REAL All outputs Defines the maximum value the output is allowed to take within the process Limit If an output above the high limit is requested the ChOHLimit alarm is set and Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 the output signal will remain at the configured high limit 337 Appendix B Analog 1 0 Tag Def
211. dule cable to connect to all field side wiring Before you install and use your module you should do the following Install and ground a 1756 chassis and power supply To install these products refer to the publications listed in Additional Resources on page 13 Order and receive an RTB or IFM and its components for your application IMPORTANT RTBs and IFMs are not included with your module purchase Types of ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules Cat No Description RTB Used Page 1756 IF16 16 point non isolated analog current voltage input module 36 pin 294 1756 IF8 8 point non isolated analog current voltage input module 289 1756 IF6CIS 6 point sourcing current loop input module 279 1756 IF6l 6 point isolated analog current voltage input module 284 1756 IR6I 6 point isolated RTD input module 299 1756 IT6l 6 point isolated Thermocouple mV input module 304 1756 IT612 6 point isolated Enhanced Thermocouple mV input module 20 pin 308 1756 OF4 4 point non isolated analog current voltage output module 312 1756 OF8 8 point non isolated analog current voltage output module 323 1756 OF6CI 6 point isolated analog current output module 316 1756 OF6VI 6 point isolated analog voltage output module 320 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 f The ControlLogix system has been agency certified using only the ControlLogix RTBs 1756 TBCH 1756 TBNH 1756 TBSH an
212. dule see page 98 This bit also sets the appropriate bit in the Channel Fault word Overrange Bit 5 This bit is set when the input signal at the channel is greater than or equal to the maximum detectable signal For more information on the maximum detectable signal for each module see page 98 This bit also sets the appropriate bit in the Channel Fault word ChxRateAlarm Bit 4 This bit is set when the input channel s rate of change exceeds the configured Rate Alarm parameter It remains set until the rate of change drops below the configured rate If latched the alarm remains set until it is unlatched ChxLAlarm BIt 3 This bitis set when the input signal moves beneath the configured Low Alarm limit It remains set until the signal moves above the configured trigger point If latched the alarm will remain set until it is unlatched If a deadband is specified the alarm will also remain set as long as the signal remains within the configured deadband ChxHAlarm Bit 2 This bitis set when the input signal moves above the configured High Alarm limit It remains set until the signal moves below the configured trigger point If latched the alarm remains set until it is unlatched If a deadband is specified the alarm also remains set as long as the signal remains within the configured deadband ChxLLAlarm Bit 1 This bit is set when the input signal moves beneath the configured Low Low Alarm limit It rem
213. e 8 channel input with 24V DC blown fuse indicators 3 terminals channel 1492 ACABLEXTA Differential current 1492 AIFM8 3 1492 RAIFM8 3 Feed through 8 or 16 channel input or output with 3 terminals channel 1492 AlFM8 F 5 N A Fusible 8 channel input with 24V DC blown fuse indicators 3 terminals channel 1492 ACABLExTD Differential voltage 1492 AlFM8 3 1492 RAIFM8 3 Feed through 8 or 16 channel input or output with 3 terminals channel 1492 AlFM8 F 5 N A Fusible 8 channel input with 24V DC blown fuse indicators 3 terminals channel 1492 ACABLEXTC Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 i 1 0 Cat No Mode 1756 IF16 Single ended current AIFM Cat No Fixed Terminal Block 1492 AIFM8 3 AIFM Cat No RTB Socket Assembly 1492 RAIFM8 39 AIFM Type Feed through 1492 AIFMs for Analog 1 0 Modules Description 8 or 16 channel input or output with 3 terminals channel 1492 AIFM16 F 3 1492 AIFM16 F 5 N A Fusible 16 channel input with 24V DC blown fuse indicators 3 terminals channel 16 channel input with 24V DC blown fuse indicators 5 terminals channel Appendix F Pre wired Cable x cable length 1492 ACABLExUB Single ended voltage 1492 AIFM8 3 1492 RAIFM8 39 Feed through 8 or 16 channel input or output with 3 terminals channel 1492 AIFM16 F 3
214. e and output channel to channel Routine tested at 1350V AC for 2 s Removable terminal block 1756 TBNH 1756 TBSH Slot width 1 Wire size 0 33 2 1 mm 22 14 AWG solid or stranded copper wire rated at 90 C 194 F or greater 1 2 mm 0 047 in insulation max Wire category 201 North American temperature code T4A IEC temperature code T4 Enc 1 2 insta osure type None open style aximum wire size requires extended housing catalog number 1756 TBE Use this conductor category information for planning conductor routing as described in the system level lation manual See the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770 4 1 317 Appendix A Analog I O Module Specifications Environmental Specifications 1756 OF6CI Attrib ute Temperature operating IEC 60 IEC 60 IEC 60 068 2 1 Test Ad Operating Cold 068 2 2 Test Bd Operating Dry Heat 068 2 14 Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock 1756 OF6CI 0 60 C 32 140 F Temperature surrounding air 60 C 140 F IEC 60 IEC 60 IEC 60 Temperature storage 068 2 1 Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold 068 2 2 Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat 068 2 14 Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock 40 85 C 40 185 F Relative humidity 5 95 noncondensing IEC 60068 2 30 Test Db Unpackaged Nonoperati
215. e Features With Compatible keying you can replace a module of a certain Major Revision with one of the same catalog number and the same or later that is higher Major Revision In some cases the selection makes it possible to use a replacement that is a different catalog number than the original For example you can replace a 1756 CNBR module with a 1756 CN2R module Release notes for individual modules indicate the specific compatibility details When a module is created the module developers consider the module s development history to implement capabilities that emulate those of the previous module However the developers cannot know future developments Because of this when a system is configured we recommend that you configure your module by using the earliest that is lowest revision of the physical module that you believe will be used in the system By doing this you can avoid the case of a physical module rejecting the keying request because it is an earlier revision than the one configured in the software EXAMPLE In the following scenario Compatible keying prevents 1 0 communication e The module configuration is for a 1756 IB16D module with module revision 3 3 The physical module is a 1756 IB16D module with module revision 3 2 In this case communication is prevented because the minor revision of the module is lower than expected and may not be compatible with 3 3 Module Configuration 17561816D 16 Po
216. e and multicast data to the system because of the connection maintained by the other owner controller Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 33 Chapter2 Analog 0 Operation in the ControlLogix System Configuration Changes in You must be careful when changing an input module s configuration data in a multiple owner scenatio When the configuration data 1s changed 1n one of the an Input Module with owners for example Controller A and sent to the module that configuration Multiple Owners data is accepted as the new configuration for the module Controller B continues to listen unaware that any changes have been made in the module s behavior co Controller A Input Module ontroller B Modified Configuration Initial Configuration o E Input Module Eu Input Module Configuration Configuration Data Data um I 0 8 o o XXXXX A B XXXXX XXXXX o XXXXX XXXXX e XXXXX E 41056 Controller B is unaware that changes were made by Controller A IMPORTANT A pop up screen in RSLogix 5000 software alerts you to the possibility of a multiple owner situation and lets you inhibit the connection before changing the module s configuration When changing configuration for a module with multiple owners we recomme
217. e fi X Vendor Description Analog 1756 IF16 16 Channel Non Isolated Voltage Current Analog Input Allen Bradley 1756 IFdFXOF2F A 4 Current Volt Inputs 2 Current Volt Outputs Fast Analog Allen Bradley 1756 IF4FXOFZF B 4 CurrentjVolt Inputs 2 Current Volt Outputs Fast Analog Allen Bradley 1756 IF6CIS A 6 Channel Isolated Current Sourcing Analog Input Allen Bradley 1756 IF6I 6 Channel Isolated Voltage Current Analog Input Allen Bradley 1756 IF8 8 Channel Non Isolated Yoltage Current Analog Input Allen Bradley 1756 IF8H 8 Channel HART Analog Input Allen Bradley 1756 IR6I 6 Channel Isolated RTD Analog Input Allen Bradley 1756 IT6I 6 Channel Isolated Thermocouple Analog Input Allen Bradley 1756 IT6I2 6 Channel Isolated Thermocouple Analog Input Enhanc Allen Bradley 1756 OF4 4 Channel Non Isolated Voltage Current Analog Output Allen Bradley 1756 OF6CI 6 Channel Isolated Current Analog Output Al len Bradley gt Eind Add Favorite By Category Favorites OK Cancel Help 3 Select a module and click OK 4 Click OK to accept the default major revision TIP To find the revision number open RSLinx software Click the RSWho icon and choose the network Open the module and then right click the module to choose Properties in the pull down menu The revision number is among the properties The New Module dialog box appears New Module X Type 1756 IF6l 6 Chan
218. e first year after calibration This 0 1 value is a worst case value In other words with the 1 487 Q input range selected the worst case module error is 0 507 Q Finally you must check an RTD linearization table to determine the temperature error to which an error of 0 507 Q translates For example if the 1756 IROI has a 0 1 or 0 507 Q error and is operating at 0 C 32 F the temperature error is 1 25 1 2 C 29 75 34 16 F when the Platinum 385 sensor type is used However this same ohms error calculated in an operating temperature of 200 C 392 F translates to a temperature error of 1 4 C 1 4 C 29 48 34 52 F Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 365 AppendixE Additional Specification Information Thermocouple Error Thermocouple error at 25 C 77 F indicates the module s accuracy in measuring temperature This accuracy varies depending on these factors Input range used either 12 30 mV 12 78 mV Thermocouple type any of the following B R S E J K N T L ot D Land D types can be used with the 1756 IT6I2 only Application temperature that is the temperature of the physical location where the thermocouple is being used EXAMPLE For example when the 1756 IT6l module is operating in the following conditions e 12 30 mV input range connected to a type S thermocouple application temperature of 1200 C 2192 F the module err
219. e is not dependent on reaching the end of the program to send data When specitying an RPI value for an analog output module you instruct the controller when to broadcast the output data to the module If the module resides in the same chassis as the owner controller the module receives the data almost immediately after the controller sends it AA A Owner controller Output module NN FN C1 E J oO oo on a Data sent from owner at the R O oIo a G 40949 29 Chapter2 Analog 0 Operation in the ControlLogix System Output Modules in a Remote Chassis If an output module resides in a remote chassis the role of the RPI changes slightly with respect to getting data from the owner controller depending on what network type you are using to connect to the modules Remote Output Modules Connected Via the ControlNet Network When remote analog output modules are connected to the owner controller via a scheduled ControlNet network in addition to instructing the controller to multicast the output data within its own chassis the RPI also reserves a spot in the stream of data flowing across the ControlNet network The timing of this reserved spot may or may not coincide with the exact value of the RPI but the control system will guarantee
220. e notation to another For ControlLogix analog I O modules scaling is only available with the floating point data format When you scale a channel you must choose two points along the module s operating range and apply low and high values to those points For example if you ate using the 1756 IF6I module in current mode the module maintains a 0 21 mA range capability But your application may use a 4 20 mA transmitter You can scale the module to represent 4 mA as the low signal and 20 mA as the high signal Scaling lets you configure the module to return data to the controller so that 4 mA returns a value of 0 in engineering units and 20 mA returns a value of 100 in engineering units Module Resolution Compared to Module Scaling Module resolution H H HHHHHHHOHHHHHHHHTHH HEHEHE HHH HHH 0 mA 21 mA Module scaling represents 65 536 counts the data returned from the i module to the controller 4 mA 20 mA Module scaling 0 in 100 in engineering units engineering units IMPORTANT In choosing two points for the low and high value of your application you do not limit the range of the module The module s range and its resolution remain constant regardless of how you scale it for your application 50 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 ControlLogix Analog I O Module Features Chapter 3 The module may operate with values beyond the 4 20 mA range If an input signal beyond the low and high signals is pre
221. e of Contents Install ControlLogix 1 0 Modules Configure ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules Chapter 9 Tritroductions sron ieri bh Re RO ba Yu RI ART LS es 187 Install the I O Module eeeee RII 187 Key tbe Removable Terminal Block oer re 188 Connect MIBIBE S ees s oder x aon s pao tad ACTOR Rd de Ny 189 Connect the Grounded End of the Cable 190 Connect the Ungrounded End of the Cable 192 Three Types of RTBs each RTB comes with housing 192 Recommendations for Wiring Your RTB 0 194 Assemble the RTB and the Housing suec eze tror qain 194 Install the Removable Terminal Block 0 0 0 00000 000 eee 195 Remove the Removable Terminal Block lsssu 196 Remove the Module from the Chassis 0 000 cee eee 197 Chapter 10 T ttOductOB i ios Deeper etre bt ede dere Ub 1 ARAL Se 199 Configuration Process Overview 0 0 0 0 cee eee eee 200 Create a New Module ston iis eg PO Aa oo ret 202 Communication Format 2 0 0 0 0c eens 205 Modify Default Configuration for Input Modules 207 Connection Tab cuc os ee oe AX ER IN eas 209 ContimratoB TaB oodd ce x ate a fc et oe e e tee tw 210 Alarm Configuration Tab cu oos aod oat hat HURTS s 212 Calibraton La bys ata ooo Med ke eA Rte es 214 Configure the RID Module vies aires e REEXGREEiSGRE Y Y 215 Configure the Thermocouple Modules 000 216 Modify Default Configurat
222. e status indicators used with analog input modules amp ANALOG INPUT CAL 3 OK 6 20962 M Status Indicator Display Description Action OK Steady green light The inputs are being multicast and in None normal operating state OK Flashing green light The module has passed internal None diagnostics but is not currently performing connected communication OK Flashing red light Previously established communication Check controller and has timed out chassis communication OK Steady red light The module must be replaced Replace the module CAL Flashing green light The module is in Calibration mode Finish calibration Publication 1756 UMOO9C EN P December 2010 213 Chapter 12 274 Troubleshoot Your Module Status Indicators for Output Modules The illustration and table show the status indicators used with analog output modules Q ANALOG OUTPUT CAL 3 E 20965 M Status Indicator Display Description Action OK Steady green light The outputs are in a normal None operating state in Run mode OK Flashing green light Either None the module has passed internal diagnostics and is not actively controlled aconnection is open and the controller is in Program mode OK Flashing red light Previously established Check controller and communication has timed out chassis
223. eater 1 2 mm 0 047 in insulation max Wire category 201 North American temperature code T4A IEC temperature code T4 Enclosure type None open style Maximum wire size requires extended housing catalog number 1756 TBE 2 Use this conductor category information for planning conductor routing as described in the system level installation manual See the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770 4 1 324 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Analog I O Module Specifications Appendix A Environmental Specifications 1756 OF8 Attribute Tempe IEC 60 IEC 60 IEC 60 rature operating 068 2 1 Test Ad Operating Cold 068 2 2 Test Bd Operating Dry Heat 068 2 14 Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock 1756 OF8 0 60 C 32 140 F Tempe rature surrounding air 60 C 140 F Tempe IEC 60 IEC 60 IEC 60 rature storage 068 2 1 Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold 068 2 2 Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat 068 2 14 Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock 40 85 C 40 185 F IEC 60 Relative humidity 068 2 30 Test Db Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat 5 95 noncondensing Vibration 2g 10 500 Hz IEC 60068 2 6 Test Fc Operating Shock operating 30g IEC 60068 2 27 Test Ea Unpackaged Shock Shock nonoperating 50 g IEC 60068 2 2
224. ecember 2010 Temperature measuring Analog Modules 1756 IR6I 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT6 2 Chapter 6 Cold Junction Disable Option The Cold Junction Disable box on the Module Properties Configuration tab disables cold junction compensation on all module channels Typically this option is used only in systems that have no thermoelectric effect such as test equipment in a controlled lab In most applications we recommend that you do not use the cold junction disable option Cold Junction Offset Option The Cold Junction Offset box on the Module Properties Configuration Tab lets you make module wide adjustments to cold junction compensation values If you know that your cold junction compensation values are consistently inaccurate by some level for example 1 2 C 34 16 F you can type the value into the box to account for this inaccuracy Improved Module Accuracy The 1756 IT6I2 offers improved Gain Drift with Temperature and Module Error over Temperature Range specifications when compared to the 1756 IT6I module The table highlights the differences Cat No Gain Drift with Module Error over Temperature Range 1756 IT6l 80 ppm 0 596 1756 IT6I2 25 ppm 0 1596 I Fora detailed explanation of this specification see Appendix E For a full listing of these module s specifications see Appendix A Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 135 Chapter6 Temperature measuring Analog Modules 1756 IR6I 1756 IT6I an
225. ed i Gig Module Defined f 2 1756 IF6I Isolated A warning icon appears in the I O Configuration tree when a communication fault occurs Fault Message in Status Line Wil Module Properties Local 2 1756 IF61 1 1 General l Connection H m Identification s Vendor Allen Bradley jo 5 None Product Type Multi channel Analog Channel fault Product Code 1756 IF61 R 8 Run Mode Revision 1 12 Serial Number 002E8299 Configured Product Name 1756 IF 61 4 AAAS AA Owned Module Identity r Coordinated System Time EST 3 Timer Hardware Ok Timer Sync ed No Refresh as On the Module Info tab in the Status section the Major and Minor Faults are listed along with the Internal State of the module Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 215 Chapter 12 Troubleshoot Your Module Notification in Tag Editor Value ForceMask f Style anoh Local2 l ChannelFaults 281111 111 Binary Local 21 Ch Fault 1 Decimal l Decimal The Value field lists the number 1 in the Fault line Fault Type Determination When you are monitoring a module s configuration properties in RSLogix 5000 software and receive a Communication fault message the Connection tab lists the type of fault under Module Fault lil Module Properties Local 2 1756 IF61 1 1 General Connecti
226. ed IEB i ot Used ap TT RTN 3 ig n2 I Shield Ground ot Used ic ia ot Used 15 OUT 5 ie i OUT 4 F ot Used IE ie ot Used ms D m CN Place additional devices anywhere in the loop Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal Input Signal to User Count Conversion 1756 OF6V Range Low Signal and User Counts High Signal and User Counts 10V 10 517V 10 517V 32768 counts 32767 counts Technical Specifications 1756 OF6VI Q gt ANALOG OUTPU Attribute 1756 OF6VI CAL 3 Outputs 6 individually isolated Lu Output range 10 5V OK 7 8 Resolution 4 bits across 21V 1 3 mV 13 bits across 10 5V sign bit Current draw 5 1V 250 mA Current draw 24V 75 mA Power dissipation max 4 85 W Thermal dissipation 6 54 BTU hr Output impedance lt 1Q Open circuit detection None Overvoltage protection 24V DC Short circuit protection Electronically current limited Drive capability gt 1000 Q loads 10 mA 320 Publication 1756 UMOOSC EN P December 2010 Analog 1 0 Module Specifications Appendix A Technical Specifications 1756 OF6VI Attribute 1756 OF6VI Settling time lt 2 ms to 95 of final value with resistive loads Calibrated accuracy 4 21 mA better than 0 1 of range 25 C 77 F Calibration interval 6 months Offset drift 60 uV C Gain drift with temperature 50 ppm C 80 ppm C max Module error 0 5 of range Module scan time 25 ms floating point 10 ms integer
227. ed for RTS values 2 In mV mode 50 ms minimum if linearizing 16 bits 16 bits 16 bits 16 bits 15 bits 10 bits ower than 25 ms The minimum RTS value for the module will be dependent on the channel with the lowest notch filter setting B Worst case settling time to 100 of a step change would include 0 100 step response time plus one RTS sample time To choose a notch filter see page 210 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Temperature measuring Analog Modules 1756 IR6I 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT6 2 Chapter 6 Real Time Sampling This parameter instructs the module to scan its input channels and obtain all available data After the channels ate scanned the module multicasts that data During module configuration you specify a real time sampling RTS period and a requested packet tnterval RPI period These features both instruct the module to multicast data but only the RTS feature instructs the module to scan its channels before multicasting For more information on real time sampling see page 24 For an example of how to set the RTS rate see page 210 Underrange Overrange Detection This feature detects when a temperature measuring input module is operating beyond limits set by the input range For example if you are using the 1756 IR6I module in the 2 1000 2input range and the module resistance increases to 1050 Q the overrange detectio
228. ed integer data Floating point input data with the value of the coordinated system time from its local chassis when the input data is sampled when the 1756 IF16 or 1756 IF8 module is operating in the differential mode CST timestamped float data differential mode Floating point input data with the value of the coordinated system time from its local chassis when the input data is sampled when the 1756 IF16 or 1756 IF8 module is operating in the high speed mode CST timestamped float data high speed mode Floating point input data with the value of the coordinated system time from its local chassis when the input data is sampled when the 1756 IF16 or 1756 IF8 module is operating in the single ended mode CST timestamped float data single ended mode Integer input data with the value of the coordinated system time from its local chassis when the input data is sampled when the 1756 IF16 or 1756 IF8 module is operating in the differential mode CST timestamped integer data differential mode Integer input data with the value of the coordinated system time from its local chassis when the input data is sampled when the 1756 IF16 or 1756 IF8 module is operating in the high speed mode CST timestamped integer data high speed mode Integer input data with the value of the coordinated system time from its local chassis when the input data is sampled when the 1756 IF16 or 1756 IF8 module is operating in
229. een configured to be the owner of the input module Controller A Input Module Controller B Initial Configuration 8 Initial Configuration eee Ya p Input Module ae ame Input Module Configuration Configuration Data Data XXXXX 9 A B XXXXX XXXXX 9 XXXXX XXXXX o XXXXX f S 41056 When multiple controllers are configured to own the same input module the following events occut e When the controllers begin downloading configuration data both try to establish a connection with the input module Whichever controller s data arrives first establishes a connection When the second controller s data arrives the module compates it to its current configuration data the data received and accepted from the first controller If the configuration data sent by the second controller matches the configuration data sent by the first controller the connection is also accepted If any parameter of the second configuration data is different from the first the module rejects the connection RSLogix 5000 software alerts you to the rejected connection through an error message The advantage of multiple owners over a Listen only connection is that now either of the controllers can lose the connection to the module and the module will continue to operat
230. eing calibrated 003F for all bits A communication fault occurred FFFF for all bits between the module and its owner controller Your logic can monitor the Channel Fault Word bit for a particular input to determine the state of that point Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 113 Chapter 5 114 Tag Status word ChxCalFault Sourcing Current Loop Input Module 1756 IF6CIS and Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Module 1756 IF61 Channel Status Word Bits Floating Point Mode Any of the six Channel Status words one for each channel will display a non zero condition if that particular channel has faulted for the conditions listed below Some of these bits set bits in other Fault words When the Underrange and Overrange bits bits 6 amp 5 in any of the words are set the appropriate bit is set in the Channel Fault word When the Calibration Fault bit bit 7 is set in any of the words the Calibration Fault bit bit 11 is set in the Module Fault word The table lists the conditions that set each of the word bits Bit Bit 7 Event that sets this tag This bit is set if an error occurs during calibration for that channel causing a bad calibration This bit also sets bit 9 in the Module Fault word Underrange Bit 6 This bit is set when the input signal at the channel is less than or equal to the minimum detectable signal For more information on the minimum detectable signal for each mo
231. el Fault word ChxInHold Blt 3 This bit is set when the output channel is currently holding The bit resets when the requested Run mode output value is within 0 1 of full scale of the current echo value ChxRampAlarm Bit 2 This bit is set when the output channel s requested rate of change would exceed the configured maximum ramp rate requested parameter It remains set until the output reaches its target value and ramping stops If the bit is latched it will remain set until it is unlatched ChxLLimitAlarm Bit 1 This bit is set when the requested output value is beneath the configured low limit value It remains set until the requested output is above the low limit If the bit is latched it will remain set until it is unlatched ChxHLimitAlarm Bit 0 This bit is set when the requested output value is above the configured high limit value It remains set until the requested output is below the high limit If the bit is latched it will remain set until it is unlatched The 1756 OF6CI and 1756 OF6VI modules do not use bits 6 or 7 in this mode Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Fault Reporting in Integer Mode Module Fault Word described on page 184 integer mode 15 AnalogGroupFault 13 OutGroupFault 12 12 Calibrating 11 Cal Fault 14 is not used by the 1756 OF8CI or 1756 OF6VI Isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF6CI and 1756 OF6VI When the module is calib
232. em Y 45V Channels 0 3 16 bit A D Converter Dpto Micro Backplane sola Controller ASIC Ton 7 Vref Channels 4 7 E l 16 bit A D Converter i ART S Serial FLASH nputDa EEPROM i l ROM SRAM Configuration Data Control 43494 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 67 Chapter4 Non isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 1756 IF8 Field side Circuit Diagrams The field side circuit diagrams are the same for both the 1756 IF16 and 1756 IF8 modules 1756 IF16 and 1756 IF8 Voltage Input Circuit 15V 249 Q1 4 Watt i RTN 0 0 01 uF Channel 0 QO i 16 bit Single ended Voltage Inputs PENA RTN Umm A D pU Converter d Channel 1 lur 0 01 uF 249 01 4 Watt IN 1 1 20 MQ 15V Note Odd numbered single ended channels float to negative full scale when unconnected 15V T 10 249 Q1 4 Watt i i RTN 0 0 01 uF l Channel 0 i E m 16 bit Differential Voltage Inputs 9 i A D Ns Converter Channel 1 i iR 0 01 uF 249 2 1 4 Watt IN 1 15V 43495 68 Publication 1756 UMO009C EN P December 2010 Non isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 1756 IF8 Chapter 4 1756 IF16 and 1756 IF8 Current Input Circuit 2 Wire Transmitter Single ended Current Inputs 2 Wire Transmitter The A locations represent locations where you can place additional loop devices strip cha
233. ements EN 61000 6 2 Industrial Immunity EN 61000 6 4 Industrial Emissions EN 61131 2 Programmable Controllers Clause 8 Zone A amp B European Union 2006 95 EC LVD compliant with EN 61131 2 Programmable Controllers Clause 11 C Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act complian AS NZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions with Ex European Union 94 9 EC ATEX Directive compliant with EN 60079 15 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection n EN 60079 0 General Requirements II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X FM FM Approved Equipment for use in Class Division 2 Group A B C D Hazardous Locations TUV TUV Certified for Functional Safety Capable of SIL 2 1 When marked See the Product Certification link at http www ab com for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 319 Appendix A Analog 0 Module Specifications ControlLogix voltage loop output analog module 1756 OF6VI w E i d User Analog ot Used ie ot Used Output Device 5 i ID HED rma ST D WA ws FEB EB oz ot Us
234. ent Input Modules 1756 IF16 1756 IF8 Chapter 4 1756 IF16 Fault Reporting in The illustration is an example of the fault reporting process for the 1756 IF16 module in floating point mode Floating Point Mode Module Fault Word described on page 80 15 AnalogGroupFault 10 Calibrating 9 Cal Fault 14 13 12 amp 11 are not used Channel Fault Word described on page 80 15 Ch15Fault 7 Ch7Fault 14 Ch14Fault 6 Ch6Fault 13 Ch13Fault 5 Ch5Fault 12 Ch12Fault 4 Ch4Fault 11 Ch11Fault 3 Ch3Fault 10 Ch10Fault 2 Ch2Fault 9 Ch9Fault 1 Ch1Fault 8 Ch8Fault 0 ChOFault 16 channels used in S E wiring Eight channels used in Diff wiring Four channels used in H S Diff wiring Channel Status Words one for each channel described on page 81 7 ChxCalFault 6 ChxUnderrange 5 ChxOverrange 4 ChxRateAlarm 3 ChxLAlarm 2 ChxHAlarm 1 ChxLLAlarm 0 ChxHHAlarm 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 When the module is calibrating all bits in the Channel Fault word are set If set any bit in the Channel Fault word also sets the Analog Group Fault in the Module Fault word LTTT T tt LITTILTLTT 8 7 16 5 41 3 2 0 a a a A channel calibration fault sets the calibration fault in the Module Fault word Publication 1756 UMOO09
235. epresents channel 0 For more information on the maximum detectable signal for each module see For a full listing of the page 123 This bit also sets the appropriate bit in the Channel Fault word channels these bits represent see page 145 17 Chapter6 Temperature measuring Analog Modules 1756 IR6l 1756 IT6I and 1756 IT6I2 Notes 148 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Chapter Non isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 s chapter describes features specific to ControlLogix non isolated analo ntroduction This chapter describes f pecific to ControlLogix non isolated analog output modules Topic Page Choose a Data Format 150 Non isolated Output Module Features 150 Use Module Block and Output Circuit Diagrams 154 Wire the 1756 OF4 Module 157 Wire the 1756 OF8 Module 158 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 Module Fault and Status Reporting 159 The non isolated analog output modules also support features described in Chapter 3 See the table for some of these features Feature Page Removal and Insertion Under Power RIUP 36 Module Fault Reporting 36 Configurable Software 36 Electronic Keying 37 Access to System Clock for Timestamp Functions 44 Rolling Timestamp 44 Producer Consumer Model 44 Status Indicator Information 45 Full Class Division 2 Compliance 45 Agency Certification 45 Field Calibration 45 Sensor Offset 46 Latching of Alarms
236. er 2010 37 Chapter 3 38 ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Module Features General Tab Revision Im fi E Electronic Keying Compatible Keying Compatible Keving Disable Keying Exact Match IMPORTANT Changing electronic keying selections online may cause the 1 0 communication connection to the module to be disrupted and may result in a loss of data Exact Match Exact Match Keying requires all keying attributes that is Vendor Product Type Product Code catalog number Major Revision and Minor Revision of the physical module and the module created in the software to match precisely to establish communication If any attribute does not match precisely I O communication is not permitted with the module or with modules connected through it as in the case of a communication module Use Exact Match keying when you need the system to verify that the module revisions in use are exactly as specified in the project such as for use in highly regulated industries Exact Match keying is also necessary to enable Automatic Firmware Update for the module via the Firmware Supervisor feature from a Logix5000 controller Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 ControlLogix Analog I O Module Features Chapter 3 EXAMPLE In the following scenario Exact Match keying prevents 1 0 communication The module configuration is for a 1756 IB16D module with module revision 3 1 The physical module is a 1756 IB16D module with module
237. ere the minimum producible output is 32 768 counts and 32 767 counts is the maximum producible ChODataEcho INT All outputs The value the channel is currently outputting in counts where 32 768 counts is the minimum producible output signal and 32 767 counts is the maximum producible OutGroupFault BOOL All outputs Indicates if a channel fault has occurred on any output channel ChOlnHold BOOL All outputs Bit that indicates if the output channel is currently holding until the Output value sent to the module 0 tag ChOData matches the current output value I tag ChOData within 0 1 of the channel s full scale 328 Publication 1756 UMOOS9C EN P December 2010 Integer Configuration Tags Analog 0 Tag Definitions Appendix B Integer Configuration Tags Tag Name Data Type Applicable Definition Modules CJDisable BOOL All inputs only Disables the cold junction sensor that turns off cold junction compensation used for the when linearizing thermocouple inputs 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT6I2 RealTimeSample INT All input Determines how often the input signal is to be sampled in terms of milliseconds ChORangeNotch SINT 1756 IF6CIS Configures the channel s input range and notch filter settings The input range 1756 IF6l is the upper nibble bits 4 7 and determines the signal range the input 1756 IR6l channel can detect Input range values are as listed 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT6I2 0 10 10V 1756 IFGI 1 2 0 5V 1756 IF6I
238. erence Reference completed successfully V 12t078mV 12 00 mv 78 00 mY The calibration constants 71210 78 mV 12 00 mY T800mv of the selected 121078mV 1200mv channel s have been Saved 121078 mV 12 00 mV 78 00 mV 121t0 78 mV 12 00 mV 78 00 mv 121078mV 12 00 mV 78 00 mV 13 Click Finish Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 257 Chapter 11 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog I O Modules The Calibration tab on the Module Properties dialog box shows the changes in the Calibration Gain and Calibration Offset The date of the latest calibration also displays E Module Properties Local 5 1756 IT6 1 1 General Connection Module Info Configuration Alarm Configuration Calibration Backplane f s rata Calibration us Channel Caiibration Range ottset Start Calibration Gain 12t078 mv 0 998352 12to 78 mv 0 998352 12to 78 mv 0 998169 12to 78 mY 0 998352 42to78m Y 0397742 Module Last Successfully 1210 78 mV 0 999084 Calibrated on 3 3 2010 14 Click OK 258 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Calibrate Your Output Modules Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules Chapter 11 Output calibration is a multi step process that involves measuring a signal from the module This section has two parts as shown in the table Topic Page Cu
239. essage instructions are not as time critical as the module behavior defined during configuration and maintained by a real time connection Therefore the module processes messaging services only after the needs of the I O connection have been met For example you may want to unlatch all process alarms on the module but real time control of your process still is occurring by using the input value from that same channel Because the input value is critical to your application the module prioritizes the sampling of inputs ahead of the unlatch service request 339 Appendix C Use Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration Create a New Tag 340 This prioritization allows input channels to be sampled at the same frequency and the process alarms to be unlatched in the time between sampling and producing the real time input data One Service Performed Per Instruction Message instructions will only cause a module service to be performed once per execution For example if a message instruction sends a service to the module to unlatch the high high alarm on a particular channel that channel s high high alarm will unlatch but may be set on a subsequent channel sample The message instruction must then be re executed to unlatch the alarm a second time This section shows how to create a tag in ladder logic when adding a message instruction Ladder logic is written in the Main Routine section of the RSLogix 5000 softwa
240. ets the appropriate bit in the Channel Fault word 91 Chapter4 Non isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 1756 IF8 Notes 92 Publication 1756 UMO009C EN P December 2010 Chapter 5 Sourcing Current Loop Input Module 1756 IF6CIS and Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Module 1756 IF6l Introduction This chapter describes features specific to the ControlLogix isolated analog voltage current input module and the ControlLogix sourcing current loop input module Topic Page Use the Isolated Power Source on the 1756 IF6CIS 94 ChoseaDataFomat 95 Features Specific to the 1756 IF6l and 1756 IF6CIS Modules 96 Use Module Block and Input Circuit Diagrams 104 Wire the 1756 IF6CIS Module 10 Wire the 1756 IF6 Module 109 1 1756 IF6CIS or 1756 IF6I Module Fault and Status Reporting 11 o The 1756 IF6CIS and 1756 IF6l modules primarily operate the same with a few exceptions including e The 1756 IF6CIS only operates in current mode e The 1756 IF6CIS offers an isolated power source for each channel that supplies power to external transmitters The differences on the 1756 IF6CIS module are described on page 94 With a few noted exceptions included in the descriptions the rest of the features described in this chapter apply to both modules Publication 1756 UMOO9C EN P December 2010 93 Chapter5 Sourcing Current Loop Input Module 1756 IF6CIS and Isolated Analog
241. etwork and optimize the allocation of network bandwidth ControlLogix analog I O modules use direct connections only A direct connection is a real time data transfer link between the controller and the device that occupies the slot that the configuration data references When module configuration data is downloaded to an owner controller the controller attempts to establish a direct connection to each of the modules referenced by the data If a controller has configuration data referencing a slot in the control system the controller periodically checks for the presence of a device there When a device s presence is detected there the controller automatically sends the configuration data and one of the following events occurs If the data is appropriate to the module found in the slot a connection is made and operation begins If the configuration data is not appropriate the data is rejected and an error message displays in the software In this case the configuration data can be inappropriate for any of a number of reasons For example a module s configuration data may be appropriate except for a mismatch in electronic keying that prevents normal operation The controller maintains and monitors its connection with a module Any break in the connection such as removal of the module from the chassis while under power causes the controller to set fault status bits in the data area associated with the module The RSLogix 5
242. fault This feature lets you determine how your module has been affected and what action should be taken to resume normal operation For more information on module fault reporting as it relates to specific modules see the chapter describing that module either chapter 4 5 6 7 or 8 Configurable Software The RSLogix 5000 software uses a custom easily understood interface to write configuration All module features are enabled or disabled through the I O configuration portion of the software You can also use the software to interrogate any module in the system to retrieve serial numbet revision information catalog number vendor identification error fault information diagnostic countets By eliminating such tasks as setting hardware switches and jumpers the software makes module configuration easier and more reliable Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 ControlLogix Analog I O Module Features Chapter 3 Electronic Keying The electronic keying feature automatically compares the expected module as shown in the RSLogix 5000 I O Configuration tree to the physical module before I O communication begins You can use electronic keying to help prevent communication to a module that does not match the type and revision expected For each module in the I O Configuration tree the user selected keying option determines if and how an electronic keying check is performed Typically three keying options a
243. for Initialization Check the box to have outputs hold their present state until the output values match the controller values See page 169 in Chapter 8 for details Scaling You can scale only with the floating point data format Scaling lets you configure any two signal points in the module s operating range with the associated low and high points for this range See page 50 in Chapter 3 for details 2 After the channels are configured do one of the following Click Apply to store a change but stay on the dialog box to choose another tab Click OK to apply the change and close the dialog box Output State Tab The Output State tab lets you program output behavior in Program and Fault modes lll Module Properties Local 2 1756 OF6VI 1 1 General Connection Module Info Configuration Limits Calibration Backplane M Channel v 1 2 3 4 5 Ramp Rate 0 00 per Sec Dutput State in Program Mode Output State in Fault Mode Hold Last State Hold Last State C User Defined Value C User Defined Value Iu Hamp to User Defined Value fai Hamp to User Defined Value Communications Failure When communications failin Leave outputs in Program Mode state Program Mode Change outputs to Fault Mode state Status Offline Cancel Apply Help Configure ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules 1 Choose from the options on the Output State tab
244. g name is ModuleFaults Channel Fault Word This word provides underrange overrange and communications fault reporting Its tag name is ChannelFaults Channel Status Words IMPORTANT This word provides individual channel underrange and overrange fault reporting for process alarms rate alarms and calibration faults Its tag name is ChxStatus Differences exist between floating point and integer modes as they relate to module fault reporting These differences are explained in the following two sections 159 Chapter 7 Non isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 The illustration offers an overview of the fault reporting process in Fault Reporting in Floating Point Mode Module Fault Word described on page 161 floating point mode 15 AnalogGroupFault 15 14 12 Calibrating 13 12 11 11 Cal Fault 14 and 13 are not used by the 1756 OF4 or 1756 OF8 When the module is calibrating all bits in the Channel Fault word are set If set any bit in the Channel Fault word also sets the Analog Group Fault in the Module Fault word Channel Fault Word tT ff BEEN
245. ge 143 4 Cold Junction temperature underrange 5 AnalogGroupFault d InGroupFautt oe 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 and overrange conditions set bits 9 and 8 12 Calibrating for 1756 IT6l only You must monitor 11 Cal Fault j these conditions here 9 CJUnderrange IT6l only 8 CJOverrange IT6l only 13 and 10 are not used by Any bit in the Channel Fault word also sets the Analog 1756 IRGI or 1756 IT6l Group Fault and Input Group Fault in Module Fault word Channel Fault Word j t j j described on page 143 5 4 3 2 1 0 When the module is librating all bits in 5 Ch5Fault bis 9 4 A t 4 A i i the Channel Fault 3 Ch3Fault A channel A i word are set 2 Ch2Fault calibration fault 1 ChiFault sets the calibration 0 ChOFault fault in the Module Fault word _ An underrange overrange condition sets appropriate Channel Fault bits Channel Status Words t one for each channel described on page 144 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 ChxCalFault 3 ChxLAlarm Alarm bits in the Channel Status word 6 ChxUnderrange 2 ChxHAlarm do not set additional bits at any higher 5 ChxOverrange 1 ChxLLAlarm level You must monitor these 4 ChxRateAlarm 0 ChxHHAlarm conditions here 41345 142 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Temperature measuring Analog Modules 1756 IR6I 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT6 2 Chapter 6 Module Fault Word Bits Floating Point Mode Bits in this word provide the highest level of fault detection
246. ge and apply it to the module The High Reference Voltage Signals wizard appears to show which channels will be calibrated for a high reference and the range of the calibration It also shows what reference signal is expected at the input Calibration Wizard Attach High Reference Voltage Signals Attach High Reference signal s to selected channel s Channels 0 1 2 3 4 5 Press Next to start calibration 12 Click Next Calibration EE Range mV 78 00 78 00 78 00 78 00 78 00 78 00 Channel Calibrate 12to 78 mv 120 78 mV 1219 78 mV 120 78 mV 1210 78 mv 1210 78 mV S S ST ST S a Is Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules Chapter 11 A Results wizard displays the status of each channel after calibrating for a high reference If channels are OK continue If any channels report an error retry step 11 until the status is OK Calibration Wizard Results Press Next to continue Calibration High Reference 12to 78 mv A210 78 mV A210 78 mV 12to 78 mv 12to 78 mv 12to 78 mv ES ST ST ST S a he a Retry After you have completed both low and high reference calibration this window shows the status of both Calibration Wizard Calibration Completed Calibration of selected Calibration Low High channel s has been Channel Calibrate Ref
247. h5Underrange 10verrange 20 Ch5Overrange 2Underrange 19 Ch6Underrange 20verrange 18 Ch6Overrange 3Underrange 17 Ch7Underrange 30verrange 16 Ch7Overrange Non isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 1756 IF8 Chapter 4 The illustration is an example of the fault reporting process for the 1756 IF8 module in integer mode 1 5 14 13 12 11 10 9 1 f A calibrating fault sets bit 9 in the Module Fault word When the module is calibrating all bits in the Channel Fault word are set Group Fault and Input Group Fault in the Module Fault word If set any bit in the Channel Fault word also sets the Analog LIE LITTLE I 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 LEITET ELTEEEEET tt tt 31 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Eight channels used in S E wiring Four channels used in Diff wiring Two channels used in H S Diff wiring All start at bit 31 Underrange and overrange conditions set the word bi corresponding Channel Fault t for that channel 41515 89 Chapter4 Non isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 1756 IF8 1756 IF8 Module Fault Word Bits Integer Mode In integer mode Module Fault word bits bits 15 8 operate exactly as desctibed in floa
248. hannel Fault word 41343 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF6CI and 1756 OF6VI Chapter 8 Module Fault Word Bits Floating Point Mode Bits in this word provide the highest level of fault detection A nonzero condition in this wotd reveals that a fault exists on the module You can examine further down to isolate the fault The table lists tags that are found in the Module Fault Word Tag Description Analog Group This bit is set when any bits in the Channel Fault word are set Its tag Fault name is AnalogGroupFault Output Group This bit is set when any bits in the Channel Fault word are set Its tag Fault name is OutputGroupFault Calibrating This bit is set when any channel is being calibrated When this bit is set all bits in the Channel Fault word are set Its tag name is Calibrating Calibration Fault This bit is set when any of the individual Channel Calibration Fault bits are set Its tag name is CalibrationFault Channel Fault Word Bits Floating Point Mode During normal module operation Channel Fault word bits are set if any of the respective channels has a High or Low Limit Alarm Checking this word for a nonzero condition is a quick way to check for High or Low Limit Alarm condition on a channel The table lists the conditions that set all Channel Fault word bits This condition sets all Channel And causes the module to display the Fault wor
249. hannels using a mA mA multimeteruith an Be 19 997 accuracy of at least 4 I decimal places Channels 0 Enter the measured value for each channel in the Recorded Reference column Press Nest to continue 15 Click Next A Results wizard displays the status of each channel after calibrating for a high reference If channels are OK continue If any channels report an error retry steps 12 15 until the status is OK Calibration Wizard Results Press Next to continue calibration High Recorded Channel Calibrate calibration Reference Reference Publication 1756 UM009C EN P December 2010 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules Chapter 11 After you have completed both low and high reference calibration this window shows the status of both Calibration Wizard Calibration Completed Calibration of selected Calibration Low High channels hasbeen Channel Calibrate Renge Recorded Recorded completed successfully Oto20m4 amp 4 00200 mA 19 99700 mA OK The calibration constants of the selected channel s have been saved 16 Click Finish The Calibration tab on the Module Properties dialog box shows the changes in the Calibration Gain and Calibration Offset The date of the latest calibration also displays E Module Properties Local 4 1756 OF6CI 1 1 Calibration ibrati Start Cali
250. he backplane into an analog signal of 10 5 10 5 volts ot 0 21 milliamps The digital value represents the magnitude of the desired analog signal The module converts the digital value into an analog signal and provides this signal on the module s screw terminals The following table lists common features for analog I O modules Feature Page Removal and Insertion Under Power RIUP 36 Module Fault Reporting 36 Configurable Software 36 Electronic Keying 37 Access to System Clock for Timestamp Functions 44 Rolling Timestamp 44 Producer Consumer Model 44 Status Indicator Information 45 Full Class Division 2 Compliance 45 Agency Certification 45 Field Calibration 45 Sensor Offset 46 Latching of Alarms 46 35 Chapter 3 36 ControlLogix Analog I O Module Features Removal and Insertion Under Power RIUP All ControlLogix I O modules can be inserted and removed from the chassis while power is applied This feature allows greater availability of the overall control system because while the module is being removed or inserted there is no additional disruption to the rest of the controlled process Module Fault Reporting ControlLogix analog I O modules provide both hardware and software indication when a module fault has occurred Each module has a status fault indicator RSLogix 5000 software graphically displays this fault and includes a fault message that describes the nature of the
251. he low low alarm trigger point CHOHHAlarm BOOL All inputs High high alarm bit that sets when the input signal moves above the configured high high alarm trigger point ChOConfigProcAlarmLimit Remains set until the input signal moves below the trigger point unless latched via ChOConfigAlmDeadband of the high high alarm trigger point ChOData REAL All inputs The channel input signal represented in engineering units The input signal is measured and then scaled based on the user configuration CJData REAL 1756 IT6l and The cold junction sensor temperature in C or F 1756 IT6I2 CSTTimestamp Array of All if the CST Timestamp taken at time the input data was sampled or if an output when the DINT connection is output was applied and placed in terms of coordinated system time that is a selected 64 bit quantity in microseconds coordinated across the rack Must be addressed in 32 bit chunks as an array Rollinglimestamp INT All inputs Timestamp taken at time the input data was sampled or if an output when the 332 output was applied which is in terms of milliseconds relative solely to the individual module Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Analog 0 Tag Definitions Appendix B Floating Point Output Tags Floating Point Output Tags Tag Name ChOData Data Type REAL Applicable Modules All outputs Definition The value the channel is set to output in engineering units based upon the configured sca
252. hen a wire has been disconnected from one of their channels When a wite off condition occurs two events occur Input data for that channel changes to a specific scaled value A fault bit is set in the owner controller that may indicate the presence of a wire off condition IMPORTANT Be careful when disabling all alarms on the channel because It also disables the underrange overrange detection feature If alarms are disabled overrange underrange is zero and the only way you can discover a wire off detection is from the input value itself If you need to detect a wire off status do not disable all alarms We recommend that you disable only unused channels so extraneous alarm bits are not set Because these modules can each be used in various applications differences exist when a wire off condition is detected in each application The table lists the differences that occur when a wire off condition occurs in vatious applications The following causes a wire off condition Either of the following 1 When only the wire connected to terminal A is lost 2 When any other combination of wires are disconnected from the module See page 138 for a wiring diagram And if the wire off condition is detected this occurs If possibility number 1 in the previous column is the cause Input data for the channel changes to the highest scaled temperature value associated with the selected RTD type The ChxOverr
253. hile chassis power is applied The module is designed to support Removal and Insertion Under this feature Do these steps to install an I O module Power RIUP However when you remove or insert an RTB with field side power applied unintended machine motion or loss of process control can occur Exercise extreme caution when using 1 Align the circuit board with the top and bottom chassis guides Printed Circuit Board 187 Chapter9 Install ControlLogix I O Modules 2 Slide the module into the chassis until the module locking tab clicks Locking tab iS e B 20862 M Key the Removable Key the RTB to prevent inadvertently connecting the incorrect RTB to T inal Block your module When the RTB mounts onto the module keying positions will ermina 0C match up For example if you place a U shaped keying band in slot 4 on the module you cannot place a wedge shaped tab in slow 4 on the RTB or your RTB will not mount on the module We recommend that you use a unique keying pattern for each slot in the chassis 1 Insert the U shaped band with the long side near the terminals 2 Push the band onto the module until it snaps into place U shaped keying band 20850 M 3 Key the RTB in positions that correspond to unkeyed module positions Insert the wedge shaped tab on the RTB with the rounded edge first Push the tab onto the RTB until it stops 188 Publication 1756 UMO0
254. his bit is set when any bits in the Channel Fault word are set Its tag name is InputGroup Calibrating This bit is set when any channel is being calibrated When this bit is set all bits in the Channel Fault word are set Its tag name is Calibrating Calibration Fault This bit is set when any of the individual Channel Calibration Fault bits are set Its tag name is CalibrationFault Cold Junction This bit is set when the ambient temperature around the cold junction Underrange sensor is below 0 C Its tag name is CJUnderrange 1756 IT6l only Cold Junction This bit is set when the ambient temperature around the cold junction Overrange sensor is above 86 C Its tag name is CJOverrange 1756 IT6I only Channel Fault Word Bits Integer Mode In integer mode Channel Fault word bits operate exactly as described in floating point mode The table lists the conditions that set all Channel Fault wotd bits Channel Fault Word Conditions This condition sets all Channel And causes the module to display the Fault word bits A channel is being calibrated following in the Channel Fault word bits 003F for all bits A communication fault occurred between the module and its FFFF for all bits owner controller Your logic can monitor the Channel Fault Word bit for a particular input to determine the state of that point Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Channel Status
255. i RTN 0 Channel 4 IN 8 IN 9 amp i RTN 8 Channel 1 N 2 IN 3 amp i RTN 2 Channel 5 IN 10 IN 11 amp i RTN 10 Channel 2 N 4 IN 5 amp i RTN 4 Channel 6 IN 12 IN 13 amp i RTN 12 Channel 3 N 6 IN 7 amp i RTN 6 Channel 7 IN 14 IN 15 amp i RTN 14 2 All terminals marked RTN are connected internally 3 249 O current loop resistor is located between IN x and i RTN x terminals 4 If multiple or multiple terminals are tied together connect that tie point to a RTN terminal to maintain the module s accuracy 5 Place additional loop devices strip chart recorders so forth at the A location in the current loop 6 Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal IMPORTANT When operating in four channel high speed mode only use channels 0 2 4 and 6 70 Publication 1756 UMO009C EN P December 2010 Non isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 1756 IF8 Chapter 4 1756 IF16 Differential Voltage Wiring Example Channel 0 A 4 mol te 1 i RTN 0 IN 1 ED 4 3 i RTN 1 IN2 Jo 5 i RTN 2 Shield Ground IN 3 g 7 i RTN 3 RTN lio
256. iagrams Input Circuit Diagrams and input circuit diagrams 1756 IF6CIS and 1756 IF6l Module Block Diagram Details of the 1756 IF6CIS and 1756 IF6l modules input circuitry are given on page 105 Field Side Backplane Side 15V i ai DC DC t lt Converter RIUP b Shutdown Circuit A D Converter gt Optos Circuit Vref System KL 5V 5V lt Converter T A D Converter Optos lt gt Micro Backplane Vref i Controller lt gt ASIC 15V DC DC 5V A Converter A D Converter ve AIN Vref l Serial EEPROM 3 of 6 Channels FLASH RAM ROM 43500 m umm mm mu m Channel Isolation 104 Publication 1756 UM009C EN P December 2010 Sourcing Current Loop Input Module 1756 IF6CIS and Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Module 1756 IF6l Chapter 5 Field side Circuit Diagrams The diagrams show field side circuitry for the 1756 IF6CIS and 1756 IF6I modules 1756 IF6CIS Input Circuit 15V 50Q VOUT x BR INX AVV A D Converter 100 Q Current 43514 15V 1756 IF6l Input Circuit 15V 0 20 mA Current Mode 30 MQ Jumper 20K 20K 1 6K NU gir WARIO IN x 1 mM 75K 249 Q oh TT m A D Converter 0 01 uF 0 01 uF 0 01 uF 1 4 Watt H p H yer r Tem RET x c i 43507 Public
257. ible Ramping type Description Run mode ramping This type of ramping occurs when the module is in Run mode and begins operation at the configured maximum ramp rate when the module receives a new output level IMPORTANT This is only available in floating point mode Ramp to Program mode This type of ramping occurs when the present output value changes to the Program value after a Program command is received from the controller Ramp to Fault mode This type of ramping occurs when the present output value changes to the Fault value after a communications fault OCCUIS The maximum rate of change in outputs is expressed in engineering units per second and called the maximum ramp rate See page 223 for how to enable Run mode ramping and set the maximum ramp rate Hold for Initialization Hold for Initialization causes outputs to hold present state until the value commanded by the controller matches the value at the output screw terminal within 0 1 of full scale providing a bumpless transfer If Hold for Initialization is selected outputs hold if there is an occurrence of any of these three conditions Initial connection is established after power up A new connection is established after a communications fault occurs e There is a transition to Run mode from Program state The InHold bit fot a channel indicates that the channel 1s holding To see how to enable the Hold for Initialization bit see page 220 169
258. ic input data that is used by a controller that does not own the output module These choices have the same definition as the similarly named options above except that they represent listen only connections between the analog output module and a listen only controller Listen only float data Listen only integer data Listen only CST timestamped float data Listen only CST timestamped integer data Modify Default RSLogix 5000 programming software automatically creates module defined data types and tags when a module is created This section describes how to Configuration modify the default configuration for input modules for Input Modules Data types symbolically name module configuration input and output data Tags let you provide each a unique name such as where the user defined data type and slot reside on the controller This information is used to communicate data between the controller and module Follow these steps to modify a default configuration 1 On the New Module dialog box make sure Open Module Properties is checked 2 Click OK Publication 1756 UM009C EN P December 2010 207 Chapter 10 Configure ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules E Module Properties ENBT 4 1756 IF6I 1 1 General Connection Module Info Configuration Alarm Configuration Calibration Backplane Requested Packet Interval RPI 100 0 ms 25 0 750 0 ms C Inhibit Module C Major Fault On Control
259. ide circuitry for the 1756 IR6I 1756 IT6I and 1756 IT6I2 modules 1756 IR6l Input Circuit 594 uA Excitation Current All Ranges 3 Wire RTD Rwire A bug IN 0 A V RTD 2 Vwire V RTD 2 Vwire 2Vwire V RTD A D converter z Vref Rwire C IN 0 B Vwire lexc x Rwire Rwire for cable B has no effect because B is a Sense wire with Gain 2 Ms 43497 zero excitation current 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT6I2 Input Circuit 0 44 V 42 5V 20 MQ 1 96K 25K A D converter 12 to 78mV Gain 30 RTN 0 C 43498 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 137 Chapter6 Temperature measuring Analog Modules 1756 IR6I 1756 IT6I and 1756 IT6I2 Wire the Modules 1756 IT6I2 modules 1756 IR6I 3 Wire RTD wiring example IMPORTANT For two wire resistor applications including calibration make sure ace IN 5 B RTN 5 C IN x B and RTN x C are shorted together as shown NOTES 1 Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal IN 1 A IN 1 B RIN 1 C IN 3 A IN 3 B RTN 3 C Not used IN 5 A The illustrations show wiring examples for the 1756 IRGI 1756 IT6I and I dB Noa IEB IEB IN 0 B Ic ie RTN 0 C i IGS IN 2 A IEB
260. igured in the local chassis and the remote chassis to handle network protocol You can then add new I O modules to the program via the communication module Follow these steps to configure a communication module for the local chassis This module handles communication between the controller chassis and the remote chassis 1 On the Controller Organizer right click I O Configuration and choose New Module The Select Module dialog box appears Click the next to Communications for a list of communication modules Choose a communication module for the local chassis and click OK Click OK to accept the default major revision The New Module dialog box appears Configure the communication module in the local chassis Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Configure ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules Chapter 10 For more information on the ControlLogix ControlNet module see ControlNet Modules in Logix5000 Control Systems publication CNET UMO001 For more information on the ControlLogix EtherNet IP Bridge module see EtherNet IP Modules in Logix5000 Control Systems User Manual publication ENET UM001 Repeat steps 1 5 to configure a communication module for the temote chassis Configure the communication module in the remote chassis Now you can configure the remote I O modules by adding them to the remote communication module Follow the same procedures a
261. in floating point mode Resolution is based on the module hardware and the range selected If you use a sensor with limited range you do not change the module resolution Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Module Features The table lists the resolution for each module s range Current Values Represented in Engineering Units Module Range Number of Resolution significant bits 1756 IF16 and 10 25V 16 bits 320 uV count 1756 IF8 0 10 25V 160 uV count 0 5 125V 80 uV count 0 20 5 mA 0 32 uA count 1756 IF6CIS 0 mA 21 mA 16 bits 0 34 uA count 1756 IF6l 10 5V 16 bits 343 uV count 0 10 5V 171 uV count 0 5 25V 86 uV count 0 21 mA 0 34 uA count 1756 IR6l 1 487 Q 16 bits 7 7 MQ count 2 1000 Q 15 MQ count 4 2000 Q 30 MQ count 8 4020 Q 60 MQ count 1756 IT6l and 12 30 mV 16 bits 0 7 uV count 1756 IT6I2 12 78 mV 1 4 uV count 1756 OF4 and 10 4V 16 bits 320 uV count 1756 OF8 0 21 mA 15 bits 0 65 uA count 1756 OF6VI 10 5V 14 bits 1 3 mV 1756 OF6CI 0 21 mA 13 bits 2 7 pA IMPORTANT Because these modules must allow for possible calibration inaccuracies resolution values represent the available Analog to Digital or Digital to Analog counts over the specified range 49 Chapter3 ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Module Features Scaling With scaling you change a quantity from on
262. in the Comm Format box on the New Module dialog box See page 205 for more Comm Format details Choosing a Listen Only mode option allows the controller and module to establish communications without the controller sending any configuration data In this instance another controller owns the module being listened to IMPORTANT If a Listen Only connection is being used by any controller to the module any connections over the Ethernet network cannot use the Unicast option See the Unicast box on page 209 for details The Listen Only controller continues to receive multicast data from the 1 0 module as long as a connection between an owner controller and 1 0 module is maintained If the connection between all owner controllers and the module is broken the module stops multicasting data and connections to all Listening controllers are also broken Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Analog 0 Operation in the ControlLogix System Chapter 2 Multiple Owners Because Listening controllers lose their connections to modules when of Input Modules communication with the owner stops the ControlLogix system lets you define p more than one owner for input modules IMPORTANT Only input modules can have multiple owners If multiple owners are connected to the same input module they must maintain identical configuration for that module In the example below Controller A and Controller B have both b
263. ing 78 The 1756 IF16 module multicasts status and fault data to the owner listening controller with its channel data The fault data is arranged in such a mannet as to let you choose the level of granularity for examining fault conditions Three levels of tags work together to provide an increasing degree of detail as to the specific cause of faults on the module The table lists tags that can be examined in ladder logic to indicate when a fault has occurted Tag Module Fault Word Description This word provides fault summary reporting Its tag name is ModuleFaults Channel Fault Word This word provides underrange overrange and communication fault reporting Its tag name is ChannelFaults When examining the Channel Fault Word for faults remember the following e 16 channels are used in single ended wiring Eight channels are used in differential wiring Four channels are used in high speed differential wiring All bytes start with bit 0 Channel Status Words IMPORTANT These words one per channel provide individual channel underrange and overrange fault reporting for process alarms rate alarms and calibration faults Its tag name is ChxStatus Differences exist between floating point and integer modes as they relate to module fault reporting These differences are explained in the following two sections Publication 1756 UMO0009C EN P December 2010 Non isolated Analog Voltage Curr
264. ing RSLogix 5000 software version 9 or earlier use a message instruction to send a Reset Module setvice to the same module to trigger sending the configuration data Before the new configuration parameters are sent to the module you must make sure that their relationship to each other is in a format the module will accept see tables on page 354 IMPORTANT Reconfiguring analog modules via ladder logic should be limited to functions that involve only the changing of values We do not recommend that enabling or disabling features be done via ladder logic Use RSLogix 5000 software to enable or disable these features 353 Appendix C Use Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration The table list module parameters that may be changed via ladder logic Permissible Analog Input Module Parameters to Change Via Ladder Logic Feature Restriction High engineering value Must not be equal to low engineering value Low engineering value Must not be equal to high engineering value High high alarm value Must be greater than or equal to high alarm value High alarm value Must be greater than low alarm value Low alarm value Must be less than high alarm value Low low alarm value Must be less than or equal to low alarm value Deadband Must be less than half of high alarm minus low alarm Permissible Analog Output Module Parameters to Change Via Ladder Logic Feature Restriction High clamp value
265. ing electronic keying selections online may cause the 0 communication connection to the module to be disrupted and may result in a loss of data Chapter 3 44 ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Module Features Access to System Clock for Timestamp Functions Controllers within the ControlLogix chassis maintain a system clock This clock is also known as the coordinated system time CST You can configure your analog I O modules to access this clock and timestamp input data or output echo data when the module multicasts to the system You decide how to timestamp data when you choose a Communication Format on the New Module dialog box For more information see page 205 This feature provides accurate calculations between events to help you identify the sequence of events in either fault conditions or in the course of normal I O operations The system clock can be used between multiple modules in the same chassis In systems using an EtherNet IP network and 1588 Grand Master time the value of this timestamp still is the CST time You must convert this CST value to Grand Master time in the controller Rolling Timestamp Each module maintains a rolling timestamp that is unrelated to the CST The rolling timestamp is a continuously running 15 bit timer that counts in milliseconds For input modules whenever a module scans its channels it also records the value of the rolling timestamp at that time The user program can then use the last
266. ing with the owner controller In this case the controller behaves as if the I O module does not exist at all interface module IFM A module that uses pre wired cable to connect wiring to an I O module listen only connection An I O connection where another controller owns provides the configuration and data for the module major revision A module revision that is updated any time there is a functional change to the module minor revision A module revision that is updated any time there is a change to the module that does not affect its function or interface multicast Data transmissions that reach a specific group of one or more destinations multiple owners A configuration set up where multiple owner controllers use exactly the same configuration information to simultaneously own an input module Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Glossary network update time NUT The smallest repetitive time interval in which the data can be sent on a ControlNet network The NUT ranges from 2 ms to 100 ms owner controller The controller that creates and stores the primary configuration and communication connection to a module program mode In this mode the following events occur Controller program is not executing Inputs are still actively producing data Outputs are not actively controlled and go to their configured Program mode tack connection
267. initions Notes 338 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Appendix C Publication 1756 UMOO9C EN P December 2010 Use Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration You can use ladder logic to perform run time services on your module For example page 212 explains how to unlatch alarms on the 1756 IF6I module by using RSLogix 5000 software This appendix provides an example of how to unlatch those same alarms without using RSLogix 5000 software In addition to performing run time services you can use ladder logic to change configuration Chapter 10 explains how to use the RSLogix 5000 software to set configuration parameters in your ControlLogix analog I O module Some of those parameters also may be changed through ladder logic Using Message Instructions In ladder logic you can use message instructions to send occasional services to any ControlLogix I O module Message instructions send an explicit service to the module causing specific behavior to occur For example unlatching a high alarm can be performed by a message instruction Message instructions maintain the following characteristics Messages use unscheduled portions of system communication bandwidth One service is performed per instruction Performing module setvices does not impede module functionality such as sampling inputs or applying new outputs Processing Real time Control and Module Services Services sent through m
268. int 10V 30V DC Diagnostic Input Vendor Allen Bradley XR Product Type Digital Input me paaa sk Ol Module Full Diagnostics Input Data Catalog Number 1756 IB16D m EA Major Revision 3 Minor Revision 3 F Open Mode Popes meea Communication is prevented Physical Module Vendor Allen Bradley Product Type Digital Input Module Catalog Number 1756 IB16D Major Revision 3 Minor Revision 2 40 Publication 1756 UMOO9C EN P December 2010 ControlLogix Analog I O Module Features Chapter 3 EXAMPLE In the following scenario Compatible keying allows 1 0 communication e The module configuration is for a 1756 IB16D module with module revision 2 1 The physical module is a 1756 IB16D module with module revision 3 2 In this case communication is allowed because the major revision of the physical module is higher than expected and the module determines that it is compatible with the prior major revision Module Configuration 175648150 16 Point 10V 30V DC Diagnostic Input Vendor Allen Bradley coe leet Product Type Digital Input a ONE Module Catalog Number 1756 IB16D J Major Revision 2 Minor Revision 1 17 Oper Nokia Popes oan mom Communication is allowed Physical Module Vendor Allen Bradley Product Type Digital Input Module Catalog Number 1756 IB16D Major Revision 3 Minor Revision
269. ion for Output Modules 218 Connection Labs eos eee eh he bo ERES UA is 219 ConfieuraconTabass rd eee LEY e CP CUTE EM RH 220 Ouipul State Taboo es eu OP RC ewe ERE aka 221 DAES D Ab cocotte esiste E UN RUD RE AES E ates 223 CalibratlonL ab Sauce te db ete te A dae aoe 225 Download Configuration Data to the Module 225 Edit CODIISQFALDEB e s opta aia toe sc iP Ree ci eo omer A ehh 226 Reconfigure Module Parameters in Run Mode 227 Reconfigure Parameters in Program Mode 05205 229 Configure I O Modules in a Remote Chassis 00 230 View Module Tats esae eee ox erai Gua ste See Rp is eis 232 Publication 1756 UM009C EN P December 2010 Table of Contents Chapter 11 Calibrate the ControlLogix Totroddebolb s over d ersa eur at ad etin S en glide eee 233 Analog 1 0 Modules Difference of Calibrating an Input Module and Output Module 234 Calibrating in Either Program or Run Mode 235 Calibrate Your Input Modules 5 es Ep OPERAR RET 235 Calibrating the 1756 IF16 or 1756 IF8 Modules 235 Calibrating the 1756 IF6CIS or 1756 IF6I Modules 241 Calibrating the 1756 IROI ey jovi esa saws o woe een eats 248 Calibrating the 1756 IT6I or 1756 IT6I2 0 253 Calibrate Your Output Modules 0 0 0 0 eneen 259 Current Meter Calibrations 12 eae auc eei ct di dob de eds 259 Voltage Meter Calibrations s uda rue x eoe err EE E
270. ional Safety Capable of SIL 2 When marked See the Product Certification link at http www ab com for Declarations of Conformity Certificates and other certification details Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Analog 1 0 Module Specifications Appendix A Channel 0 Shield Ground Channel 3 Emm 2 wire T Transmitter R 10 User provided Loop Power o N 6 N 7 Used Used Used Used Used Used 1756 IF8 ControlLogix voltage current analog input module 1756 IF8 Differential Current Z0 ZU Dd dD 4 D DdD 20 m 4 5 l16 158 i RTN 6 18 v i RTN 7 D 20 19 Not Used D 22 21 Not Used D 24 23 Not Used a 26 25 Not Used E 28 27 Not Used 30 29 Not Used a 32 31 Not Used E 34 33 Cb Not Used GQ 36 35 ot Used Use this table when wiring your module in differential current mode Table 1 A This channel Uses these terminals Channel 0 IN O IN 1 i RTN 0 Channel 1 IN 2 4 IN 3 i RTN 2 Channel 2 IN 4 IN 5 i RTN 4 Channel 3 IN 6 IN 7 i RTN 6 All terminals marked RTN are connected internally A249 Q current loop re
271. ip chart recorders so forth at the A location in the current loop 5 Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal Publication 1756 UMO009C EN P December 2010 Non isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 1756 IF8 Chapter 4 1756 IF8 Single ended Voltage Wiring Example ee ey IN 0 ce ig I RTN 0 IN 1 EN 3 I RTN 1 g IN 2 r ls s EH IRTN2 l IN 3 A 7 I RTN 3 Shield Ground RTN HG 46 RIN IN 4 cy ug I RTN 4 IN 5 qu sg I RTN 5 IN 6 e 5m I RTN 6 IN 7 gy ve I RTN 7 Not used p 1 Not used Not used gz 21g Not used Shield Ground Not used ey 23 Not used Not used 26 25 Not used RTN epps 27 RTN Not used p 29 Not used Not used p 31k Not used Not used 1E 98 Not used Notused C5 36 35 Not used C 40915 M NOTES 1 All terminals marked RTN are connected internally 2 Terminals marked iRTN are not used for single ended voltage wiring 3 Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 71 Chapter4 Non isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 1756 IF8 1756 IF16 Module Fault and Status Report
272. iring and correct terminations 3 Erratic readings data jumping around are a symptom of noise The magnitude of noise can be seen with an oscilloscope Disconnect all but one thermocouple to see if other channels are affecting each other bleed over The effect of noise can be eliminated or reduced by removing or suppressing the source of the noise or by employing the hardware and or software filters provided by the thermocouple module 4 Offset readings can be caused by a DC signal riding on top of the thermocouple signal The magnitude of the offset can be seen with an oscilloscope Again by disconnecting all but one thermocouple one can see if other channels are affecting each other bleed over 5 Make sure the module is not in calibration mode This is module dependant but in general specific bits have to be turned on to enable calibration The 1756 IT6I Thermocouple module when configured with all channels for the same configuration and measuting the same ambient temperature will have a temperature reading difference between upper and lower channels up to 13 33 12 22 C 8 10 F To improve the accuracy of the module s reading we recommend that you select remote CJ compensation and wire to a 1492 AIFM6TC 3 Offset readings may also be seen if the CJS is defective or not installed properly When provided check the module input data for a CJS defective diagnostic bit Thermocouples also report back ambient tempe
273. is a classic first order lag equation A t Yn Yn 1 X Yar At TA Yn present output filtered peak voltage PV Yn 1 previous output filtered PV At module channel update time seconds TA digital filter time constant seconds Xn present input unfiltered PV Using a step input change to illustrate the filter response you can see that when the digital filter time constant elapses 63 2 of the total response is reached Each additional time constant achieves 63 2 of the remaining response 100 Unfiltered in TA 0 01 s TA 0 5s SP pie edes TA 7 0 99 s 16723 0 0 01 0 5 0 99 Time in Seconds To see how to set the digital filter see page 210 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Temperature measuring Analog Modules 1756 IR6I 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT6 2 Chapter 6 Process Alarms Process alarms alert you when the module has exceeded configured high or low limits for each channel You can latch process alarms These are set at four user configurable alarm trigger points High high High Low Low low IMPORTANT Process alarms are available only in applications using floating point mode The values for each limit are entered in scaled engineering units Alarm Deadband You may configure an alarm deadband to work with these alarms The deadband allows the process alarm status bit to remain set despite the alarm condition disappearing a
274. itions Three levels of tags work together to provide an increasing degree of detail as to the specific cause of faults on the module The table lists tags that can be examined in ladder logic to indicate when a fault has occurred Tag Module Fault Word Description This word provides fault summary reporting Its tag name is ModuleFaults Channel Fault Word This word provides underrange overrange and communication fault reporting Its tag name is ChannelFaults When examining the Channel Fault Word for faults remember the following Eight channels are used in single ended wiring Four channels are used in differential wiring Two channels are used in high speed differential wiring All bytes start with bit 0 Channel Status Words IMPORTANT These words one per channel provide individual channel underrange and overrange fault reporting for process alarms rate alarms and calibration faults Its tag name is ChxStatus Differences exist between floating point and integer modes as they relate to module fault reporting These differences are explained in the following two sections 85 Chapter4 Non isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 1756 IF8 1756 IF8 Fault Reporting in illustration wen d the fault reporting process for the 1756 IF8 module i i ti t Floating Point Mode in floating point mode Module Fault Word described on page 87 15114113 112 141 10 9 15 A
275. its A channel is being calibrated OOFF for single ended wiring applications e OOOF for differential wiring applications e 0003 for high speed differential wiring applications A communication fault occurred FFFF for all bits regardless of the application between the module and its owner controller Your logic can monitor the Channel Fault Word bit for a particular input to determine the state of that point Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 87 Chapter 4 88 Tag Status word ChxCalFault Non isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 1756 IF8 1756 IF8 Channel Status Word Bits Floating Point Mode Any of the Channel Status words one for each channel will display a non zero condition if that particular channel has faulted for the conditions listed below Some of these bits set bits in other Fault words When the Underrange and Overrange bits bits 6 5 in any of the words are set the appropriate bit 1s set in the Channel Fault word When the Calibration Fault bit bit 7 is set in any of the words the Calibration Fault bit bit 9 is set in the Module Fault word The table lists the conditions that set each of the word bits Bit Event that sets this tag This bit is set if an error occurs during calibration for that channel causing a bad calibration This bit also sets bit 9 in the Module Fault word Underrange This bit is set when the input signal at
276. l 10 10V 0 5V 0 10V 0 20 mA For an example of how to choose an input range for your module see page 210 96 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Sourcing Current Loop Input Module 1756 IF6CIS and Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Module 1756 IF61 Notch Filter Chapter 5 An analog to digital convertor ADC filter removes line noise in your application for each channel Choose a notch filter that most closely matches the anticipated noise frequency in your application Remember that each filter time affects the response time of your module Also the highest frequency notch filter settings also limit the effective resolution of the channel IMPORTANT 60 Hz is the default setting for the notch filter The table lists the available notch filter setting Notch Setting 10 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 100 Hz 250 Hz 1000 Hz Default Minimum Sample Time RTS 102 ms 22 ms 19 ms 12 ms 10 ms 10 ms Integer model Minimum Sample Time RTS 102 ms 25 ms 25 ms 25 ms 25 ms 25 ms Floating point mode 0 10096 Step Response Time 400 ms RTS 80ms RTS 68ms RTS 40ms RTS 16ms RTS 4ms RTS 3dB Frequency 3Hz 13 Hz 15Hz 26 Hz 66 Hz 262 Hz Effective Resolution 16 bits 16 bits 16 bits 16 bits 15 bits 10 bits i Integer mode must be used for RTS values ower than 25 ms The minimum RTS value for the module will b 2 Worst case setting time to 100 of a step change would in
277. l 2 1756 IF6 1 1 Alarm Configuration Calibration Backplane Channel o 1 2 3 4 5 Input Range 10V to 10V Sensor Offset 0 0 r Scaling High Signal High Engineering Notch Filter 60Hz z fioo id 10 0 Digital Filter 0 i ms Low Signal Low Engineering 100 v 100 grs uo H ms Status Running Cancel Apply Help If any feature is disabled in either Run mode change the controller to Program mode and follow these steps 1 Make the necessary configuration changes 2 Do one of the following e Click Apply to store a change but stay on the dialog box to choose another tab e Click OK if you are finished making changes Publication 1756 UM009C EN P December 2010 227 Chapter 10 Configure ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules When you try to download new configuration data to the module the following warning appeats RSLogix 5000 DANGER Configuration change in multi controller systems If two or more controllers are sharing this module applying these configuration changes could affect the operation of the other controllers Inhibit this connection before applying configuration change E Inhibiting connection may prevent re connecting to this module until other controllers have been appropriately configured A If configuration changes are accepted without inhibiting this connection then other controller s in the system may misinterpret data until other
278. l Alarms Check the box to disable all alarms Important When you disable all alarms you disable process rate and channel diagnostic alarms for example underrange and overrange We recommend that you disable only unused channels so extraneous alarm bits are not set Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 223 Chapter 10 Configure ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules Field Name Description Latch Limit Alarms Check the box to latch an alarm if the controller data value exceeds the clamping limit See page 170 in Chapter 8 for details Latch Rate Alarm Check the box to latch an alarm if the output single changes at a rate that exceeds the ramping limit See page 169 in Chapter 8 for details IMPORTANT Clamping is only available in floating point mode Clamp values are in engineering scaling units and are not automatically updated when the engineering high and low scaling units are changed Failure to update the clamp values may generate a very small output signal that could be misinterpreted as a hardware problem 2 After the channels are configured do one of the following Click Apply to store a change but stay on the dialog box to choose another tab Click OK to apply the change and close the dialog box Click Cancel to close the dialog box without applying changes 224 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Configure ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules Chapter 10 Calibration Ta
279. l is being calibrated When this bit is set all bits in the Channel Fault word are set Its tag name is Calibrating Calibration Fault This bit is set when any of the individual Channel Calibration Fault bits are set Its tag name is CalibrationFault Channel Fault Word Bits Floating Point Mode During normal module operation Channel Fault word bits are set if any of the respective channels has a High or Low Limit Alarm or an Open Wire condition 0 20 mA configuration only When using the Channel Fault Word the 1756 OF4 module uses bits 0 3 and the 1756 OF8 uses bits 0 7 Checking this word for a nonzero condition 1s a quick way to check for these conditions on a channel The table lists the conditions that set all Channel Fault word bits This condition sets all Channel And causes the module to display the Fault word bits following in the Channel Fault word bits A channel is being calibrated 000F for all bits on the 1756 OF4 module OOFF for all bits on the 1756 OF8 module A communications fault occurred FFFF for all bits on either module between the module and its owner controller Your logic should monitor the Channel Fault bit for a particular output if you eithet enable output clamping e are checking for a open wire condition 0 20 mA configuration only Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 161 Chapter 7 Non isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 Tag St
280. lated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF6CI and 1756 OF6VI Module Fault Word described on page 181 15 AnalogGroupFault 15 14 13 12 11 13 OutGroupFault 12 Calibrating Y 11 Cal Fault 14 is not used by the OF6CI or OF6VI The illustration offers an overview of the fault reporting process in floating point mode When the module is calibrating all bits in the Channel Fault word are set If set any bit in the Channel Fault word also sets the Analog Group Fault and Output Group Fault in the Module Fault word Channel Fault Word t A t i t t described on page 181 5 Ch5Fault 5 4 3 2 1 0 4 Ch4Fault t k t t i t 3 Ch3Fault A channel calibration fault 2 Ch2Fault sets the calibration fault in A t 1 Ch1Fault the Module Fault word 0 ChOFault Channel Status Words I i i i i one for each channel described ion page 182 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 5 ChxNotANumber 7 amp 6are not used by 4 ChxCalFault OF6CI or OF6VI 3 ChxInHold 2 ChxRampAlarm 1 ChxLLimitAlarm 0 ChxHLimitAlarm Not a Number Output in Hold and Ramp Low and High Limit Alarm Alarm conditions do not set additional conditions set the bits You must monitor them here appropriate bits in the C
281. le Configuration 1756 JA16 16 Point 79V132V AC Input Bradley Vendor Allen Bradley Product Type Digital Input Module Catalog Number 1756 IA16 r3 Baoek De a Major Revision 3 Minor Revision 1 FF Open Mode Pats Communication is prevented Physical Module Vendor Allen Bradley Product Type Analog Input Module Catalog Number 1756 IF16 Major Revision 3 Minor Revision 2 42 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Module Features Chapter 3 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 In the following scenario Disable keying allows 1 0 communication e The module configuration is for a 1756 1A16 digital input module The physical module is a 1756 IB16 digital input module In this case communication is allowed because the two digital modules share common data formats Module Configuration Vendor Allen Bradley Product Type Digital Input Module Catalog Number 1756 IA16 Major Revision 2 17564A16 16 Point 79V 132V AC Input Allen Bradley Local Digital Input Module se a Input Data r3 Minor Revision 1 F Open Modde Pets Communication is allowed Physical Module Vendor Allen Bradley Product Type Digital Input Module Catalog Number 1756 IB16 Major Revision 3 Minor Revision 2 Electronic Keying Disable Keying zl Help IMPORTANT Chang
282. le Error at 25 C 77 F Type R Thermocouple Connection in a 12 78 mV Input Range 5 00 4 00 lac CR 3 00 Module Error 2 00 1 00 0 00 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 Application Temperature in C Thermocouple Module Error at 25 C 77 F Type S Thermocouple Connection in a 12 78 mV Input Range 500 400 ln CNN 300 Module Error 200 100 0 00 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 Application Temperature in C Thermocouple Module Error at 25 C 77 F Type E Thermocouple Connection in a 12 78 mV Input Range 500 400 Module Error 9 7 2 00 1 00 a E O O 0 0 00 t t t t 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 Application Temperature in C Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 371 AppendixE Additional Specification Information Thermocouple Module Error at 25 C 77 F Type J Thermocouple Connection in a 12 78 mV Input Range 500 400 Module Error 3 7 il D c 100 En s 0 00 t t t t t t t t t 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 Application Temperature in C Thermocouple Module Error at 25 C 77 F Type K Thermocouple Connection in a 12 78 mV Input Range 500 4 00 3 00 Module Error 2 00 100 x x x x iH 0 00 f t t t t t t t t i 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 Application
283. le displays the temperature range for each 1756 IT6I and 1756 IT612 sensor type Temperature Limits for 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT6I2 Sensor Types Thermocouple B C E J K N R S T p TXK XK Ly Low temperature 300 0 C 0 0 LC 270 0 C 210 0 C 270 0 C 270 0 C 50 0 C 50 0 C 270 0 C 0 C 200 C 572 0 F 32 0 F 454 0 F 346 0 F 454 0 F 454 0 F 58 0 F 58 0 F 454 0 F 32 0 F 328 F High temperature 1820 0 C 2315 0 C 1000 0 C 1200 0 C 1372 0 C 1300 0 C 1768 1 C 1768 1 C 400 0 C 2320 C 800 C 3308 0 F 4199 0 F 1832 0 F 2192 0 F 2502 0 F 2372 0 F 3215 0 F 3215 0 F 752 0 F 4208 F 1472 F Sensor types D and L are available only on the 1756 IT6I2 module Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 129 Chapter6 Temperature measuring Analog Modules 1756 IR6I 1756 IT6I and 1756 IT6I2 IMPORTANT The table lists temperature limits for sensors using the 12 78 mV range only When the 12 30 mV range is used temperature limits are truncated to the temperature value that corresponds to 30 mV To see how to choose a thermocouple sensor type see page 216 Temperature Units The 1756 IRGI 1756 IT6I and 1756 IT612 modules provide the choice of working in Celstus ot Fahrenheit This choice affects all channels per module To see how to choose temperature units see page 215 Input Sign
284. least 4 decimal places Channels 0 Enter the measured value for each channel in the Recorded Reference column Press Next to continue 262 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules Chapter 11 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 A Results wizard displays the status of each channel after calibrating for a low reference If channels are OK continue If any channel reports an error retry steps 7 9 until the status is OK Calibration Wizard Results Low Recorded Miro Reference Reference Press Nest to go onto Channel Calibrate High Reference test Oto 20 mA 11 Click Next 12 Set the channels to be calibrated for a high reference The Output Reference Signals wizard appears to show which channels will be calibrated for a high reference and the range of the calibration It also shows what reference signal is expected at the input Calibration Wizard Output Reference Signals Press Next to start the Calibration High selected channels Channel Calibrate Range Reference producing the reference mA signal 0to20mA Channels 0 13 Click Next 263 Chapter 11 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog I O Modules 264 14 Record the measurement Calibration Wizard Measure and Record Values Measure the output Calibration High Recorded values for the selected Reference Reference c
285. ler If Connection Fails While in Run Mode Use Unicast Connection over EtherNet IP Module Fault Status Offline Appl The Module Properties dialog box appears with tabs to access additional module information The Connection tab is the default General Connection Module Info Configuration Alarm Configuration Calibration Backplane Tabs can be selected in any order The following examples are TIP for instructional purposes 208 Publication 1756 UM009C EN P December 2010 Configure ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules Chapter 10 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Connection Tab The Connection tab on the Module Properties dialog box lets you enter a requested packet interval RPI inhibit a module and set a connection fault when the module is in Run mode The RPI provides a defined maximum period of time when data is transferred to the owner controller E Module Properties ENBT 4 1756 IF61 1 1 General Connection Module Info Configuration Alarm Configuration Calibration Backplane Requested Packet Interval RPI ooo ms 25 0 750 0 ms C Inhibit Module C Major Fault On Controller If Connection Fails While in Run Mode Use Unicast Connection over EtherNet IP Module Fault Status Offline 1 Choose from the options on the Connection tab Field Name Description Requested Packet Interval RPI Enter an RPI value or use the default See Requested Packet Interval
286. lets you recalibrate the default factory calibrations if necessary Calibration corrects any hardware inaccuracies on a particular channel lil Module Properties Local 2 1756 IF61 1 1 General Connection Module Info Configuration Alarm Configuration Backplane Start Calibration 10to10 to10V 10to 10 v 10to 10 v 10to 10 v 10to 10 v Calibration Gain 0 998169 0 999207 0 998901 0 998474 0 998901 0 999084 Module Last Successfully Calibrated on 7 11 2005 Status Running See page 233 in Chapter 11 for specific module calibrations Although each dialog box maintains importance during online monitoring some of the tabs such as the Module Info and Backplane are blank during the initial module configuration Some of the analog input modules for example the 1756 IR6I and 1756 IT6I modules have additional configurations These configuration dialog boxes are explained on the following pages 214 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Configure the RTD Module Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Configure ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules Chapter 10 The Resistance Temperature Detector RTD module 1756 IR6I has additional configurable points temperature units and 10 Q copper offset options All of this module s configuration tabs match the series listed for input modules beginning on page 207 except for the Configuration Tab The dia
287. ling for the channel ChODataEcho REAL All outputs The value the channel is currently outputting in engineering units based upon the configured user scaling Will match the requested output value O tag ChOData unless in Program mode calibrating beneath Low Limit above High Limit currently ramping or In Hold OutGroupFault BOOL All outputs Indicates if a channel fault has occurred on any output channel ChONotANumber BOOL All outputs Bit indicating the received output value from the controller O tag ChOData was an invalid IEEE floating point value When an invalid value is received the output value holds its last known valid state ChOInHold BOOL All outputs Bit that indicates if the output channel is currently holding until the Output value sent to the module 0 tag ChOData matches the current output value I tag ChOData within 0 1 of the channel s full scale CHORampAlarm BOOL All outputs Alarm bit that sets when the requested output value ChOConfigRampToRun set and the difference between the new output value requested and the current output exceeds the configured ramp limit ChOConfigMaxRampRate The bit will remain set until ramping ceases unless the alarm is latched via ChOConfigRampAlarmLatch ChOLLimitAlarm BOOL All outputs Alarm bit that sets when the requested output value ChOData is below the configured low limit ChOConfigLowLimit in which case
288. ll Collection of all module level fault bits AnalogGroupFault BOOL All Indicates if a channel fault has occurred on any channel InGroupFault BOOL All inputs Indicates if a channel fault has occurred on any input channel Calibrating BOOL All Indicates if a calibration is currently in progress on any channel CalFault BOOL All Status bit indicating if any channel has a bad calibration Bad calibration means the last attempt to calibrate the channel failed with an error and was aborted CJUnderrange BOOL 1756 IT6l and Status bit to indicate if the cold junction reading is currently beneath the 1756 IT6I2 lowest detectable temperature of 0 0 C 32 F CJOverrange BOOL 1756 IT6l and Status bit to indicate if the cold junction reading is currently above the highest 1756 IT6I2 detectable temperature of 86 0 C 186 8 F ChOStatus INT All Collection of individual channel status bits ChOCalFault BOOL All inputs Status bit indicating if the channel has a bad calibration Bad calibration means the last attempt to calibrate the channel failed with an error and was aborted ChOUnderrange BOOL All inputs Alarm bits indicating the channel s input is less than the minimum detectable Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 input signal 331 Appendix B Analog 0 Tag Definitions Floating Point Input Tags Tag Name Data Type Applicable Definition Modules ChOOverrange
289. log box example and table show the additional settings for the 1756 IR6I module s temperature measuring capability Bill Module Properties Local 2 1756 IR6I 1 1 xj General Connection Module Info Configuration Alarm Configuration Calibration Backplane M Channel D 2 Input Range 1 Ohms to 487 Ohms Y Sensor Type fio Ohm Cu 427 Scaling oo High Signal High Engineering Sere 487 0 G 487 0 Notch Filter eo Hz Low Signal Low Engineering Digital Filter jo A ms po fro 10 Ohm Copper Offset 0 0 Ohms RTS 100 E ms Temperature Units Celsius Fahrenheit Status Offline Cancel Apply Help 1 Choose from the additional options on the Configuration tab Field Name Description Sensor Type Choose a RTD sensor type 10 Ohm Copper Offset This feature needs to be set only if you choose a Copper Sensor Type Choose a value to compensate for any copper offset errors Temperature Units Select the temperature unit that affects all channels per module Celsius Fahrenheit 2 After the channels are configured do one of the following e Click Apply to store a change but stay on the dialog box to choose another tab e Click OK to apply the change and close the dialog box e Click Cancel to close the dialog box without applying changes 215 Chapter 10 Configure ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules Configure the Thermoc
290. log 1 0 Modules Chapter 11 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 A Results wizard displays the status of each channel after calibrating for a high reference If channels are OK continue If any channel reports an error retry step 8 until the status is OK Calibration Wizard Results High Reference Volts Press Next to continue ibrati Channel Calibrate expt peal l Range 10to 10 V 10to 10 V EEEE EI EI After you have completed both low and high reference calibration this window shows the status of both D Calibration Wizard Calibration Completed Calibration of selected Calibration Low High channel s has been Range Reference Reference completed successfully 10to10 v 0 00 V 10to 10 V 0 00 V The calibration constants of the selected channel s have been saved IDB EE EI 10 Click Finish 239 Chapter 11 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog I O Modules The Calibration tab on the Module Properties dialog box shows the changes in the Calibration Gain and Calibration Offset The date of the latest calibration also displays lil Module Properties Local 3 1756 IF16 1 1 Calibration Start Calibration Gain 10t010V 1 006458 10t010V 1 006433 10t010 V 1 006251 10t010 V 1 006510 10t010 V 1 006417 Module Last Successfully 10to 10 V 4005013 7 Calibrated o
291. log High Alarm I m ype Coke 4b Hex Class fa Hex Destination E Instance fi Attribute Bc Hex New Tag Enable Enable Waiting Start Done Done Length 0 Q Error Code Extended Error Code Timed Out Error Path Error Text een aow one See the table on page 345 for an explanation of the field relationships fot the two dialog boxes 349 Appendix C Use Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration Communication Dialog Boxes The examples show the Communication dialog boxes for different versions of RSLogix 5000 software The top example is for rung 0 if using RSLogix 5000 version 9 and earlier The window is the same for each rung of this example RSLogix 5000 Software Version 9 and Earlier Message Configuration Slot Ch HH Alarm unlatch x Configuration Communication Path Slot_1_IF6l Browse Slot 1 IFBl Communication Method CIP DH Channel Destination Link zl With Source Link z Destination Node zl Octal I Cache Connections e Q Enable 2 Enable Waiting O Start Done Done Length 0 O Error Code Timed Out Extended Error Code Cancel Apply Help RSLogix 5000 Software Version 10 and Later x Configuration Communication Tag Browse Communication Method et DH Channel A F Destination Link 0 i CIP With en zl pas zb n T ID Sour
292. lt word are set if any of the respective channels has an Under or Overrange condition Checking this wotd for a non zero value 1s a quick way to check for Under or Overrange conditions on the module The table lists the conditions that set all Channel Fault word bits This condition sets all Channel And causes the module to display the Fault word bits following in the Channel Fault word bits A channel is being calibrated FFFF for single ended operating mode e DOFF for differential operating mode OOOF for high speed differential operating mode A communication fault occurred FFFF for all bits regardless of the application between the module and its owner controller Your logic can monitor the Channel Fault Word bit for a particular input to determine the state of that point 80 Publication 1756 UMO009C EN P December 2010 Tag Status word ChxCalFault Non isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 1756 IF8 Chapter 4 1756 IF16 Channel Status Word Bits Floating Point Mode Any of the Channel Status words one for each channel display a non zero condition if that particular channel has faulted for the conditions listed below Some of these bits set bits in other Fault words When the Underrange or Overrange bits bits 6 and 5 in any of the words ate set the appropriate bit is set in the Channel Fault word When the Calibration Fault bit bit 7 is set in any of the words the Calibratio
293. ltage Current Input Module 1756 IF61 Wire Off Detection IMPORTANT Be careful when disabling all alarms on the channel because It also disables the underrange overrange detection feature If alarms are disabled overrange underrange is zero and the only way you can discover a wire off detection is from the input value itself If you need to detect a wire off status do not disable all alarms We recommend that you disable only unused channels so extraneous alarm bits are not set The 1756 IF6CIS and 1756 IF6I modules will alert you when a wire has been disconnected from one of its channels or the RTB has been removed from the module Two events occur when a wire off condition occurs for this module Input data for that channel changes to a specific scaled value e A fault bit is set in the owner controller that may indicate the presence of a wire off condition Because the 1756 IF6I module can be used in voltage or current applications differences exist as to how a wite off condition is detected in each application The 1756 IF6CIS module can only be used in current mode The table lists the differences that occur when a wire off condition occurs in vatious applications Wire Off Conditions in Different Applications Wire Off Condition Occurrence Voltage Applications e Input data for that channel changes to the scaled value associated with the overrange signal value of the selected 1756 IF6l only operational ra
294. lues for each limit ate entered in scaled engineering units Alarm Deadband You may configure an alarm deadband to work with the process alarms The deadband allows the process alarm status bit to remain set despite the alarm condition disappearing as long as the input data remains within the deadband of the process alarm The illustration on the next page shows input data that sets each of the four alarms at some point during module operation In this example latching is disabled therefore each alarms turns Off when the condition that caused it to set ceases to exist High high alarm turns On High high alarm turns Off High alarm remains On High alarm remains On High high High alarm turns Off Normal input range Low alarms turns Off Alarm deadbands Low low alarms turns On Low low alarms turns Off Low alarm remains On Low alarm remains On To see how to set Process Alarms see page 212 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 63 Chapter4 Non isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 1756 IF8 Rate Alarm The rate alarm triggers if the rate of change between input samples for each channel exceeds the specified trigger point for that channel IMPORTANT Rate alarms are not available in integer mode or in applications using 1756 IF16 module in the single ended floating point mode The values for each limit are entered in scaled engineering units For example
295. lutions Headquarters Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204 USA Tel 1 414 382 2000 Fax 1 414 382 4444 Europe Middle East Africa Rockwell Automation Vorstlaan Boulevard du Souverain 36 1170 Brussels Belgium Tel 32 2 663 0600 Fax 32 2 663 0640 Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel 852 2887 4788 Fax 852 2508 1846 Publication 1756 UMOO9C EN P December 2010 Supersedes Publication 1756 UMO009B EN P June 2003 Copyright 2010 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the U S A AB Allen Bradl ey ControlLogix Analog I O Modules User Manual
296. m with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM 900 MHz 10V m with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM 1890 MHz 3V m with 1 kHz sine wave 80 AM from 2000 2700 MHz 306 EFT B Immunity 2 kV at 5 kHz on shielded signal ports IEC 61000 4 4 Surge Transient Immunity 2 kV line earth CM on shielded signal ports IEC 61000 4 5 Conducted RF Immunity 10Vrms with 1 kHz sine wave 80 AM from 150 kHz 80 MHz on shielded signal ports IEC 61000 4 6 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Analog 1 0 Module Specifications Appendix A Certifications 1756 IT6l Certification 1756 IT6l UL UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584 CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment See CSA File LR54689C CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class Division 2 Group A B C D Hazardous Locations See CSA File LR69960C CE European Union 2004 108 IEC EMC Directive co mpliant with EN 61326 1 Meas Control Lab Industrial Requirements EN 61000 6 2 Industrial Immunity EN 61000 6 4 Industrial Emissions EN 61131 2 Programmable Controllers Clause 8 Zone A amp B European Union 2006 95 EC LVD compliant with EN 61131 2 Programmable Controllers Clause 11 C Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act complian AS NZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions with Ex European Union 94 9 EC ATEX Directive compliant with
297. marked RTN are connected internally For current applications all terminals marked iRTN must be wired to terminals marked RTN A249 CQ current loop resistor is located between IN x and i RTN x terminals Place additional loop devices such as strip chart recorders at the A location in the current loop Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal 1756 IF8 Single ended Voltage Channel 0 w N 0 2 1 4 i RTN O Jumpe N 1 g l4 3 i RTN 1 Wires N 2 ce 5 i RTN 2 Shield Ground ns HQ 7 iRTN 3 RTN g d 9H RTN Channel 1 NA amp J12 n i BTN A N5 Dy sE i RTN 5 ns QD 6 3G iRTN 6 N 7 cbe v i RTN 7 ot Used CD 19 ot Used ot Used Qm 21 4 ot Used Shield Ground ot Used Qz 23 CD ot Used ot Used gps 25 ot Used ot Used CD 27 ot Used ot Used Qo 29 ot Used ot Used Cp 31g ot Used ot Used Cp s4 33E ot Used ot Use CD se ss ot Used All terminals marked RTN are connected internally Terminals marked i RTN are not used for single ended voltage wiring Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal Technical Specifications 1756 IF8 amp ANALOG INPUT Attrib
298. me an I O module during initial module configuration to choose a path for your message instruction Click OK to set the path Configuration Communication Tag l Path Isolated Input Module Isolated Input Module Connected Enable Error Code Error Path Error Text G Er amp 1 0 Configuration 489 1756 Backplane 1756 410 fa 0 1756 L63 Controller Isolated_Input_Module 3 1 1756 IFBI Isolated Input Module BJ 2 1756 0F4 New one JF Cancel Help Browse See Message Path Browser n ZZ 347 Appendix C Use Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration Rung 0 unlatches the high high alarm Rung 1 unlatches the high alarm Rung 2 unlatches the low alarm Rung 3 unlatches the low low alarm Rung 4 unlatches the rate alarm 348 Unlatch Alarms in the 1756 IF6l Module Example rungs 0 4 show how to unlatch the following alarms in a 1756 IF6I module named Slot 1 IFGI Channel 0 High high alarm Rung 0 Channel 0 High alarm Rung 1 Channel 0 Low alarm Rung 2 e Channel 0 Low low alarm Rung 3 Channel 0 Rate alarm Rung 4 IMPORTANT An 0 module must be configured to latch alarms see page 212 and page 223 before you can perform unlatch services using ladder logic If an unlatch service is received by a module not configured to latch alarms the message instruction will error Also all alarms f
299. mmunication method used 41514 86 Publication 1756 UMO0009C EN P December 2010 Non isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 1756 IF8 Chapter 4 1756 IF8 Module Fault Word Bits Floating Point Mode Bits in this word provide the highest level of fault detection A non zero condition in this word reveals that a fault exists on the module You can examine further down to isolate the fault The table lists tags that can be examined in ladder logic to indicate when a fault has occurted Tag Description Analog Group This bit is set when any bits in the Channel Fault word are set Its tag Fault name is AnalogGroupFault Calibrating This bit is set when any channel is being calibrated When this bit is set all bits in the Channel Fault word are set Its tag name is Calibrating Calibration Fault This bit is set when any of the individual Channel Calibration Fault bits are set Its tag name is CalibrationFault 1756 IF8 Channel Fault Word Bits Floating Point Mode During normal module operation bits in the Channel Fault word are set if any of the respective channels has an Under or Overrange condition Checking this word for a non zero value is a quick way to check for Under or Overrange conditions on the module The table lists the conditions that set all Channel Fault word bits This condition sets all Channel And causes the module to display the Fault word bits following in the Channel Fault word b
300. modules 159 floating point mode 160 162 integer mode 163 165 1756 OF6CI and 1756 OF6VI modules 179 floating point mode 180 integer mode 183 185 chassis removal 197 clamping 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 modules 152 170 as related to limit alarms 153 170 cold junction compensation 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT6I2 modules 132 135 cold junction disable 135 cold junction offset 135 connecting a sensor to the 1756 IT6l module 134 connecting a sensor to the 1756 IT6I2 module 134 using an IFM 133 using an RTB 132 communication format 201 205 output modules 207 usage tip 204 configuration 199 accessing module tags 232 configuring modules in remote chassis 230 creating a new module 202 downloading data 225 dynamic reconfiguration 226 editing in RSLogix 5000 software 226 local versus remote chassis 200 connections direct connections 23 listen only connections 32 ControlNet network 22 27 30 393 Index 394 coordinated system time CST 16 rolling timestamp 44 timestamp 44 D DAC See digital to analog converter data echo 153 171 data format 15 46 as related to module resolution and scaling 51 floating point mode 46 integer mode 46 differential wiring method 1756 IF16 and 1756 IF8 modules 57 high speed mode 57 digital filter 1756 IF16 and 1756 IF8 modules 62 1756 IF6CIS and 1756 IF6l modules 99 1756 IR6I 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT6l2 modules 124 digital to analog converter 44 direct connections 23 disable all
301. n 3 9 2010 10to10V 1 006394 10t010 1 006200 10to10 V 1 005994 10to 10 V 4 005752 0to10V 1 005913 Status Running 11 Click OK 240 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules Chapter 11 Calibrating the 1756 IF6CIS or 1756 IF6 Modules The 1756 IF6CIS module can be used for applications that require current only The 1756 IF6I module can be used for applications requiring voltage or current Calibrate the modules for your specific application Calibrating the 1756 IF6 for Voltage Applications During 1756 IF6I module calibration 0 0V and 10 0V external references are applied consecutively to the module s terminals The module records the deviation from these reference values that is 0 0V and 10 0V and stores it as calibration constants in the module s firmware The internal calibration constants are then used in every subsequent signal conversion to compensate for circuit inaccuracies The 0 10V user calibration compensates for all voltage ranges on the 1756 IF6I module 0 10V 10V and 0 5V and compensates for inaccuracies of the module s entire analog circuitry including input amplifier resistors and the A D convertor The 1756 IFG6I offers 3 input voltage ranges e 10 10V 0 5V e 0 10V IMPORTANT Regardless of what voltage application range is selected prior to calibration all voltage calibration uses a 10V r
302. n Fault bit bit 9 is set in the Module Fault word The table lists the conditions that set each of the word bits Bit Event that sets this tag This bit is set if an error occurs during calibration for that channel causing a bad calibration This bit also sets bit 9 in the Module Fault word Underrange This bit is set when the input signal at the channel is less than or equal to the minimum detectable signal For more information on the minimum detectable signal for each module see page 61 This bit also sets the appropriate bit in the Channel Fault word Overrange This bit is set when the input signal at the channel is greater than or equal to the maximum detectable signal For more information on the maximum detectable signal for each module see on page 61 This bit also sets the appropriate bit in the Channel Fault word ChxRateAlarm 4 This bit is set when the input channel s rate of change exceeds the configured Rate Alarm parameter It remains set until the rate of change drops below the configured rate If latched the alarm will remain set until it is unlatched ChxLAlarm 3 This bit is set when the input signal moves beneath the configured Low Alarm limit It remains set until the signal moves above the configured trigger point If latched the alarm will remain set until it is unlatched If a deadband is specified the alarm will also remain set as long as the signal remains within the configured
303. n Fault bit bit 9 is set in the Module Fault word The table lists the conditions that set each of the words Tag Status Bit Event that sets this tag word ChxUnderrange Odd numbered bits from The underrange bit is set when the input signal at the channel is less than or 31 1 bit 31 represents equal to the minimum detectable signal channel 0 For more information on the minimum detectable signal for each module see For a full listing of the page 61 This bit also sets the appropriate bit in the Channel Fault word channels these bits represent see page 82 ChxOverrange Even numbered bits from The overrange bit is set when the input signal at the channel is greater than 30 0 bit 30 represents or equal to the maximum detectable signal channel 0 For more information on the maximum detectable signal for each module see For a full listing of the page 61 This bit also sets the appropriate bit in the Channel Fault word channels these bits represent see on page 82 84 Publication 1756 UMO009C EN P December 2010 1756 IF8 Module Fault and Status Reporting Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Non isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 1756 IF8 Chapter 4 The 1756 IF8 module multicasts status and fault data to the owner listening controller with its channel data The fault data is arranged in such a manner as to let you choose the level of granularity for examining fault cond
304. n Modules ChannelFaults INT All Collection of individual channel fault bits in one word Can address individual channel fault via bit notation ex ChannelFaults 3 for channel 3 ChOFault BOOL All Individual channel fault status bit Indicates a hard fault has occurred on the channel that means calibration is ongoing or if an input an overrange or underrange condition is present or if an output a low or high clamp condition is occurring These bits also are set by the controller if communication is lost with the I O module ModuleFaults INT All Collection of all module level fault bits AnalogGroupFault BOOL All Indicates if a channel fault has occurred on any channel InGroupFault BOOL All inputs Indicates if a channel fault has occurred on any input channel Calibrating BOOL All Indicates if a calibration is currently in progress on any channel CalFault BOOL All Status bit indicating if any channel has a bad calibration Bad calibration means the last attempt to calibrate the channel failed with an error CJUnderrange BOOL 1756 IT6l and Status bit to indicate if the cold junction reading is currently beneath the 1756 IT6I2 lowest detectable temperature of 0 0 C 32 F Publication 1756 UMOO9C EN P December 2010 327 Appendix B Analog 1 0 Tag Definitions Integer Input Tags Tag Name Data Type Applicable Definition Modules CJOverrange BOOL 1756 IT6I and Status bit to i
305. n detects this condition The table lists the input ranges of non isolated input modules and the lowest highest signal available in each range before the module detects an underrange overrange condition Low and High Signal Limits on Temperature measuring Input Modules in Range in Range 1756 IR6l 1 487 Q 0 859068653 Q 507 862 Q 2 1000 Q 20 1016 502 Q 4 2000 Q AQ 2033 780 Q 8 4020 Q 80 4068 392 Q 1756 IT6l and 12 30 mV 15 80323 mV 31 396 mV Mss od 12 78 mV 15 15836 mV 79 241 mV IMPORTANT Be careful when disabling all alarms on the channel because It also disables the underrange overrange detection feature If alarms are disabled overrange underrange is zero and the only way you can discover a wire off detection is from the input value itself If you need to detect a wire off status do not disable all alarms We recommend that you disable only unused channels so extraneous alarm bits are not set 123 Chapter6 Temperature measuring Analog Modules 1756 IR6I 1756 IT6I and 1756 IT6I2 Amplitude 124 Digital Filter The digital filter is available only in applications using floating point mode The digital filter smooths input data noise transients on each input channel This value specifies the time constant for a digital first order lag filter on the input It is specified in units of milliseconds A value of 0 disables the filter The digital filter equation
306. n for your application program IMPORTANT RSLogix 9000 software version 15 and later lets you add 1 0 modules online When using any previous version you must be offline when you create a new module 1 On the Controller Organizer right click I O Configuration and choose New Module alsje 5 Hele fo Permes s anpra re IBY LC oce Offline D F RUN Path nene z l Pose M s unt No Forces gt HS t NoEdis eS 4 alapa se poe o o o gt Redundancy t B lt gt f Favorites an A Satey A ems A Bt A Ter B Controller Controller Controller Tags E Controller Fault Har E Power Up Handler GS Tasks EA Maintask E C MainProgram E Unscheduled Progr E Motion Groups Gi Ungrouped Axes 3 Add On Instructions 5 6 Data Types Gih User Defined GR Predefined E Cj Module Defined 3 Trends Fes 1 0 Configuratioy B 1756 Backple J New Module 0 1756 a Cut Cle Ba Copy Ctrl C E Paste ues Print D The Select Module dialog box appears Select Module x odule Analog Communications Controllers Digital Drives Motion Other Specialty A EE Find Add Favorite 202 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Configure ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules Chapter 10 2 Click the next to Analog for a list for this module group Select Modul
307. n in the ControlLogix System Using RSNetWorx and RSLogix 5000 Software 22 Typically each module in the system will have one owner only Input modules can have more than one owner Output modules however are limited to a single owner For mote information on the increased flexibility provided by multiple owners and the ramifications of using multiple owners see Configuration Changes in an Input Module with Multiple Owners on page 34 The I O configuration portion of the RSLogix5000 programming software generates the configuration data for each I O module in the control system whether the module is in a local or remote chassis A remote chassis also known as networked contains the I O module but not the module s owner controller A remote chassis can be connected to the controller via a scheduled connection on the ControlNet network or an EtherNet IP network RSLogix 5000 configuration data is transferred to the controller during the program download and subsequently transferred to the appropriate I O modules I O modules in the local chassis and modules in a remote chassis connected via the EtherNet IP network or unscheduled connections on the ControlNet network are ready to run as soon as the configuration data has been downloaded However to enable scheduled connections to I O modules on the ControlNet network you must schedule the network by using RSNetWorx for ControlNet software Running RSNetWorx software transfer
308. n is explained on the TJE Mainroutine 7 1 next page Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Use Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration Appendix C This window contains the same information for each rung except for the Object Attribute field The information in this field is as follows Rung 0 6e Rung 1 6c Rung 2 6b Rung 3 6d Rung 4 6f Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Configuration Dialog Boxes The example below shows the message configuration setting for rung O if using RSLogix 5000 software version 9 and earlier RSLogix 5000 Software Version 9 and Earlier Message Configuration Slot Ch0 HH Alarm unlatch Lx Configuration Communication Message Type CIP Generic kd Service Code e Hex Source m Object Type b o Hex Num OfElemens D 4 Bytes Object ID Destination m Object Attribute Hex Create Tag O Enable Enable Waiting Start Done Done Length 0 Error Code Timed Out Extended Error Code Cancel Apply Help For the newer versions of RSLogix 5000 software you are required only to choose a Service Type and configure the Instance RSLogix 5000 Software Version 10 and Later Message Configuration Slot1_Ch0_H_Alarm_Unlatch Configuration Communication Tag l Message Type CIP Generic m Sepe Unlatch Ana
309. n only be used in applications up to 700 C 1292 F Type N thermocouples can only be used in applications up to 800 C 1472 F The information represented in the table is shown graphically in the following illustrations Thermocouple Module Resolution Type B Thermocouple Connection in a 12 30 mV Input Range 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 Application Temperature in C Publication 1756 UM009C EN P December 2010 Additional Specification Information Appendix E Thermocouple Module Resolution Type R Thermocouple Connection in a 12 30 mV Input Range 020 4 0 18 4 0 16 4 014 4 Minimum Amount of Degree Change Required for Thermocouple Module 010 4 to Report the Change 0 06 0 04 4 002 4 0 00 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 Application Temperature in C Thermocouple Module Resolution Type S Thermocouple Connection in a 12 30 mV Input Range Minimum Amount of Degree Change Required for Thermocouple Module to Report the Change oos tis a 004 002 ww mA Application Temperature in C Thermocouple Module Resolution Type E Thermocouple Connection in a 12 30 mV Input Range 020 5 018 Minimum Amount of Degree Change Required for Thermocouple Module 9 4 to Report the Change m nae a 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 Application Temperature in C Publication 1756
310. n set until an unlatch service is explicitly sent to the channel or alarm ChOConfigRate BOOL All inputs Enables latching for the rate alarm Latching causes the rate alarm to remain AlarmLatch set until an unlatch service is explicitly sent to the channel or alarm ChOConfigDigital INT All inputs A non zero value enables the filter providing a time constant in milliseconds Filter used in a first order lag filter to smooth the input signal Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 335 Appendix B Analog 0 Tag Definitions Floating Point Configuration Tags Tag Name Data Type Applicable Definition Modules ChOConfigTenOhm INT 1756 IR6l A value from 100 100 that represents 1 00 1 00 Qand is an offset used Offset when linearizing a 10 Q copper sensor types input ChOConfigRate INT All inputs The trigger point for the rate alarm status bit that sets if the input signal AlarmLimit changes at a rate faster than the configured rate alarm Configured in percent full scale per second ChOConfigLow REAL All One of four points used in scaling The low signal is in terms of the inputs Signal signal units and corresponds to the low engineering term when scaled The scaling equation is shown below Signal Low Signal x High Engineering Low Engineering Data LowEngineering High Signal Low Signal ChOConfigHigh REAL All One of four points used in scaling The high signal i
311. nFault 1756 IF16 Channel Fault Word Bits Integer Mode In integer mode Channel Fault word bits operate exactly as described in floating point mode The table lists the conditions that set all Channel Fault wotd bits This condition sets all Channel And causes the module to display the Fault word bits following in the Channel Fault word bits A channel is being calibrated FFFF for single ended operating mode e OOFF for differential operating mode e 000F for high speed differential operating mode A communications fault occurred FFFF for all bits regardless of the application between the module and its owner controller Your logic can monitor the Channel Fault Word bit for a particular input to determine the state of that point Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 83 Chapter4 Non isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 1756 IF8 1756 IF16 Channel Status Word Bits Integer Mode The Channel Status wotd has these differences when the 1756 IF16 module is used in integer mode Only Underrange and Overrange conditions are reported by the module Alarming and Calibration Fault activities are not available although the Calibration Fault bit in the Module Fault word activates if a channel is not properly calibrated There is one 32 bit Channel Status word for all 16 channels When the Calibration Fault bit bit 7 is set in any of the words the Calibratio
312. nalogGroupFault When the module is calibrating all 10 Calibrating 4 bits in the Channel Fault word are set 9 Cal Fault 14 13 12 and 11 are not used f set any bit in the Channel Fault word also sets the Channel Fault Word Analog Group Fault in the Module Fault word described on page 87 7 Ch7Fault i l t i t 6 Ch6Fault 5 Ch5Fault 7 6151413 2 1 0 4 Ch4Fault 3 Ch3Fault tf ttf t ttf 2 Ch2Fault 1 Chi Fault 0 ChOFault Eight channels used in S E wiring Four channels used in Diff wiring Two channels used in H S Diff wiring All start at bit 0 An underrange overrange condition A channel calibration fault sets appropriate Channel Fault bits sets the calibration fault in the Module Fault word Channel Status Words One for each channel described 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 on page 88 7 ChxCalFault 3 ChxLAlarm Alarm bits 0 4 in the Channel Status word 6 ChxUnderange 2 ChxHAlarm do not set additional bits at any higher level 5 ChxOverrange 1 ChxLLAlarm You must monitor these conditions here 4 ChxRateAlarm 0 ChxHHAlarm The number of channel status words is dependent on the co
313. nd the low clamp for 8V If a controller sends a value corresponding to 9V to the module the module will only apply 8V to its screw terminals Clamping alarms can be disabled or latched on a per channel basis IMPORTANT Clamping is only available in floating point mode Clamp values are in engineering scaling units and are not automatically updated when the engineering high and low scaling units are changed Failure to update the clamp values may generate a very small output signal that could be misinterpreted as a hardware problem To see how to set the clamping limits see page 223 152 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Non isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 Chapter 7 Clamp Limit Alarms This function wotks directly with clamping When a module receives a data value from the controller that exceeds clamping limits it applies signal values to the clamping limit but also sends a status bit to the controller notifying it that the value sent exceeds the clamping limits Using the example above if a module has clamping limits of 8V and 8V but then receives data to apply 9V only 8V is applied to the screw terminals and the module sends a status bit back to the controller informing it that the 9V value exceeds the module s clamping limits IMPORTANT Limit alarms are available only in floating point mode To see how to enable all alarms see page 223
314. nd the I O module For example if you use an integer data format with the 1756 OF6CI module the clamping feature is not available for use Format type Description Integer This mode uses a 16 bit signed format and allows faster sampling rates while using less memory in the controller but also limits the availability of features on your module The faster sampling rates and lower memory usage vary according to module and application type For more information on the specific sampling rates see the Module Filter section in the module specific chapters Memory usage can be up to 50 less than in floating point Floating point This mode uses a 32 bit IEEE floating point format and offers all module features TIP We recommend that you use the floating point data format in most applications Floating point is simpler to use All ControlLogix analog I O modules default to floating point when initialled configured You should use only the integer data format if your application requires faster sampling rates than offered in floating point or if your application memory is extremely limited Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 ControlLogix Analog I O Module Features Chapter 3 Module Inhibiting Module inhibiting lets you indefinitely suspend a connection between an owner controller and an analog I O module This process can occur in either of the following ways You
315. nd the connection be inhibited To prevent other owners from receiving potentially erroneous data do the following steps when changing a module s configuration in a multiple owner controller scenario while online 1 For each owner controller inhibit the controller s connection to the module either in the software on the Connection tab or the pop up window warning of the multiple owner controller condition 2 Make the appropriate configuration data changes in the software For detailed information on using RSLogix 5000 software to change configuration see Chapter 10 3 Repeatstep 1 and step 2 for all owner controllers making the exact same changes in all controllers 4 Disable the Inhibit box in each owner s configuration 34 Publication 1756 UMOO9C EN P December 2010 Chapter 3 Introduction Common Analog 1 0 Features Publication 1756 UMOO9C EN P December 2010 ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Module Features This chapter describes features that are common to all ControlLogix analog I O modules ControlLogix analog input modules convert an analog signal of either volts millivolts milliamps or ohms that is connected to the module s screw terminals into a digital value The digital value that represents the magnitude of the analog signal is then transmitted on the backplane to either a controller or other control entities ControlLogix output modules convert a digital value that is delivered to the module via t
316. ndicate if the cold junction reading is currently above the highest 1756 IT6I2 detectable temperature of 86 0 C 186 F ChannelStatus INT All Collection of individual channel status bits ChOUnderrange BOOL All inputs Alarm bits indicating the channel s input is less than the minimum detectable input signal ChOOverrange BOOL All inputs Alarms bit indicating the channel s input is greater than the maximum detectable input signal ChOData INT All inputs The channel input signal represented in counts where 32 768 counts is the minimum detectable input signal and 32 767 counts is the maximum detectable CJData INT 1756 IT6l and The cold junction sensor temperature in counts where 32 768 counts is 1756 IT6I2 0 C 32 F and 32 767 counts is 86 C 186 F CSTTimestamp Array of All if the CST Timestamp taken at time the input data was sampled or if an output when the DINT connection is output was applied and placed in terms of coordinated system time that is a selected 64 bit quantity in microseconds coordinated across the rack Must be addressed in 32 bit chunks as an array Rollinglimestamp INT All Timestamp taken at time the input data was sampled or if an output when the output was applied that is in terms of milliseconds relative solely to the individual module Integer Output Tags Integer Output Tags Tag Name Data Type Applicable Definition Modules ChOData INT All outputs The value the channel is to output in counts wh
317. nditions are reported by the module Calibration Fault reporting is not available in this word although the Calibration Fault bit in the Module Fault word will still activate when that condition exists on any channel There is only one Channel Status word for all four channels on 1756 OF4 and all eight channels on 1756 OF8 The table lists the conditions that set each of the Status Word bits Tag Status Bit Event that sets this tag word ChxOpenWire Odd numbered bits from bit The Open Wire bit is set only if the configured Output Range is 0 20 mA 15 bit 1 that is bit 15 and the circuit becomes open due to a wire falling or being cut when the represents channel 0 output being driven is above 0 1mA The bit will remain set until correct wiring is restored For a full listing of the channels these bits represent see page 163 ChxInHold Even numbered bits from The Output In Hold bit is set when the output channel is currently holding The bit 14 bit 0 that is bit 14 bit resets when the requested Run mode output value is within 0 1 of represents channel 0 full scale of the current echo value For a full listing of the channels these bits represent see page 163 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 165 Chapter 7 Non isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 Notes 166 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Chapter 8 Isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF
318. ndow appeats asking if you want to change the controller mode to remote program mode RSLogix 5000 dd Change controller mode to Remote Program Yes No 3 Click Yes 4 Make any necessary changes For example the RPI can be only changed in Program mode 5 Do one of the following Click Apply to store a change but stay on the dialog box to choose another tab Click OK if you ate finished making changes Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 229 Chapter 10 Configure 1 0 Modules in a Remote Chassis 230 6 Configure ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules Before the RPI rate is updated online RSLogix 5000 software verifies your desired change RSLogix 5000 DANGER Connection Interruption Changing connection parameters online will interrupt connection s to this module and to any modules connected through this module Connection s from other controllers may be broken Connection parameters changed that interrupt connections are Apply changes 3 o9 Click Yes to verify any software changes The RPI in this example is changed and the new configuration data is transferred to the controller We recommend that you change the module back to Run mode after changes are made in Program mode There are separate communication modules available for different networks to configure I O modules in a remote chassis The ControlNet and EtherNet IP communication modules must be conf
319. nel Isolated Voltage Current Analog Input Vendor Allen Bradley Parent Local Name ssolaed Input Modul Slot f j Description zl Comm Format Float Data Revision fr f i Electronic Keying Compatible Keying Y Iv Open Module Properties Cancel Help 5 In the Name box type a module name Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 203 Chapter 10 Configure ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules 6 In the slot box enter the module s slot number 7 In the Description box type an optional description for the module 8 From the Comm Format pull down menu choose a communication format See page 205 for a description of the communication format choices IMPORTANT Make sure you choose the correct communication format for your application because you cannot change the selection after the program is downloaded with the controller You will have to reconfigure the module to change the communication format 9 Choose an electronic keying method See page 37 for details 10 Do one of the following to either accept default configuration settings ot edit configuration data a To accept the default configuration settings make sure Open Module Properties is not checked and then click OK b To set up a custom configuration make sure Open Module Properties is checked and then click OK The New Module Properties dialog box appears with tabs for entry of additional configuration settings TIP 204
320. ng Damp Heat Vibration 2g Q 10 500 Hz IEC 60068 2 6 Test Fc Operating Shock operating 30g IEC 60068 2 27 Test Ea Unpackaged Shock Shock nonoperating 50g IEC 60068 2 27 Test Ea Unpackaged Shock Emissions CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A ESD Immunity 6 kV contact discharges IEC 61000 4 2 8 kV air discharges IEC 61 Radiated RF Immunity 3 000 4 10V m with 1 kHz sine wave 8096 AM from 80 2000 MHz 10V m with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM 900 MHz 10V m with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM 1890 MHz 3V m with 1 kHz sine wave 8096 AM from 2000 2700 MHz EFT B Immunity 2 kV at 5 kHz on shielded signal ports IEC 61000 4 4 Surge Transient Immunity 2 kV line earth CM on shielded signal ports IEC 61000 4 5 Conducted RF Immunity 10V rms with 1 kHz sine wave 80 AM from 150 kHz 80 MHz on shielded signal ports IEC 61000 4 6 318 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Analog 1 0 Module Specifications Appendix A Certifications 1756 OF6CI Certification 1756 OF6CI UL UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584 CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment See CSA File LR54689C CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class Division 2 Group A B C D Hazardous Locations See CSA File LR69960C CE European Union 2004 108 IEC EMC Directive co mpliant with EN 61326 1 Meas Control Lab Industrial Requir
321. nge in floating point mode maximum possible scaled value or 32 767 counts in integer mode e The ChxOverrange x channel number tag is set to 1 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Sourcing Current Loop Input Module 1756 IF6CIS and Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Module 1756 IF6l Chapter 5 Wire Off Conditions in Different Applications Wire Off Condition Occurrence Current Applications When the condition occurs because a wire is disconnected Input data for that channel changes to the scaled value associated with the underrange signal value of the selected operational range in floating point mode minimum possible scaled value or 32 768 counts in integer mode The ChxUnderrange x channel number tag is set to 1 When the condition occurs because the RTB has been disconnected from the module 1756 IF6 module only Input data for that channel changes to the scaled value associated with the overrange signal value of the selected operational range in floating point mode maximum possible scaled value or 32 767 counts in integer mode The ChxOverrange x channel number tag is set to 1 For more tag information see Appendix B Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 103 Chapter5 Sourcing Current Loop Input Module 1756 IF6CIS and Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Module 1756 IF6I Use Module Block and This section shows the 1756 IF6CIS and 1756 IF6I modules block d
322. nnel 1 IN 2 4 IN 3 Channel 2 IN 4 IN 5 Channel 3 IN 6 IN 7 All terminals marked RTN are connected internally f multiple or multiple terminals are tied together connect that tie point to a RTN terminal to maintain the module s accuracy Terminals marked RTN or i RTN are not used for differential voltage wiring Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal IMPORTANT When operating in two channel High speed mode only use channels 0 and 2 289 Appendix A Analog 0 Module Specifications 1756 IF8 Single ended Current Channel 0 i 0 2 1 iR 1 RA4 3 ai iR ray i E s d s Shield Ground r Slee es RIN i 9 RTI Channel 5 l y 4 ZN 12 11 i RTN 4 2 wire z i 14 13 i L Transmitter 3 iRTINS N 6 a 16 15 g i RTN 6 7 a 18 17 i RTN 7 U 20 19 U User provided d E Not Used Loop Power ot Used epe ot Used ot Used gp 23 ot Used ot Used C52 25 Not Used ot Used 28 27 ot Used ot Used Cp3o 29 ot Used ot Used q 32 31 Not Used ot Used 34 33 QD ot Used ot Used CDj36 35 CD Not Used All terminals
323. nue gt Calibrate Channels in Groups Calibrate Channels One at a Time Baci Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 243 Chapter 11 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog I O Modules TIP You can select whether to calibrate channels in groups all at once or each channel at a time The example above shows all channels will be calibrated at the same time We recommend you calibrate all channels on your module each time you calibrate This will help you maintain consistent calibration readings and improve module accuracy 8 Click Next The Low Reference Voltage Signals wizard appears to show which channels will be calibrated for a low reference and the range of the calibration It also shows what reference signal is expected at the input Calibration Wizard Attach Low Reference Voltage Signals Attach Low Reference Calibration Sate signal s to indicated Range Reference channel s Volts 10to 10 V 10to 10 v 10to 10 Vv Press Next to start 10to10 v calibration A0to10 V Tv 10te10v Channels 0 1 2 3 4 5 9 Click Next Click Back to return to the last window to make any necessary changes Click Stop to halt the calibration process if necessary 10 Set the calibrator fot the low reference and apply it to the module 244 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules Chapter 11 A Results wizard displays the status
324. o other controllers in Listen mode Clear the box if there are other listening controllers in the system Module Fault Do one of the following The fault box is empty if you are offline The type of connection fault appears in the text box if a fault occurs when the module is online Click Apply to store a change but stay on the dialog box to choose another tab Click OK to apply the change and close the dialog box Click Cancel to close the dialog box without applying changes Configuration Tab The Configuration tab lets you program information on a channel by channel basis The number of channels depends on the selected output module Will Module Properties Local 2 1756 OF6VI 1 1 X Dutput State Limits Calibration Backplane General Connection Module Info it Status Offline 106 V 100 M Channel o 1 2 3 4 s Sensor Offset foo Hold for Initialization Scaling High Signal High Engineering fioo V E fioo Low Signal Low Engineering Cancel Apply Help Publication 1756 UMOO9C EN P December 2010 Publication 1756 UMOO9C EN P December 2010 Configure ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules Chapter 10 1 Choose from the options on the Configuration tab Field Name Description Channel Click the channel that is being configured Sensor Offset Type a value to compensate for any sensor offset errors Hold
325. ock RTB with field side power applied an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding Before installing the RTB make certain field side wiring of the RTB has been completed the RTB housing is snapped into place on the RTB the RTB housing door is closed the locking tab at the top of the module is unlocked 1 Align the top bottom and left side guides of the RTB with the guides on the module E I5 E Ean eR SH Ne Sey TE E ROSE ES Hes HE NE RA VETT mm Top Guide Bottom Guide 20853 M 2 Press quickly and evenly to seat the RTB on the module until the latches snap into place Publication 1756 UM009C EN P December 2010 195 Chapter9 Install ControlLogix I O Modules 3 Slide the locking tab down to lock the RTB onto the module 20854 M Remove the Removable If you need to remove the module from the chassis you must first remove the Terminal Block RTB from the module Do these steps to remove the RTB WARNING When you insert or remove the module while backplane power is on an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhaz
326. odule Resolution Type B Thermocouple Connection in a 12 78 mV Input Range 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 Application Temperature in C Thermocouple Module Resolution Type R Thermocouple Connection in a 12 78 mV Input Range 30 25 c 20 Q5 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 Application Temperature in C Thermocouple Module Resolution Type S Thermocouple Connection in a 12 78 mV Input Range 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 Application Temperature in C Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Additional Specification Information Appendix E Thermocouple Module Resolution Type E Thermocouple Connection in a 12 78 mV Input Range 030 25 4 Minimum Amount of 023 L Degree Change Required for Thermocouple Module 15 T to Report the Change 010 nt i J N 00 I i a id T I J 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 Application Temperature in C Thermocouple Module Resolution Type J Thermocouple Connection in a 12 78 mV Input Range 030 025 Minimum Amount of 020 1 Degree Change Required i for Thermocouple Module aa to Report the Change 010 005 S 0 00 l 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 Application Temperature in C Thermocouple Module Resolution Type K Thermocouple Connection in a 12 78 mV Input Range 0 30 0
327. of each channel after calibrating for a low reference If channels are OK continue If any channel reports an error retry step 10 until the status is OK Calibration Wizard Results M SERRE Low Press Next to go on to Calibration High Reference test Channel Calibrate Range Reference Volts 10to 10 V A0to10V ADto10V A0t010V 11 Set the calibrator for the high reference voltage and apply it to the module The High Reference Voltage Signals wizard appears to show which channels will be calibrated for a high reference and the range of the calibration It also shows what reference signal 1s expected at the input Calibration Wizard Attach High Reference Voltage Signals Attach High Reference Calibration High signal s to selected Channel Calibrate Range Reference channel s Volts 10to10 V 10 00 Channels 0 1 2 3 4 f f 5 10to10 V 10 00 401010 V 1000 Press Next to start M Oto10 10 00 calibration 10t010V 10 00 0toi0v 1000 12 Click Next Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 245 Chapter 11 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog I O Modules 246 A Results wizard displays the status of each channel after calibrating for a high reference If channels are OK continue If any channels report an error retry step 11 until the status is OK Calibration Wizard Results High Reference Press Next to continue ibrati
328. ogix 1756 OF6CI and OF6VI User Count Conversion to Output Signal Knowledgebase Technical Note IDs 41574 and 41576 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 171 Chapter 8 Isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF6CI and 1756 OF6VI Use Module Block and This section shows the 1756 OF6CI and 1756 OF6VI modules block Output Circuit Diagrams diagrams and output circuit diagrams 1756 OF6CI Module Block Diagram Field Side l Backplane Side 15V DC DC Current Converter Regulator 5V lt DC DC Shutdown Circuit RIUP Circuit D A Converter System Current Regulator Micro Backplane controller ASIC SE C Current Regulator Serial Details of the 1756 OFGCI output I EEPROM FLASH SRAM circuitry are on page 174 i ROM I I 43501 3 of 6 channels m mm m Channel Isolation 172 Publication 1756 UM009C EN P December 2010 1756 OF6VI Module Block Diagram Isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF6CI and 1756 OF6VI Field Side l Backplane Side l 15V 1 Voltage did DC DC R lat onverter E RIUP cei Shutdown Circuit e D A Converter Optos Circuit E System M 5V 15V DDC Voltage C i Regulator tV som aes er D A Converter Micro Backplane
329. ohms for temperature conversions and the two thermocouple modules 1756 IT6I 1756 IT612 convert millivolts Topic Page Choose a Data Format 120 Temperature measuring Module Features 121 Differences Between the 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT6I2 Modules 131 Use Module Block and Input Circuit Diagrams 136 Wire the Modules 138 1756 IT6l Wiring Example 139 1756 IT612 Wiring Example 140 Fault and Status Reporting 141 Fault Reporting in Floating Point Mode 142 Fault Reporting in Integer Mode 145 These modules also support features described in Chapter 3 See the table for some of these features Feature Page Removal and Insertion Under Power RIUP 36 Module Fault Reporting 36 Configurable Software 36 Electronic Keying 37 Access to System Clock for Timestamp Functions 44 Rolling Timestamp 44 Producer Consumer Model 44 Status Indicator Information 45 Full Class Division 2 Compliance 45 Agency Certification 45 Field Calibration 45 Sensor Offset 46 Latching of Alarms 46 Publication 1756 UMOO9C EN P December 2010 119 Chapter6 Temperature measuring Analog Modules 1756 IR6I 1756 IT6I and 1756 IT6I2 Choose a Data Format Data format determines how the data is returned from the module to the owner controller and the features that are available to your application You choose a data format when you choose a Communication Format You can choose one of these data formats
330. oller This information is used to communicate data between the controller and module Follow these steps to modify a default configuration 1 On the New Module dialog box make sure Open Module Properties is checked 2 Click OK lil Module Properties ENBT 6 1756 OF6VI 1 1 General Connection Module Info Configuration Output State Limits Calibration Backplane Requested Packet Interval RP D50 4 ms 25 0 750 0 ms Inhibit Module C Major Fault On Controller If Connection Fails While in Run Mode Use Unicast Connection over EtherNet IP Module Fault Status Offline The Module Properties dialog box appears with tabs to access additional module information The Connection tab is the default General Connection Module Info Configuration Output State Limits Calibration Backplane TIP Tabs can be selected in any order The following examples are for instructional purposes 218 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Configure ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules Chapter 10 Connection Tab The Connection tab on the Module Properties dialog box lets you enter a requested packet interval RPI inhibit a module and set a connection fault when the module is in Run mode The RPI provides a defined maximum period of time when data is transferred to the owner controller lil Module Properties ENBT 6 1756 OF6VI 1 1 General Connection Module Info Configuration Outpu
331. on Ownership Publication 1756 UMOO9C EN P December 2010 Analog 1 0 Operation in the ControlLogix System I O modules are interfaces between the controller and the field devices that comprise the ControlLogix system Analog signals which are continuous ate converted by the module and used by the controller to mandate field device results This chapter describes how analog I O modules operate within the ControlLogix system Topic Page Ownership 21 Using RSNetWorx and RSLogix 5000 Software 22 Direct Connections 23 Input Module Operation 24 Input Modules in a Local Chassis 24 Real Time Sample RTS 24 Requested Packet Interval RPI 25 Input Modules in a Remote Chassis 2 Output Module Operation 29 Output Modules in a Local Chassis 29 Output Modules in a Remote Chassis 30 Listen only Mode 32 Multiple Owners of Input Modules 33 Configuration Changes in an Input Module with Multiple Owners 34 Every I O module in the ControlLogix system must be owned by a ControlLogix controller This owner controller stotes configuration data for every module that it owns e can be local or remote in regard to the I O module s position sends the I O module configuration data to define the module s behavior and begin operation within the control system Each ControlLogix I O module must continuously maintain communication with its owner to operate normally 21 Chapter2 Analog 0 Operatio
332. on Module Info Configuration Alarm Configuration Calibration Backplane Requested Packet Interval API hoo ms 25 0 750 0 ms Inhibit Module Major Fault On Controller If Connection Fails While in Run Mode Code 16 0204 Connection Request Error Connection request timed out Status Faulted 276 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Appendix A 1756 Analog 1 0 Module Features Module Type 1756 analog input modules Analog 1 0 Module Specifications The table lists where in this user manual you can find specifications for the ControlLogix analog I O modules in this user manual For the latest 1 0 module specifications see the l 1756 ControlLogix I O Modules Technical Specifications publication 1756 TD002 ControllogixAnalogModules Pae 5eIFECIS sis PIG 1756 IF6l 284 1756 IF8 289 1756 IF16 294 1756 IR6l 299 1756 IT6l 304 1756 IT6I2 308 1756 OF4 312 1756 OF6CI 316 1756 OF6VI 320 1756 OF8 323 Features On board data alarming Scaling to engineering units Real time channel sampling Data Format Integer mode left justified 2s complement IEEE 32 bit floating point Module conversion method Sigma Delta 1756 analog output modules Publication 1756 UMOO9C EN P December 2010 Data format Integer mode left justified 2s complement IEEE 32 bit floating point Module conversion method R Ladder DAC monotonicity wi
333. on from Program mode back to Run mode 3 Module reestablishes communication after a fault ChOFault Mode BOOL All outputs Selects the behavior the output channel should take if a communication fault occurs Either hold last state 0 or go to a user defined value 1 ChOFaultValue defines the value to go to on fault if the bit is set ChOProgMode BOOL All outputs Selects the behavior the output channel when transitioned into Program mode Either hold last state 0 or go to a user defined value 1 ChOProgValue defines the value to go to on fault if the bit is set ChORampToProg BOOL All outputs Enables ramping of the output value to a use defined Program value ChOProgValue when set Ramping defines the maximum rate the output is allowed to transition based upon the configured ChORampRate ChORampToFault BOOL All outputs Enables ramping of the output value to a user defined Fault value ChOFaultValue when set Ramping defines the maximum rate the output is allowed to transition based upon the configured ChORampRate ChOFaultValue INT All outputs Defines the value in counts the output should take if a communication fault occurs when the ChOFaultMode bit is set ChOProgValue INT All outputs Defines the value in counts the output should take when the connection transitions to Program mode if the ChOProgMode bit is set ChORampRate 330 INT All ou
334. on temperature must change by 0 017 degrees or greater for the 1756 IT6l module to record a change If the temperature stays in a range from 399 984 400 0169 C 751 971 752 030 F the module will continue to report an application temperature of 400 C 752 F Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 373 AppendixE Additional Specification Information Module Resolution 12 30 mV Range The table lists the resolution of ControlLogix thermocouple modules when used in the 12 30 mV input range Application Module Resolution in degrees When Connected to This Thermocouple Type Joperemure B R s eno Ja g Iya JT 0 C 32 F 0 13 0 13 0 012 0 014 0 018 0 027 0 018 200 C 392 F 0 08 0 08 0 009 0 013 0 018 0 021 0 013 400 C 752 F 0 17 0 07 0 07 0 009 0 013 0 017 0 019 0 011 600 C 1112 F 0 12 0 06 0 07 0 016 0 02 800 C 1472 F 0 09 0 06 0 06 0 02 1000 C 1832 F 0 08 0 05 0 06 1200 C 2192 F 0 07 0 05 0 06 1400 C 2552 F 0 06 0 05 0 06 1600 C 2919 F 0 06 0 05 0 06 1 2 3 4 Minimum Amount of Degree Change Required o for Thermocouple Module to Report the Change 374 1800 C 3272 F 0 06 0 06 0 07 Type E thermocouples can only be used in applications up to 400 C 752 F Type J thermocouples can only be used in applications up to 550 C 1022 F Type K thermocouples ca
335. onic keying protection mode that requires that the physical module and the module configured in the software to match accotding to vendor and catalog number In this case the minor revision of the module must be greater than or equal to that of the configured slot connection The communication mechanism from the controller to another module in the conttol system coordinated system time CST Timer value which is kept synchronized for all modules within a single ControlBus chassis direct connection An I O connection where the controller establishes an individual connection with I O modules disable keying An electronic keying protection mode that requires no attributes of the physical module and the module configured in the software to match download The process of transferring the contents of a project on the workstation into the controller 389 Glossary 390 electronic keying A feature where modules can be requested to perform an electronic check to make sure that the physical module is consistent with what was configured by the software exact match An electronic keying protection mode that requires the physical module and the module configured in the software to match according to vendor catalog number major revision and minor revision field side Interface between user field wiring and I O module inhibit A ControlLogix process that lets you configure an I O module but prevent it from communicat
336. only CST timestamped integer data Listen only float data Listen only integer data Listen only CST timestamped float data differential mode Listen only CST timestamped float data high speed mode Listen only CST timestamped float data single ended mode Listen only CST timestamped integer data differential mode Listen only CST timestamped integer data high speed mode Listen only CST timestamped integer data single ended mode Listen only Float data differential mode Listen only Float data high speed mode Listen only Float data single ended mode Listen only Integer data differential mode Listen only Integer data high speed mode Listen only Integer data single ended mode 206 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Configure ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules Chapter 10 Output Module Formats The table describes the communication formats used with analog output modules Output Module Communication Formats If you want the output module return this data Floating point output data Choose this communications format Float data Integer output data Integer data Floating point output data and receives data echo values with a CST timestamp value CST timestamped float data Integer output data and receives data echo values with a CST timestamp value CST timestamped integer data Specif
337. ons 103 voltage applications 102 1756 IR6I module ohms applications 127 temperature applications 127 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT612 modules millivolt applications 128 temperature applications 128 wiring cage clamp RTB 192 connecting grounded end of wiring 190 connecting ungrounded end of wiring 192 connecting wiring to the RTB 189 spring clamp RTB 193 using the IFM 17 using the RTB 17 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 wiring examples 1756 IF6l module 1756 IR6 module 1756 IT6l module 1 1756 OF4 module 1756 OF8 module Index 1756 IF16 module 70 73 1756 IF6CIS module 106 108 109 110 1756 IF8 module 74 77 138 39 1756 IT612 modules 140 157 1756 OF6CI module 177 1756 OF6VI module 178 158 397 Index Notes 398 Publication 1756 UMO009C EN P December 2010 Rockwell Automation Support Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At http www rockwellautomation com support you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local di
338. or at 25 C 77 F is 1 75 degrees In other words the difference between the temperature the module reports and the actual application temperature can be 1 75 degrees The module may report an application temperature of 1200 C 2192 F in this case when the actual temperature can be in the range from 1196 26 1203 74 C 2185 268 2198 732 F IMPORTANT When determining the thermocouple error we used a typical error of 0 05 of temperature range The error calculations are listed for each range that is 12 30 mV and 12 78 mV in the rest of this section However keep in mind that if cold junction compensation is performed on the thermocouple modules the cold junction sensor error values must be added to the 1 75 degrees value in the example above and the numbers listed in the rest of this section 366 Publication 1756 UM009C EN P December 2010 Additional Specification Information Appendix E Module Error at 25 C 77 F 12 30 mV Range The table lists the ControlLogix thermocouple modules error at 25 C 77 F when used in the 12 30 mV input range Application Module Error in degrees at 25 C 77 F When Connected to This Thermocouple Type Temperate B R S p ja ka ya T 0 C 32 F 0 358 0 42 0 532 0 803 0 542 200 C 392 F 2 37 2 48 0 284 0 38 0 525 0 637 0 395 400 C 752 F 2 02 2 19 0 262 0 38 0 497 0 566 0 340 600 C 111
339. or channel 0 can be unlatched simultaneously with a single message instruction by leaving the object attribute field blank MainProgram MainRoutine BEES Check Alarm bit If Input bit to enable set allow perform Unlatch Unlatch service Locak3lData3 Locaki ChOLLAlam MSG 3 JE JE Type CIP Generic Len d Message Control Slot1_ChO_LL_Alarm_unlatch zz cODN L cCERS Check Alarm bit If Input bit to enable set allow perform Unlatch Unlatch service Locak3lData4 Locakiil ChORateAlarm MSG 4 JE JE Type CIP Generic LEND Message Control Slot1_Ch0_Rate_Alarm_unlatch jx Nos cERS Jf TJE MainRoutine l MainProgram MainRoutine BEE Check Alarm bit If Input bit to enable set allow perform nlatel Unlatch service Local3 Data 0 Local1 l Ch0HHAlarm MSG JE JE Type CIP Generic EN 3 Message Control Slot1_ChO_HH_Alarm_unlatch eat Click on the box in ER each rung to see Check Alarm bit If i Input bit to enable set alow perform the configuration natch Unlatch service Local1 ChOHAlarm MSG and it 3E Type CIP Generic uu Message Control Slori Ch H Alarm unlatch E m commun ication information Check Alarm bit If Inputbitto enable set alow perform pop up associated Unlatch Unlatch service DUME LocakilData2 Localil ChOLAlarm MSG with it This iE it Type CIP Generic y E anu Message Control Slorl ChO L Alarm unlatch zz rz informatio
340. orts Surge Transient Immunity IEC 61000 4 5 2 kV line earth CM on shielded signal ports Conducted RF Immunity IEC 61000 4 6 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 10V rms with 1 kHz sine wave 80 AM from 150 kHz 80 MHz on shielded signal ports 281 Appendix A Analog 0 Module Specifications Certifications 1756 IF6l Certification 1756 IF6l UL UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584 CSA CSA Certified Process Control Equipment See CSA File LR54689C CSA Certified Process Control Equipment for Class Division 2 Group A B C D Hazardous Locations See CSA File LR69960C CE European Union 2004 108 IEC EMC Directive compliant with EN 61326 1 Meas Control Lab Industrial Requirements EN 61000 6 2 Industrial Immunity EN 61000 6 4 Industrial Emissions EN61131 2 Programmable Controllers Clause 8 Zone A amp B European Union 2006 95 EC LVD compliant with EN61131 2 Programmable Controllers Clause 11 C Tick Australian Radiocommunications Act compliant with AS NZS CISPR 11 Industrial Emissions Ex European Union 94 9 EC ATEX Directive compliant with EN 60079 15 Potentially Explosive Atmospheres Protection n EN 60079 0 General Requirements Il 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 X FM FM Approved Equipment for use in Class Division 2 Group A B C D Hazardous Locations TUV 1 288 TUV Certified for Funct
341. other certification details Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 293 Appendix A Analog 0 Module Specifications 1756 IF16 ControlLogix voltage current analog input module 1756 IF16 Differential Current 1756 IF16 Differential Voltage Channel 0 i Channel 0 PES ul a re N 0 lh fg i RTN 0 2 A D N 1 Ja s i RTN 1 a S E m q Jumper _ N 2 d j e RTN 2 nee S Wires Shield Ground N 3 eps 7 i RTN 3 Ground s RIN S ie ac RTN a N 4 C 1G i RTN 4 Channel 3 S le W Channel 3 4 INS Qi BE i RTN 5 2wie gt ED pos 1 N 6 epe iq i RTN 6 d Transmitter A S FIND N 7 18 170C i RT N 7 en 17 g i RTN 7 i q RTN 7 en N 8 D 20 19 4 i RTN 8 b m E is Shield Ground N 9 D 2 n amp D iRTN 9 User provided N 9 E 2221 e i RTN 9 N 10 ee Loop Power N 10 E24 23 E i RTN 10 D RTN 10 N 11 eps 25 1G i RTN 11 N 11 2z 25 i RTN 11 RTN eps 27 RT RTN g 28 27 RTN ee N 12 30 29 RTN 12 N 12 qio 29 q RTN 12 We N 13 ps 8g i RTN 13 N 13 QI 32 31 RTN 13
342. ough the Calibration Fault bit in the Module Fault word will still activate when that condition exists on any channel There is only one Channel Status word for all six channels The table lists the conditions that set each of the word bits Bit Even numbered bits from bit 14 bit O that is bit 14 represents channel 0 For a full listing of the channels these bits represent see page 183 Event that sets this tag The Output In Hold bit is set when the output channel is currently holding The bit resets when the requested Run mode output value is within 0 196 of full scale of the current echo value The 1756 OF6CI and 1756 OF6VI modules do not use bits 15 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 13 11 9 7 or 5 in this mode 185 Chapter 8 Isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF6CI and 1756 OF6VI Notes 186 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Chapter 9 Introduction Install the 1 0 Module Publication 1756 UMOO9C EN P December 2010 Install ControlLogix 1 0 Modules This chapter describes how to install ControlLogix modules Topic Install the 1 0 Module Page 187 Key the Removable Terminal Block 188 Connect Wiring 189 Assemble the RTB and the Housing 194 Install the Removable Terminal Block 195 Remove the Removable Terminal Block 196 Remove the Module from the Chassis 197 You can install or remove a module w
343. oup Fault in the Module Fault word Ltt tt ft ft 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 EL EI T 1g d Channel Fault Word described on page 164 7 Ch7Fault 3 Ch3Fault 6 Ch6fault 2 Ch2Fault 5 ChbFault 1 Ch1Fault 4 Ch4Fault 0 ChOFault gt Channel Status Words described on page 165 15 14 13 12 11 10 918 7 6 5 4 3 2 41 0 152 Ch00penWire 7 Ch40penWire 14 Ch InHold 6 Ch4lnHold Open Wire conditions Output in Hold conditions 13 ChtOpenWire 52 Ch50penWire odd numbered bits set even numbered hits must 12 Ch1InHold 4 Ch5InHold the appropriate bits in the be monitored here 11 Ch20penWire 3 Ch60penWire Channel fault Word 10 Ch2InHold 2 Ch6lnHold 9 Ch30penWire 1 Ch7OpenWire 8 Ch3lnHold 0 Ch7InHold IMPORTANT Bits 0 7 not used on 1756 OF4 41520 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 163 Chapter 7 Non isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF4 and 1756 0F8 Module Fault Word Bits Integer Mode In integer mode Module Fault word bits bits 15 11 operate exactly as desctibed in floating point mode The table lists tags that ate found in the Module Fault Wotd Tag Analog Group Fault Description This bit is set when any bits in the Channel Fault word are set Its tag name is AnalogGroupFault Calibrating This bit is set when an
344. ouple Modules 216 The 1756 IT6I and 1756 IT612 modules have additional configurable points temperature units and cold junction options All of this module s configuration screens match the series listed for input modules beginning on page 207 except for the Configuration Tab The dialog box example and table show the additional settings for the 1756 IT6I and 1756 IT612 modules temperature measuring capability lll Module Properties Local 2 1756 IT6I 1 1 X General Connection Module Info Configuration Alam Configuration Calibration Backplane M Channel c ESSE ESSI Scaling High Signal High Engineering 78 0 C 780 Low Signal f 2 0 4E Low Engineering 120 12mvto78mv v IT TEN pr Input Range Sensor Type Sensor Offset Notch Filter Digital Filter ATS fioo aj ms Temperature Units Celsius Status Offline C Fahrenheit Cancel Apply Help Cold Junction Offset 0 0 T Cold Junction Disable Remote CJ Compensation 1 Choose from the additional options on the Configuration tab Field Name Sensor Type Description Choose a thermocouple sensor type Cold Junction Offset Choose a value to compensate for additional voltage that effects the input signal See page 132 in Chapter 6 for details Cold Junction Disable Check the box to disable the cold junction Remote CJ Compensation
345. ove 2 Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal 40916 M 3 All terminals marked RTN are connected internally 1756 OF4 Voltage wiring example 2 Not used i J VOUT O vies Not used ie IG IOUT O 6 5 RTN RTN KD KD Not used ie IEB VOUT 1 1 ig 3 Shield ground Not used s ED IOUT 1 Not used CD CD VOUT2 Not used IEB IEB IOUT 2 16 15 RN EB B RTN Not used i VOUT 3 3 Not used IEB IEB IOUT 3 NOTES 1 Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal 2 All terminals marked RTN are connected internally 40912 M Publication 1756 UM009C EN P December 2010 157 Chapter 7 Non isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF4 and 1756 0F8 I The illustration shows witing examples for the 1756 OF8 module ire tne oduie g p 1756 0F8 Current wiring example voa ED ia VOUTO 4 3 IOUT 4 IEB IEB IOUT 0 A ae 2 RTN IGS I RTN load 8 VOUT 5 Ia O VOUT 1 0 IOUT 5 IEB IEB IOUT 1 l p n Shield ground VOUT 6 KD Ib VOUT 2 IOUT 6 CO IOUT 2 RTN IEB 8B RTN VOUT 7 ie D VOUT 3 20 T9 IOUT 7 Ie O IOUT 3 NOTES 1 Place additional loop devices that is strip chart recorders and so forth at the A location noted above
346. pter 4 Differential Wiring Method The differential wiring method 1s recommended for applications that may have separate signal pairs or a common ground is not available Differential wiring is recommended for environments where improved noise immunity is needed IMPORTANT This wiring method lets you use only half a module s channels For example you can use only eight channels on the 1756 IF16 module and four channels on the 1756 IF8 module In differential mode the channels ate not totally isolated from each other If multiple differential input signals have different voltage common references one channel could affect the reading of another channel If this condition cannot be avoided then wire these inputs on different modules or replace the non isolated module with an isolated input module High speed Mode Differential Wiring Method You can configure the 1756 IF16 and 1756 IF8 modules for a high speed mode that will give you the fastest data updates possible When using the high speed mode temember these conditions This mode uses the differential wiring method This mode only allows use of one out of every four channels on the module Update times for applications using the high speed mode can be found on page 60 57 Chapter4 Non isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 1756 IF8 Choose a Data Format Data format determines the format of the data returned from the module to the owner controller
347. r in the local chassis will receive updated channel data depending on the values given to these parameters If the RTS value is less than or equal to the RPI each multicast of data from the module will have updated channel information In effect the module is only multicasting at the RTS rate 25 Chapter 2 26 Analog 1 0 Operation in the ControlLogix System If the RTS value is greater than the RPI the module produces at both the RTS rate and the RPI rate Their respective values will dictate how often the ownet controller will receive data and how many multicasts from the module contain updated channel data In the example below the RTS value is 100 ms and the RPI value is 25 ms Only every fourth multicast from the module will contain updated channel data RTS o d 1 8 HN o 100 ms Updated data S 1 M MN pPI sen gen ges BEN 25 ms Same input data as the previous RTS Co oe DU NER DUE RR TRE ERN 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 325 350 375 400 Time ms diis Triggering Event Tasks When configured ControlLogix analog input modules can trigger an event task The event task lets you execute a section of logic immediately when an event that is receipt of new data occuts Your ControlLogix analog I O module can trigger event tasks every RTS after the module has sampled and multicast its data Events tasks are useful for synchronizing process variable
348. range Calibration interval 12 months Offset drift 45 uV C Gain drift with temperature Voltage 15 ppm C Current 20 ppm C Module erro Voltage 0 1 of range Current 0 3 of range Module input scan time min 8 pt single ended floating point 16 488 ms 4 pt differential floating point 8 244 ms 2 pt differential floating point 5 122 m Isolation voltage 250V continuous reinforced insulation type inputs to backplane No isolation between individual inputs Routine tested at 1350V AC for 2 s Removable terminal block 1756 TBCH 1756 TBS6H Slot width 1 Wire size 0 33 2 1 mm 22 14 AWG solid or stranded copper wire rated at 90 C 194 F or greater 1 2 mm 0 047 in insulation max Wire category 213 North American temperature code T4A IEC temperature code T4 Enc 1 2 osure type otch filter dependent None open style aximum wire size requires extended housing catalog number 1756 TBE B Use this conductor category information for planning conductor routing as described in the system level insta Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 lation manual See the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770 4 1 291 Appendix A Analog 1 0 Module Specifications Environmental Specifications 1756 IF8 Attrib ute Temperature operating IEC 60 I
349. range x channel number tag is set to 1 If possibility number 2 in the previous column is the cause Input data for the channel changes to the lowest scaled temperature value associated with the selected RTD type The ChxUnderrange x channel number tag is set to 1 1756 IR6l Module in Ohms Applications Either of the following 1 When only the wire connected to terminal A is lost 2 When any other combination of wires are disconnected from the module See page 138 for a wiring diagram Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 If possibility number 1 in the previous column is the cause Input data for the channel changes to the highest scaled ohm value associated with the selected ohms range The ChxOverrange x channel number tag is set to 1 If possibility number 2 in the previous column is the cause Input data for the channel changes to the lowest scaled ohm value associated with the selected ohms range The ChxUnderrange x channel number tag is set to 1 127 Chapter6 Temperature measuring Analog Modules 1756 IR6l 1756 IT6I and 1756 IT6I2 Wire Off Conditions In this application The following causes a wire off condition And if the wire off condition is detected this occurs 1756 IT6I or 1756 IT6I2 Module in Temperature Applications 1756 IT6l Module or 1756 IT6I2 in Millivolt Applications 128 A wire is disconnected from the module Sensor T
350. range 6 7 W 250 mA for 551 1000 W loads terminated on OUTs and ALTs Total backplane power in this range 8 5 W Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Analog 1 0 Module Specifications Appendix A Technical Specifications 1756 OF6CI Attribute Current draw 24V 1756 OF6CI 225 mA for 0 550 W loads terminated on OUTs and RTNs Total backplane power in this range 6 7 W 300 mA for 551 1000 W loads terminated on OUTs and ALTs Total backplane power in this range 8 5 W Power dissipation max 5 5 W 0 550 Q loads 6 1 W 551 1000 Q loads Thermal dissipation 18 76 BTU hr 0 550 Q loads 20 80 BTU hr 551 1000 Q loads Open circuit detection None Overvoltage protection 24V DC Short circuit protection Electronically current limited to 21mA or less Drive capability 0 1000 Q Separate field terminations for 0 550 Qand 551 1000 Q Settling time 2 ms to 9596 of final value with resistive loads Calibrated accuracy 4 21 mA better than 0 1 of range 25 C 77 F Calibration interval 6 months Offset drift 1 pA C Gain drift with temperature 60 ppm C 100 ppm C max Module error 0 6 of range Module scan time 25 ms max floating point 10 ms max integer Isolation voltage 250V continuous basic insulation type output channels to backplan
351. rate alarm Latching causes the rate alarm to remain AlarmLatch set until an unlatch service is explicitly sent to the channel or alarm ChOConfigLimit BOOL All outputs Enables latching for the clamp limit alarms Latching causes the limit alarms AlarmLatch to remain set until an unlatch service is explicitly sent to the channel or alarm ChOConfigFault Mode BOOL All outputs Selects the behavior the output channel should take if a communication fault is to occur Either hold last state 0 or go to a user defined value 1 ChOConfigFaultValue defines the value to go to on fault if the bit is set ChOConfigProg BOOL All outputs Selects the behavior the output channel should take when transitioned into Mode Program mode Either hold last state 0 or go to a user defined value 1 ChOConfigProgValue defines the value to go to on program if the bit is set ChOConfigRampTo BOOL All outputs Enables ramping of the output value during Run mode between the current Run output level and a newly requested output Ramping defines the maximum rate the output is allowed to transition based upon the configured ChOConfigRampRate ChOConfigRampToProg BOOL All outputs Enables ramping of the output value to a user defined program value ChOConfigProgValue when set Ramping defines the maximum rate the output is allowed to transition based upon the configured ChOConfigRampRate ChOConfigRampToFaul BOOL All outputs Enables ramping of the output value to a user
352. rating all bits in the Channel Fault word are set The illustration offers an overview of the fault reporting process in If set any bit in the Channel Fault word also sets the Analog Group Fault and Output Group Fault in the Module Fault word Channel Fault Word described on page 184 5 ChbFau 4 Ch4Fau 3 Ch3Fau 2 Ch2Fau 1 Ch1Fau 0 ChOFau Channel Status Words described on page 185 14 ChOInHold 15 13 11 9 7 amp 5 12 ChiInHold are not used by the 10 Ch2InHold 1756 OF6CI and 8 Ch3lnHold 1756 OF6VI in 6 Ch4lnHold integer mode 4 Ch5lnHold Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 tt ff 5 4 3 2 1 0 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 Output in Hold conditions must be monitored here 41349 Chapter 8 183 Chapter 8 Isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF6CI and 1756 OF6VI Module Fault Word Bits Integer Mode In integer mode Module Fault word bits bits 15 11 operate exactly as desctibed in floating point mode The table lists tags that ate found in the Module Fault Wotd Tag Description Analog Group This bit is set when any bits in the Channel Fault word are set Its tag Fault name is AnalogGroupFault Output Group Fault This bit is set when any bits in the Channel Fault word are set Its tag name is OutputGroupFault
353. rating Dry Heat 068 2 14 Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock 40 85 C 40 185 F Relative humidity 5 95 noncondensing IEC 60068 2 30 Test Db Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat Vibration 2g Q 10 500 Hz IEC 60068 2 6 Test Fc Operating Shock operating 30g IEC 60068 2 27 Test Ea Unpackaged Shock Shock nonoperating 50g IEC 60068 2 27 Test Ea Unpackaged Shock Emissions CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A ESD Immunity 6 kV contact discharges IEC 61000 4 2 8 kV air discharges IEC 61 Radiated RF Immunity 3 000 4 10V m with 1 kHz sine wave 8096 AM from 80 2000 MHz 10V m with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM 900 MHz 10V m with 200 Hz 50 Pulse 100 AM 1890 MHz 3V m with 1 kHz sine wave 8096 AM from 2000 2700 MHz EFT B Immunity 2 kV at 5 kHz on shielded signal ports IEC 61000 4 4 Surge Transient Immunity 2 kV line earth CM on shielded signal ports IEC 61000 4 5 Conducted RF Immunity 10V rms with 1 kHz sine wave 80 AM from 150 kHz 80 MHz on shielded signal ports IEC 61000 4 6 314 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Analog 1 0 Module Specifications Appendix A Certifications 1756 OF4 Certification 1756 0F4 UL UL Listed Industrial Control Equipment certified for US and Canada See UL File E65584 CSA CSA Certifi CSA Certifi LR69960C ed Process Control Equipment See CSA File LR54689C ed
354. rature and will provide an accurate ambient temperature if the CJS is healthy wired properly and the module is operating within specifications Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Appendix F Introduction Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 1492 AIFMs for Analog 1 0 Modules As an alternative to buying RTBs and connecting the wires yourself you can buy a wiring system that connects to I O modules through pre wired and pre tested cables IMPORTANT The ControlLogix system has been agency certified using only the ControlLogix RTBs 1756 TBCH 1756 TBNH 1756 TBSH and 1756 TBS6H Any application that requires agency certification of the ControlLogix system using other wiring termination methods may require application specific approval by the certifying agency The combinations include the following Analog interface modules AIFMs mount on DIN rails to provide the output terminal blocks for the 1 O module Use the AIFMs with the pre wired cables that match the I O module to the interface module 1 0 Module Pre wired Cable AIFM Feed through and fusible AIFMs let you customize the wiring system to your application The fused AIFMs have 24V DC blown fuse indicators to locate and replace blown fuses For a complete list of the AIFMs available for use with ControlLogix analog I O modules see the table on page 384 Pre wired cables have a pre wited RTB on one end to connect to the front of an an
355. re available Exact Match Compatible Keying Disable Keying You must carefully consider the benefits and implications of each keying option when selecting between them For some specific module types fewer options are available Electronic keying is based on a set of attributes unique to each product revision When a Logix5000 controller begins communicating with a module this set of keying attributes is considered Keying Attributes Attribute Description Vendor The manufacturer of the module for example Rockwell Automation Allen Bradley Product Type The general type of the module for example communication adapter AC drive or digital 1 0 Product Code The specific type of module generally represented by its catalog number for example 1756 IB161 Major Revision A number that represents the functional capabilities and data exchange formats of the module Typically although not always a later that is higher Major Revision supports at least all of the data formats supported by an earlier that is lower Major Revision of the same catalog number and possibly additional ones Minor Revision A number that indicates the module s specific firmware revision Minor Revisions typically do not impact data compatibility but may indicate performance or behavior improvement You can find revision information on the General tab of a module s Properties dialog box Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P Decemb
356. re measuring it across a 10 or 100 portion of a given range However a module s accuracy at 25 C 77 F is dependent on the hardware range in which the module operates EXAMPLE The 1756 IT6l module offers two input ranges 12 30 mV and 12 78 mV Because module error at 25 C 77 F depends on the input range used the module error is as follows when using 0 1 of range accuracy e 42 mV for the 12 30 mV range e 90 mV for the 12 78 mV range These error values are the same whether you use 10 or 100 of the chosen range The following specifications take into account how the module s operating temperature changes can affect a module s accuracy Gain Drift With Temperature Module Error Over Full Temperature Range Gain Drift With Temperature The Gain Drift with Temperature specification represents the calibration inaccuracy that occurs as a module s ambient that is operating temperature drifts from the temperature at which it was calibrated You can use the Gain Drift with Temperature specification varies for each catalog number to determine the module s calibration inaccuracy for each degree between calibration and operating temperature The Gain Drift with Temperature specification represents a percentage of the full operating range that the module s calibration is inaccurate to for each degree difference The specification is determined with the following formula Gain Drift with
357. re multicasting Underrange Overrange Detection This alarm feature detects when the non isolated input module is operating beyond limits set by the input range For example if you are using the 1756 IF16 module in the 0V 10V input range and the module voltage increases to 11V the overrange detects this condition The table shows the input ranges of non isolated input modules and the lowest highest signal available in each range before the module detects an underrange overrange condition Input Module Available Range Lowest Signal Highest Signal in Range in Range 1756 IF16 and 10V 10 25V 10 25V 1756 IF8 OV 10V OV 10 25V OV 5V OV 5 125V 0 mA 20 mA 0 mA 20 58 mA IMPORTANT Be careful when disabling all alarms on the channel because it also disables the underrange overrange detection feature If alarms are disabled overrange underrange is zero and the only way you can discover a wire off detection is from the input value itself If you need to detect a wire off status do not disable all alarms We recommend that you disable only unused channels so extraneous alarm bits are not set 61 Chapter 4 62 Non isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 1756 IF8 Amplitude Digital Filter The digital filter smooths input data noise transients for all channels on the module This feature is applied on a per channel basis The digital filter value specifies the time const
358. re program Follow these steps to create a tag 1 Start the RSLogix 5000 software program and open an existing I O ptoject or create a new one 2 On the Controller Organizer double click MainRoutine Expand MainProgram to see Main Routine as a sub menu item f RSLogix 5000 Controller Digital IO 1756 1 File Edit View Search Logic Communications alsa S see ol Offline fJ RUN m No Forces b ss NoEdts Al 0 Redundancy By Controller Controller Digital IO A Controller Tags Controller Fault Handler Power Up Handler E 3 Tasks fa MainTask Bg C MainProgram Program Tags Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Use Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration Appendix C Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 A graphic that looks like a ladder with rungs appears in the right side of the RSLogix 5000 software program You attach run time service such as a message instruction to the rungs and then download the information to a controller You can tell that the rung is in Edit mode because of the e at the left side of the rung ISG Message EN Message Control EKON ER Find then click MSG message instruction on the instruction toolbar The MSG icon is among the formats on the Input Output tab of the instruction toolbar You also can drag and drop an instruction icon onto a rung A green dot
359. re than two wires to any single terminal 2 Place additional loop devices that is strip recorders at either A location IN V and IN I must be wired together eS 1EB IN op ue 4 Wire up a5 1S RET Transmitter T G5 8D nw is Supply amp i IN 2 1 Shield Ground G5 ice RET 2 e itp Not Used e EB IN 4 V eS 1EB IN 4 1 a EB RET 4 Ex 40199 1756 IF6I Current Wiring Example with a Two Wire Transmitter IN TAV IN 1 1 1 RET T IN 3 V 7 IN 3 RET 3 Not Used IN 5 V IN 5 I NOTES 1 Do not connect more than two wires to RETS any single terminal 2 Place additional loop devices that is strip recorders at either A location GaedsSgSSe9teg gse eGegedgegsmge D 110 IN V and IN I must be wired together IN 0 V i n IN 0 I 2 Wire l Transmitter RET 0 E User provided Loop Power IN 2 V IN 2 l RET 2 Not Used IN 4 V IN 4 I RET 4 40893 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010
360. revision 3 2 In this case communication is prevented because the Minor Revision of the module does not match precisely Module Configuration 17564816D 16 Point 10V 30V DC Diagnostic Input Vendor Allen Bradley ete EEE Product Type Digital Input e Lez Module Catalog Number 1756 IB16D ene eRe ea x Major Revision 3 Minor Revision 1 F Open Made Popes crea e Communication is prevented Physical Module Vendor Allen Bradley Product Type Digital Input Module Catalog Number 1756 IB16D Major Revision 3 Minor Revision 2 IMPORTANT Changing electronic keying selections online may cause the 1 0 Communication connection to the module to be disrupted and may result in a loss of data Compatible Keying Compatible Keying indicates that the module determines whether to accept or reject communication Different module families communication adapters and module types implement the compatibility check differently based on the family capabilities and on prior knowledge of compatible products Compatible keying is the default setting Compatible keying allows the physical module to accept the key of the module configured in the software provided that the configured module is one the physical module is capable of emulating The exact level of emulation required is product and revision specific Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 39 Chapter3 ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modul
361. rom a series of operational ranges for each channel on your module The range designates the minimum and maximum signals that are detectable by the module Possible Input Ranges Module Range 1756 IR6l 1 487 Q 2 1000 Q 4 2000 Q 8 4080 Q 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT6I2 12 78 mV 12 30 mV For an example of how to choose an input range fot your module see page 210 121 Chapter6 Temperature measuring Analog Modules 1756 IR6I 1756 IT6I and 1756 IT6I2 Notch Filter Settings Notch Filter An Analog to Digital Convertor ADC filter removes line noise in your application for each channel Choose a notch filter that most closely matches the anticipated noise frequency in your application Each filter time affects the response time of your module Also the highest frequency notch filter settings also limit the effective resolution of the channel 60 Hz is the default setting for the notch filter The table lists the available notch filter settings Notch Setting 10 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 100 Hz 250 Hz 1000 Hz Default Minimum Sample Time 102 ms 22 ms 19 ms 12 ms 10 ms 10 ms RTS Integer mode Minimum Sample Time 102 ms 25 ms 25 ms 25 ms 25 ms 25 ms RTS Floating point mode 0 100 Step Response Time 400 ms RTS 80ms RTS 68ms RIS 40ms RTS 16 ms RTS 4 ms RTS 3dB Frequency 3 Hz 13 Hz 15 Hz 26 Hz 66 Hz 262 Hz Effective Resolution n Integer mode must be us
362. rrent Meter Calibrations 259 Voltage Meter Calibrations 266 The 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 modules can be calibrated for current or voltage applications The 1756 OF6CI module however must be calibrated for current only while the OF6VI must be calibrated specifically for voltage Current Meter Calibrations RSLogix 5000 software commands the module to output specific levels of current You must measure the actual level and record the results This measurement allows the module to account for any inaccuracies The 1756 OF4 1756 OF8 and 1756 OF6CI modules use basically the same procedures for being calibrated by a current meter While you are online you must access the Module Properties dialog box See page 207 in Chapter 10 for procedures Follow these steps to calibrate your module 1 Connect your current meter to the module For the 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 modules do additional steps 2 4 For the 1756 OF6CI module go to step 5 259 Chapter 11 260 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog I O Modules 2 Go to the Configuration tab on the Module Properties dialog box lil Module Properties Local 7 1756 OF8 1 1 General Connection Module Info Configuration Qutput State Limits Calibration Backplane Channel Lo JE JES JE ES Es EZ Butga Range 9 0 ma to 20 ma x Sensor Offset 0 0 Scaling High Signal High Engineering C Hold for Initialization 20 0 20 0 Low Sign
363. rror Voltage 0 1596 of range Current 0 396 of range Module scan time 12 ms floating point 8 ms integer Isolation voltage 250V continuous reinforced insulation type output channels to backplane No isolation between individual output channels Routine tested at 1350V AC for 2 s Removable terminal block 1756 TBNH 1756 TBSH Slot width 1 Wire size 0 33 2 1 mm 22 14 AWG solid or stranded copper wire rated at 90 C 194 F or greater 1 2 mm 0 047 in insulation max Wire category 201 North American temperature code T4A IEC temperature code T4 Enclosure type None open style 1 Maximum wire size requires extended housing catalog number 1756 TBE 2 Use this conductor category information for planning conductor routing as described in the system level installation manual See the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770 4 1 313 Appendix A Analog I O Module Specifications Environmental Specifications 1756 OF4 Attrib ute Temperature operating IEC 60 IEC 60 IEC 60 068 2 1 Test Ad Operating Cold 068 2 2 Test Bd Operating Dry Heat 068 2 14 Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock 1756 OF4 0 60 C 32 140 F Temperature surrounding air 60 C 140 F IEC 60 IEC 60 IEC 60 Temperature storage 068 2 1 Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold 068 2 2 Test Bb Unpackaged Nonope
364. rt Done Done Length 0 Error Code Extended Error Code Timed Out Error Path Extended Error Code Error Text The following table explains the relationship of the fields in the above dialog boxes For example despite different entry fields both screen examples are configured to unlatch a high alarm module service on channel 0 of a 1756 IF6I module where to perform the service With RSLogix 5000 software versions 10 and later you are required to choose only a service type and configure the instance Relationship of Message Configuration Parameters RSLogix 5000 RSLogix 5000 Description Versions 9 Versions 10 and earlier and later Service Code Service Type Defines the type of module service to be performed For example unlatch alarm Note In versions 10 and later you can use a pull down menu to choose the Service Type RSLogix 5000 software defaults the Service Code Instance Class and Attribute parameters based on the Service Type that you choose All values are in Hex Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 345 Appendix C Analog Input Modules Configuration Dialog Window Information Use Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration Relationship of Message Configuration Parameters RSLogix 5000 RSLogix 5000 Description Versions 9 Versions 10 and earlier and later Object Type Class Object that you are sending a message to such as the device object or a di
365. rt recorders in the current loop Differential Current Inputs 2 Wire Transmitter Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 15V 20 MQ 10K 249 1 4 Watt 0 01 u Channel 0 16 bit A D Converter 0 01 uF Channel 1 249 Q1 4 Watt E IN 1 10K 10K 20 MQ 15V 15V 20 MQ IN 0 10K 10K N 249 Q 1 4 Watt 0 01 uF Channel 0 16 bit A D Converter Channel 1 i 0 01 uF IRTN S 249 91 4 Watt g AVAVA VAV AV AV y 10K 10K IN 1 20 MQ 15V 43496 69 Chapter4 Non isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 1756 IF8 Wire the 1756 IF16 Module Current and voltage wiring examples for the 1756 IF16 module are shown on the following pages 1756 IF16 Differential Current Wiring Example Channel 0 a oF Shield Ground Channel 3 2 Wire User provided Transmitter Loop Power gt T Jumper Wires Channel 6 Device Em 4 Wire Supply NIE Transmitter Shield Ground 40912 M NOTES 1 Use the table when wiring your module in differential mode Channel Terminals Channel Terminals Channel 0 N O IN 1 amp
366. s Xn Present input unfiltered PV As shown in the illustration by using a step input change to illustrate the filter response you see that 63 2 of the total response is reached when the digital filter time constant elapses Each additional time constant achieves 63 2 of the remaining response 100 Amplitude Unfiltered input TA 0 01 second TA 0 5 second dc cS TA 0 99 second gt 16723 0 0 01 0 5 0 99 Time in Seconds To see how to set a digital filter see page 210 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 99 Chapter 5 100 Sourcing Current Loop Input Module 1756 IF6CIS and Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Module 1756 IF61 Process Alarms Process alarms alert you when the module has exceeded configured high or low limits for each channel You can latch process alarms These are set at four user configurable alarm trigger points High high High Low Low low IMPORTANT Process alarms are available only in applications that use l floating point mode The values for each limit are entered in scaled engineering units Alarm Deadband You may configure an alarm deadband to work with these alarms The deadband allows the process alarm status bit to remain set despite the alarm condition disappearing as long as the input data remains within the deadband of the process alarm The illustration shows input data that sets each of the four alarms
367. s agency certification of the ControlLogix system using other wiring termination methods may require application specific approval by the certifying agency Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 193 Chapter9 X Install ControlLogix I O Modules Recommendations for Wiring Your RTB We recommend you follow these guidelines when wiring your RTB 1 Begin wiring the RTB at the bottom terminals and move up 2 Use a tie to secure the wires in the strain relief bottom area of the RTB 3 Order and use an extended depth housing catalog number 1756 TBE for applications that require heavy gauge witing Assemble the RTB Removable housing covers the wired RTB to protect wiring connections when the RTB is seated on the module and the Housing 1 Align the grooves at the bottom of each side of the housing with the side edges of the RTB 2 Slide the RTB into the housing until it snaps into place 20858 M Mem Description tt ss S do Howingower 2 Groove 3 Side edge of RTB 4 Strain relief area If additional wire routing space is required for your application use the extended depth housing catalog number 1756 TBE 194 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Install ControlLogix I O Modules Chapter 9 Install the Removable These steps show how to install the RTB onto the module to connect the Terminal Block wiring WARNING When you connect or disconnect the removable terminal bl
368. s configuration data to I O modules on a scheduled ControlNet network and establishes a network update time NUT for the ControlNet network that is compliant with the desired communication options specified for each module during configuration Anytime a controller references a scheduled connection to I O modules on a scheduled ControlNet network you must run RSNetWorx software to configure the ControlNet network Refer to the following general steps when configuring I O modules 1 Configure all I O modules for a given controller by using RSLogix 5000 programming software and download that information to the controller 2 If the I O configuration data references a scheduled connection to a module in a remote chassis connected via the ControlNet network run RSNetWorx for ControlNet software to schedule the network Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Analog 0 Operation in the ControlLogix System Chapter 2 Direct Connections Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 3 After running RSNetWotx software perform an online save of the RSLogix 5000 project so the configuration information that RSNetWorx software sends to the controller is saved IMPORTANT You must run RSNetWorx for ControlNet software whenever a new I O module is added to a scheduled ControlNet chassis When a module is permanently removed from a remote chassis we recommend that you run RSNetWorx for ControllVet software to reschedule the n
369. s designed to provide a voltage at the terminals equivalent to the voltage expected for the thermocouple type it is emulating If the temperature reports back correctly then the module is performing as expected and the thermocouple and wiring are suspect If the emulator temperature is not reporting back correctly then the module hardware configuration or the software application are suspect 381 Appendix E 382 Additional Specification Information We highly recommend using a thermocouple emulator for initial troubleshooting In lieu of an emulator a millivolt signal can be applied to the input To make this work the module would have to be reconfigured to read a millivolt signal If the module is reading back the millivolt correctly then the module is performing as expected Troubleshooting Checklist Check for these symptoms when troubleshooting a module 1 Thermocouple reading maximum upscale usually means that there is an open circuit Thermocouple modules provide open circuit detection and the data will report back upscale when an open circuit is detected Check the wiring terminations and for an open thermocouple Make sure the length of the thermocouple cable is within module specifications where too long a length thus a higher impedance could be interpreted as an open circuit See page 131 for more information 2 Thermocouple reading minimum downscale usually means that there is a short circuited input Check w
370. s in terms of the inputs Signal signal units and corresponds to the high engineering term when scaled The scaling equation is shown below Signal Low Signal x High Engineering Low Engineering Data LowEngineering High Signal Low Signal ChOConfigLow REAL All One of four points used in scaling The low engineering helps determine the Engineering engineering units the signal values scale into The low engineering term corresponds to the low signal value The scaling equation used is shown below Signal Low Signal x High Engineering Low Engineering Data LowEngineering High Signal Low Signal COConfigHigh REAL All One of four points used in scaling The high engineering helps determine the Engineering engineering units the signal values scale into The high engineering term corresponds to the high signal value The scaling equation used is shown below Signal Low Signal x High Engineering Low Engineering Data LowEngineering High Signal Low Signal ChOConfigLAlarm REAL All inputs The low alarm trigger point Causes the ChOLAlarm to trigger when the input Limit signal moves beneath the configured trigger point In terms of engineering units ChOConfigHAlarm REAL All inputs The high alarm trigger point Causes the ChOHAlarm to trigger when the input Limit signal moves above the configured trigger point In terms of engineering units ChOConfigLLAlarm REAL All inputs The low low alarm trigger point Causes the ChOL
371. s long as the input data remains within the deadband of the process alarm The illustration shows input data that sets each of the four alarms at some point during module operation In this example latching is disabled therefore each alarms turns Off when the condition that caused it to set ceases to exist High high alarm turns On High high alarm turns Off High alarm remains On High alarm remains On High high a PA Highalam A t High alarm turns Off turns On High lt Normal input range Low alarms turns Off low _ wv 3 Alarm deadbands Lowlow S Low low alarms turns On Low low alarms turns Off Low alarm remains On Low alarm remains On aes To see how to set process alarms see page 210 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 125 Chapter 6 126 Temperature measuring Analog Modules 1756 IR6I 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT612 Rate Alarm IMPORTANT You must use RSLogix 9000 software version 12 or later and module firmware revision 1 10 or later to use the rate alarm for a non ohm input on the 1756 IR6I module and a non millivolt input on the 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT6I2 modules The rate alarm triggers if the rate of change between input samples for each channel exceeds the specified trigger point for that channel This feature is available only in applications using floating point EXAMPLE If you set a 1756 IT6I2 module with normal scaling in Celsius to a rate alarm of 100 1
372. s long as the signal remains within the configured deadband ChxLLAlarm Bit 1 This bit is set when the input signal moves beneath the configured Low Low Alarm limit It remains set until the signal moves above the configured trigger point If latched the alarm remains set until it is unlatched If a deadband is specified the alarm also remains latched as long as the signal remains within the configured deadband ChxHHAlarm Bit 0 This bit is set when the input signal moves above the configured High High Alarm limit It remains set until the signal moves below the configured trigger point If latched the alarm remains set until it is unlatched If a deadband is specified the alarm also remains latched as long as the signal remains within the configured deadband 144 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Fault Reporting in Integer Mode Module Fault Word described on page 146 15 AnalogGroupFault 14 InGroupFault 12 Calibrating 11 Cal Fault 9 and 8 CJUnderOver 13 and 10 are not used by 1756 IR6l or IT6I Channel Fault Word described on page 146 5 Ch5Fault 4 Ch4Fault 3 Ch3Fault 2 Ch2Fault 1 Ch1Fault 0 ChOFault Channel Status Words described on page 147 15 ChOUnderrange 14 ChOOverrange 13 Ch1Underrange 12 Ch1Overrange 11 Ch2Underrange 10 Ch20verrange Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Temperature measuring Analog Modules 1756 IR6I 1756 IT6l
373. s you do for configuring local I O modules starting on page 202 Click Reset for the appropriate point setting in the Reset Latched Diagnostics column Click OK 231 Chapter 10 Configure ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules View Module Tags When you create a module a set of tags is created by the ControlLogix system that can be viewed in the Tag Editor of the RSLogix 5000 software Each configured feature on your module has a distinct tag that can be used in the processor s ladder logic Follow these steps to access a module s tags 1 At the top of the Controller Organizer right click Controller tags and choose Monitor Tags The Controller Tags dialog box appears with data 2 Click the slot number of the module for which you want to view information Scope fa Controller X Show Show All Value ForeMask Style 18 TERT AB 1756 AI amp Str Local 2 C Ch1Config R 16 0002 Hex INT Local 2 C Ch1Config Al 0 Decimal BOOL Local 2 C Ch1 Config Pr Decimal BOOL Local 2 C Ch1Config R Decimal BOOL Decimal INT Decimal INT Decimal INT 10 Float REAL Local2 C Ch1Config Hi Float REAL Local 2 C Ch1 Config 10 Float REAL Local 2 C Ch1 Config Hi Float REAL 10 Float REAL Local 2 C Ch1Config H Float REAL Local2 C Ch1 Config L 10 Float REAL Local 2 C Ch1ConfigH Float REAL Loc Ch1Config Al Float REAL Local 2 C Ch1Config C Float REAL
374. sage Configuration Reset_Module x Configuration Communication Path Slot 3 OFBVI Browse Communication Method cP C DH Destination Link 4 Source Link Destination Node zi Octal Channel r OPW Source M Cache Connections e D Enable 2 Enable Waiting 2 Start O Done Done Length 0 O Eror Code Timed Out Extended Error Code Cancel Apply Help RSLogix 5000 Software Version 10 and Later Message Configuration Reconfigure_Module x Configuration Communication Tag l Module Reconfigure Message Type Update module configuration without interrupting the connection O Enable Enable Waiting Start Done Done Length 0 O Error Code Extended Error Code T Timed Out Error Path Error Text OK Cancel Help RSLogix 5000 Software Version 10 and Later Message Configuration Reconfigure_Module x Configuration Communication Tag Path Slot 1 IF6l Browse Slot 1 IFBl petsammunicatimietad Enable Enable Waiting Start 2 Done Done Length 0 Error Code Extended Error Code Timed Qut Error Path Error Text Cancel Asp Help Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 357 Appendix C Use Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration Notes 358 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Appendix D Power sizing Chart Choose Correct Power Supply
375. screte output point Object ID Instance Each object can have multiple instances For example a discrete output can have 16 points or instances of where a message can be sent This specifies the instance Object Attribute Attribute Further identifies the exact address for the message An analog input can have multiple alarms so this attribute acknowledges a specific alarm and not the other alarms If an attribute is not specified default to 0 the Service applies to all attributes of the Class Instance The following table contains input configuration information that is necessary only if you are configuring the message with RSLogix 5000 software vetsions 9 or earlier Enter the following To unlatch the To unlatch the To unlatch the To unlatch the To unlatch the high high alarm high alarm low alarm low low alarm rate alarm Service Code 4B 4B 4B 4B 4B Object Type 0A 0A 0A 0A OA Object ID 1 60r1 8 1 60r1 8 1 60r1 8 1 60r 1 8 1 60r 1 8 Channel Number Object Attribute 6E 6C 6B 6D 6F Number of Elements 0 bytes 0 bytes 0 bytes 0 bytes 0 bytes f The 1756 IF16 module does not have any unlatchable features in the 16 channel mode IMPORTANT 346 For input or output modules the Object Attribute determines which alarm feature for the selected channel to unlatch If this field is left blank all alarms for the selected channel will be unlatched You must send separate message instr
376. sent at the module that is 3 mA that data will be represented in terms of the engineering units set during scaling The table shows example values that may appear based on the example mentioned above Current Values Represented in Engineering Units 3mA L62589 4 mA 096 12 mA 5096 20 mA 10096 21 mA 106 2596 Data Format as Related to Resolution and Scaling You can choose one of the following data formats for your application Integer mode Floating point mode Integer mode This mode provides the most basic representation of analog data When a module multicasts data in the integer mode the low and high signals of the input range are fixed Scaling is not available in integer mode The low signal of your application range equals 32 768 counts while the high signal equals 32 767 counts Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 51 Chapter3 ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Module Features In integer mode input modules generate digital signal values that correspond to a range from 32 768 32 767 counts The table lists the conversions of a generated digital signal to the number of counts Input Signal to User Count Conversion Input Module Available Low Signal and HighSignaland Range User Counts User Counts 1756 IF16 IF8 10V 10 25V 10 25V 32768 counts 32767 counts 0 10V OV 10 25V 32768 counts 32767 counts 0 5V OV 5 125V 327
377. ship if any Whether module has been configured Device Specific Status such as Self Test Flash update in progress Communications fault Not owned outputs in program mode Internal fault need flash update Run mode Program mode output mods only Minor recoverable fault Minor unrecoverable fault Major recoverable fault Major unrecoverable fault Vendor ID Module manufacturer vendor for example Allen Bradley Serial Number Module serial number Length of ASCII Text String Number of characters in module s text string ASCII Text String Number of characters in module s text string IMPORTANT You must perform a WHO service to retrieve this information 19 Chapter 1 What Are ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules Preventing Electrostatic This module is sensitive to electrostatic discharge Discharge ATTENTION This equipment is sensitive to electrostatic discharge which can cause internal damage and affect normal operation Follow these guidelines when you handle this equipment Touch a grounded object to discharge potential static Weat an approved grounding wriststrap Do not touch connectors or pins on component boards Do not touch circuit components inside the equipment f available use a static safe workstation When not in use store the equipment in appropriate static safe packaging 20 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Chapter 2 Introducti
378. sistor is located between IN x and i RTN x terminals f multiple or multiple terminals are tied together connect that tie point to a RTN terminal to maintain the module s accuracy Place additional loop devices such as strip chart recorders at the A location in the current loop Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal IMPORTANT When operating in two channel High speed mode only use channels 0 and 2 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Wires 1756 IF8 Differential Voltage Channel 0 E r N 0 q E 118 i RTN 0 1 l4 3 i RTN 1 Y 2 Tele s iRTN 2 N Jumper Shield Ground N3 las 7 i RTN 3 J RTN 10 9 RT N 4 en i RTN 4 Channel 3 5 14 13 i RTN 5 C N 6 16 15 i RTN 6 N 7 CD 17 iRTN 7 Not Used G 20 19 ot Used Shield Ground Not Used G 22 21 ot Used Not Used A 24 23 ot Used Not Used G 26 25 ot Used Not Used G 28 27 ot Used Not Used G 30 29 ot Used Not Used G 32 31 ot Used Not Used QD 34 33 Not Used Not Used 36 35 ot Used Use this table when wiring your module in differential voltage mode Table 1 B This channel Uses these terminals Channel 0 IN 0 4 IN 1 Cha
379. ss if necessary 268 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules Chapter 11 10 Recotd the measutement Calibration Wizard Measure and Record Values Measure the output Recorded values for the selected ibrate Reference channels using a accuracy of at least 4 decimal places Channels 0 Enter the measured value for each channel in the Recorded Reference column Press Next to continue 11 Click Next A Results wizard displays the status of each channel after calibrating for a low reference If channels are OK continue If any channel reports an error retry steps 7 9 until the status is OK bration Wizard Results Press Next to go on to ibrati Low Recorded High Reference lest Channel Calibrate brah Reference Reference Volts Volts 1 to 10 V 12 Click Next 13 Set the channels to be calibrated for a high reference Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 269 Chapter 11 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog I O Modules 270 The Output Reference Signals wizard appears to show which channels will be calibrated for a high reference and the range of the calibration It also shows what reference signal is expected at the input Calibration Wizard Output Reference Signals Press Next to start the selected channels producing the reference signal Channels
380. stributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit http www tockwellautomation com support Installation Assistance If you experience an anomoly within the first 24 hours of installation review the information that is contained in this manual You can contact Customer Suppott for initial help in getting your product up and running United States or Canada 1 440 646 3434 Outside United States or Use the Worldwide Locator at http www rockwellautomation com support americas phone en html Canada or contact your local Rockwell Automation representative New Product Satisfaction Return Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility Howevet if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number call the phone number above to obtain one to your distributor to complete the return process Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure Documentation Feedback Your comments will help us setve your documentation needs better If you have any suggestions on how to improve this document complete this form publication RA DU002 available at http www rockwellautomation com literature www rockwellautomation com Power Control and Information So
381. t that the value sent exceeds the clamping limits Using the example above if a module has clamping limits of 8V and 8V but then receives data to apply 9V only 8V is applied to the screw terminals and the module sends a status bit back to the controller informing it that the 9V value exceeds the module s clamping limits IMPORTANT Limit alarms are available only in floating point mode To see how to enable all alarms see page 223 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF6CI and 1756 OF6VI Chapter 8 Data Echo Data Echo automatically multicasts channel data values which match the analog value that was sent to the module s screw terminals at that time Fault and status data also 1s sent This data is sent in the format floating point ot integer selected at the requested packet interval RPI User Count Conversion to Output Signal User counts can be computed in Integer mode for the 1756 OF6CI and 1756 OF6VI modules The straight line formulas that can be used to calculate or program a Compute CPT instruction are shown in the table Available Range User Count Formula 0 20 mA y 3109 7560975609754x 32768 where y counts x mA 10V y 3115 669867833032x 0 5 where y counts x V For example if you have 3 5 mA in the 0 20 mV range the user counts 21884 Counts 6231 for 2 V in the 10V range For a table with related values refer to ControlL
382. t State Limits Calibration Backplane Requested Packet Interval RPI p5 0 ms 25 0 750 0 ms C Inhibit Module C Major Fault On Controller If Connection Fails While in Run Mode Use Unicast Connection over EtherNet IP Module Fault Status Offline 1 Choose from the options on the Connection tab Field Name Description Requested Packet Interval RPI Enter an RPI value or use the default See Requested Packet Interval RPI in Chapter 2 for more information Inhibit Module Check the box to prevent communication between the owner controller and the module This option allows for maintenance of the module without faults being reported to the controller See Module Inhibiting in Chapter 3 for more information Major Fault On Controller If Connection Check the box to create a major fault if Fails While in Run Mode there is a connection failure with the module while in Run mode For important information on this checkbox see Configure a Major Fault to Occur in the Logix5000 Controllers Information and Status ae Manual publication 1756 PM015 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 219 Chapter 10 220 Configure ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules 2 Field Name Use Unicast Connection on EtherNet IP Description Displays only for analog modules using RSLogix5000 software version 18 or later in a remote EtherNet IP chassis Use the default checkbox if there are n
383. t connect more than two wires to any single terminal the A location in the current loop IMPORTANT When operating in four channel High speed mode only Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal use channels 0 2 4 and 6 IMPORTANT When operating in four channel High speed mode only use channels 0 2 4 and 6 294 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 1756 IF16 Single ended Current s 114 RTN 0 Haa 3 i RTN 1 j i RTN 2 Fco 5 Shield Djs S ji Wires 8 7 RTN 3 Ground E Shield 9 RTN y Ground WIre l Transmitter eg IS eye 58 RTN 6 E 18 17 i RTN 7 20 19 i RTN 8 User provided eee Loop Power gz 21 RTN 3 N 10 Cp 24 23 i RTN 10 Shield N 11 E 26 25 i RTN 11 Ground RTN 28 27N RTN N 12 Gy 30 29 i RTN 12 N 13 epo n i RTN 13 N 14 T 34 33 i RTN 14 N 15 36 35 d i RTN 15 All terminals marked RTN are connected internally For current applications all terminals marked i RTN must be Terminals marked i RTN are not Analog 1 0 Module Specifications Appendix A 1756 IF16 Single ended Voltage wired to terminals marked RTN
384. t draw 5 1V 150 mA Current draw Q 24V 65 mA Power dissipation max Voltage 2 3 W Current 3 9 W 295 Appendix A Analog 0 Module Specifications Technical Specifications 1756 IF16 Attribute 1756 IF16 Thermal dissipation Voltage 7 84 BTU hr Current 13 3 BTU hr Input impedance Voltage gt 10 MQ Current 249 Q Open circuit detection time Differential voltage Positive full scale reading within 5 s Single ended differential current Negative full scale reading within 5 s Single ended voltage Even numbered channels go to positive full scale reading within 5 s odd numbered channels go to negative full scale reading within 5 s Overvoltage protection max Voltage 30V DC Current 8V DC Normal mode noise rejection gt 80 dB Q 60 Hz Common mode noise rejection 100 dB 50 60 Hz Channel bandwidth 15 Hz 3 dB Settling time 80 ms to 5 of full scale Calibrated accuracy 25 C 77 F Voltage Better than 0 0596 of range Current Better than 0 1596 of range Offset drift 45 uV C Gain drift with temperature Voltage 15 ppm Current 20 ppm Module error Voltage 0 196 of range Current 0 396 of range Module input scan time min 16 pt single ended 16 488 ms 8 pt differential 8 244 ms 4 pt differential 5 122 ms Isolation voltage 250V continuous reinforced insulation type inputs to backplane No isolation between individual inputs Routine tested at
385. t each of the words Tag Status Bit Event that sets this tag word ChxUnderrange Odd numbered bits from The underrange bit is set when the input signal at the channel is less than or bit 15 bit 5 bit 15 equal to the minimum detectable signal represents channel 0 For more information on the minimum detectable signal for each module see For a full listing of the page 98 This bit also sets the appropriate bit in the Channel Fault word channels these bits represent page 115 ChxOverrange Even numbered bits from The overrange bit is set when the input signal at the channel is greater than bit 14 bit 4 bit 14 represents channel 0 or equal to the maximum detectable signal For more information on the maximum detectable signal for each module see For a full listing of the page 98 This bit also sets the appropriate bit in the Channel Fault word channels these bits represent page 115 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 117 Chapter5 Sourcing Current Loop Input Module 1756 IF6CIS and Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Module 1756 IF6I Notes 118 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Chapter 6 Temperature measuring Analog Modules 1756 IR6I 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT6I2 Introduction This chapter describes features specific to temperature measuting ControlLogix analog modules These units linearize their respective sensor inputs into a temperature value The 1756 IR6I uses
386. t the Grounded End of the Cable Before wiring the RTB you must connect the ground wiring 1 Do the following steps to ground the drain wire For all ControlLogix analog 1 0 modules except the 1756 IF6CIS module we recommend you ground the drain wire at the field side If you cannot ground at the field side ground at an earth ground on the chassis as shown on page 191 For the 1756 IF6CIS we recommend you ground the module as shown on page 191 d Remove a length of cable jacket from the Belden cable Cz BES 45077 e Pull the foil shield and bare drain wire from the insulated wire 45078 190 Publication 1756 UM009C EN P December 2010 Install ControlLogix I O Modules Chapter 9 f Twist the foil shield and drain wire together to form a single strand 45079 g Attach a ground lug and apply heat shrink tubing to the exit area 45080 4m or 5m 10 or 12 Star Washer Functional Earth Ground Symbol L 4 m or 5 m 10 or 12 Star Washer Philli Screw and Star Washer or SEM Screw 20918 M 2 Connect the drain wire to a chassis mounting tab Use any chassis mounting tab that is designated as a functional signal ground The functional earth ground symbol appears near the tab 3 When the drain wire is grounded connect the insulated wires to the field side Publication 1756 UM009C EN P December 2010 191 Chapter9 X Install ControlLogix I O Modules Connect the Ungrounded End of the C
387. ted with an analog output module in Slot 3 of the local chassis The new values move at the user s discretion represented by the user defined XIC instruction after making sure the desired new high value is not equal to the desired new low value This rung only moves the data to the configuration portion of the structure but does not send it to the module This rung sends the Reset Module service to the analog output module Upon receipt the module will initiate a hardware reset on itself behaving as though it has just been inserted into the system A connection is established and the new configuration parameters are sent 356 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Use Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration Appendix C Perform Module Reset Service The following Message Configuration and Communication dialog boxes show the message instruction to perform the Reset service and its path RSLogix 5000 Software Version 9 and Earlier Message Configuration Reset_Module x Configuration Communication Message Type LIP G 3 Service Code E Hex Source x Object Type fi Hex Num Of Elements 0 Bytes Object ID fi Destination E bject Attribute Hex Create Tag O Enable Enable Waiting O Start O Done Done Length 0 O Error Code I Timed Out Extended Error Code Cancel App Help RSLogix 5000 Software Version 9 and Earlier Mes
388. tent liability is assumed by Rockwell Automation Inc with respect to use of information circuits equipment or software described in this manual Reproduction of the contents of this manual in whole or in part without written permission of Rockwell Automation Inc is prohibited Throughout this manual when necessary we use notes to make you aware of safety considerations Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can cause an explosion in a hazardous environment which may lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss IMPORTANT Identifies information that is critical for successful application and understanding of the product ATTENTION Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss Attentions help you identify a hazard avoid a hazard and recognize the consequence SHOCK HAZARD Labels may be on or inside the equipment for example a drive or motor to alert people that dangerous voltage may be present BURN HAZARD Labels may be on or inside the equipment for example a drive or motor to alert people that surfaces may reach dangerous temperatures ELM A ES A A A Allen Bradley Rockwell Automation Rockwell Software RSLogix 5000 Logix5000 RSNetWorx RSLinx PowerFlex DeviceNet EtherNet IP Data Highway Plus Remote I O and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Au
389. th Temperature EXAMPLE The 1756 IT6l module has a maximum Gain Drift with Temperature specification 80 ppm C Module Error over Full Temperature Range 60 C full temperature range X 80 ppm C gain drift The result is 4800 ppm or 0 4896 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Additional Specification Information Appendix E RTD and Thermocouple When you use the temperature measuting modules 1756 IR6I 1756 IT6I Error Calculations and 1756 IT612 error calculations are achieved in a two step process 1 Calculate the module s error in ohms or volts 2 Convert the ohm volt error to temperature for the specific sensor and at the correct application temperature RTD Error Module error on the 1756 IR6I module is defined in ohms and is calculated across the entire input range selected not the available range of a sensor used with the module For example if the 1 487 Q input range is used the module error is calculated across 507 Q actual range 0 86 507 86 Q The error in ohms translates to temperature but that translation varies because the relationship is non linear The most effective way to check 1756 IR6I module error is to calculate the error in ohms and use that value in a linearization table to check the temperature error If the module is calibrated at operating temperature and the operating temperature remains relatively stable calibration accuracy is better than 0 1 of the full range for th
390. th no missing codes Module keying Electronic software configurable RTB keying User defined mechanical 271 Appendix A Analog I O Module Specifications 1756 Analog 1 0 Module Features Module Type Features 1756 high speed analog combination module Data format Integer mode left justified 2s complement IEEE 32 bit floating point e Input conversion method Successive approximation Output conversion method R Ladder DAC monotonicity with no missing codes Module keying Electronic software configurable RTB keying User defined mechanical 1756 analog RTD and thermocouple modules Data Format Integer mode left justified 2s complement IEEE 32 bit floating point Module conversion method Sigma Delta Module keying Electronic software configurable RIB keying User defined mechanical 1756 analog modules with HART interface e Data format Integer mode left justified 2s complement Floating point IEEE 32 bit e Input conversion method Successive approximation Output conversion method R Ladder DAC monotonicity with no missing codes Module keying Electronic software configurable RTB keying User defined mechanical 278 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Analog 1 0 Module Specifications Appendix A 1756 IF6CIS 2 wire Transmitter Connected to the Module and the 1756 IF6CIS ControlLogix sourcing current loop analog input module Module Providing 24V DC Loop Power VOUT 1
391. than only a 100 hazard free zone IMPORTANT Modules should not be pulled under power nor should a powered RTB be removed when a hazardous environment is present Agency Certification Any ControlLogix analog I O modules that have obtained various agency certifications are marked as such Ultimately all analog modules will have these agency approvals and will be marked accordingly Field Calibration ControlLogix analog I O modules let you calibrate on a channel by channel or module wide basis RSLogix 5000 software provides an interface to perform calibration For calibration procedures see Chapter 11 on page 233 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 45 Chapter 3 46 ControlLogix Analog I O Module Features Sensor Offset You can add this offset directly to the input or output during calibration calculation The purpose of this feature is to let you compensate for any sensor offset errors which may exist such offset errors are common in thermocouple sensors To set a sensor offset see page 210 in Chapter 10 Latching of Alarms The latching feature allows analog I O modules to latch an alarm in the set position once it has been triggered even if the condition causing the alarm to occur disappears Data Format During initial configuration of any ControlLogix analog I O module you must choose a Communication Format The format determines the data format of data exchanged between the owner controller a
392. than two wires to any single terminal Place additional loop devices such as strip chart recorders at either A location in the current loop 219 Appendix A Analog I O Module Specifications 1756 IF6CIS 4 wire Transmitter Connected to the Module and an External User provided Power Supply Providing 24V DC Loop Power VOUT 1 IN 1 1 RTN 1 VOUT 3 IN 3 I RTN 3 Not Used VOUT 5 IN 5 1 RTN 5 VOUT 0 lust SEIS EET ESSE Ls IN 0 1 ut RTN 0 VOUT 2 IN 2 I RTN 2 Not Used VOUT 4 CT EB E G9 CD C9 EB 9 IN 4 I a RTN 4 D amp ANALOG INPUT CAL CG J OK LJ 280 s 4 wire b 24V DC Transmitter Shield Ground If separate power sources are used do not exceed the specified isolation voltage Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal Place additional loop devices such as strip chart recorders at either A location in the current loop Input Signal to User Count Conversion 1756 IF6CIS Range 0 20 mA OmA 32768 counts Technical Specifications 1756 IF6CIS Low Signal and User Counts High Signal and User Counts 2
393. that the output module will receive data at least as often as the specified RPI TR TAN A LA Owner controller ControlNet Bridge module ControlNet Bridge module Output module ne La J faa oO s OLU OE ooo s Cnm Hoc Data sent from owner at module s RPI rate J Immediate backplan transfers to module M ET Peus I 30 41360 NY NY Output data at least as oa ControlNet The reserved spot on the network and when the controller sends the output data are asynchronous to each other This means there are best and worst case scenarios as to when the module will receive the output data from the controller in a networked chassis Best Case RPI Scenario In the best case scenario the controller sends the output data just before the reserved network slot is available In this case the remotely located output module receives the data almost immediately Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Analog 0 Operation in the ControlLogix System Chapter 2 Worst Case RPI Scenario In the worst case scenario the controller sends the data just after the reserved
394. the 1756 IR6I This module does not calibrate for voltage or current It uses two precision resistors to calibrate the channels in ohms You must connect a 1 Q precision resistor for low reference calibration and a 487 Q precision resistor for high reference calibration The 1756 IR6I only calibrates in the 1 487 Q range IMPORTANT When you are wiring precision resistors for calibration follow the wiring example on page 138 Make sure terminals IN x B and RTN x C are shorted together at the RTB While you are online you must access the Calibration tab on the Module Properties dialog box See page 214 in Chapter 10 for procedures Follow these steps to calibrate your module 1 Go to the Calibration Tab on the Module Properties dialog box E Module Properties Local 6 1756 IR6 1 1 p Start Calibration 1 to 487 ohms 0 999695 1 1 to 487 ohms 1 000732 2 1to487 ohms 0 999329 3 1to487 ohms 1 009338 4 1to487 ohms 0 999329 i Module Last Successfully 5 1 to 487 ohms 4 000244 Calibrated on 12 7 2005 Status Running 2 Click Start Calibration to access the Calibration Wizard to step through the process IMPORTANT Regardless of what ohms application range is selected prior to calibration the 1756 IR6l only calibrates in the 1 487 Q range Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules Chapter 11 3 Set the channels to be calibrate
395. the output will stop at the configured low limit which the echo will reflect Remains set until the requested output moves above the low limit unless latched by ChOConfigLimitAlarmLatch ChOHLimitAlarm BOOL All outputs Alarm bit that sets when the requested output value ChOData is above the configured high limit ChOConfigHighLimit in which case the output will stop at the configured high limit which the echo will reflect Remains set until the requested output moves below the high limit unless latched by ChOConfigLimitAlarmLatch Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 333 Appendix B Analog 0 Tag Definitions Floating Point Configuration Tags Floating Point Configuration Tags Tag Name Data Type Applicable Definition Modules RemoteTermination BOOL 1756 IT6l and Indicates if the cold junction sensor is mounted on a remote termination block 1756 IT612 when set rather than on the local terminal block Needed for proper cold junction compensation when linearizing thermocouples CJDisable BOOL 1756 IT6l and Disables the cold junction sensor that turns off cold junction compensation 1756 IT612 when linearizing thermocouple inputs TempMode BOOL 1756 IR6l Controls the temperature scale to use on the module 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT6I2 0 Celsius 1 Fahrenheit ProgToFaultEn BOOL All outputs The program to fault enable bit determines how the outputs should behave if a communica
396. the single ended mode Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 CST timestamped integer data single ended mode 205 Chapter 10 Configure ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules Input Module Communication Formats Choose this If you want the input module to return this data Floating point input data when the 1756 IF16 or 1756 IF8 module is operating in the differential mode only communication format Float data differential mode Returns floating point input data when the 1756 IF16 or 1756 IF8 module is operating in the high speed mode Float data high speed mode Floating point input data when the 1756 IF16 or 1756 IF8 module is operating in the single ended mode Float data single ended mode Integer input data when the 1756 IF16 or 1756 IF8 module is operating in the differential mode Integer data differential mode Integer input data when the 1756 IF16 or 1756 IF8 module is operating in the high speed mode Integer data high speed mode Integer input data when the 1756 IF16 or 1756 IF8 module is operating in the single ended mode Integer data single ended mode Specific input data that is used by a controller that does not own the input module These choices have the same definition as the similarly named options above except that they represent listen only connections between the analog input module and a listen only controller Listen only CST timestamped float data Listen
397. ting point mode The table lists tags that can be examined in ladder logic to indicate when a fault has occurred Tag Description Analog Group This bit is set when any bits in the Channel Fault word are set Its tag Fault name is AnalogGroupFault Calibrating This bit is set when any channel is being calibrated When this bit is set all bits in the Channel Fault word are set Its tag name is Calibrating Calibration Fault This bitis set when any of the individual Channel Calibration Fault bits are set Its tag name is CalibrationFault 1756 IF8 Channel Fault Word Bits Integer Mode In integer mode Channel Fault word bits operate exactly as described in floating point mode The table lists the conditions that set all Channel Fault wotd bits This condition sets all Channel And causes the module to display the Fault word bits following in the Channel Fault word bits A channel is being calibrated DOFF for single ended wiring applications e 0O00F for differential wiring applications 0003 for high speed differential wiring applications A communications fault occurred FFFF for all bits regardless of the application between the module and its owner controller 90 Publication 1756 UMO009C EN P December 2010 Non isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 1756 IF8 Chapter 4 1756 IF8 Channel Status Word Bits Integer Mode The Channel Status word has the following differences when the
398. tion 45 Full Class Division 2 Compliance 45 Agency Certification 45 Field Calibration 45 Sensor Offset 46 Latching of Alarms 46 55 Chapter4 Non isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 1756 IF8 Choose a Wiring Method 56 The 1756 IF16 and 1756 IF8 modules support these wiring methods Single ended Wiring Method Differential Wiring Method High speed Mode Differential Wiring Method After determining the wiring method you will use on your module you must inform the system of that choice when you choose a Communication Format For more information page 205 For examples of each wiring format on the 1756 IF16 module see the examples beginning on page 70 For examples of each wiring format on the 1756 IF8 module see the examples beginning on page 74 Single ended Wiring Method Single ended wiring compares one side of the signal input to signal ground This difference is used by the module in generating digital data for the controller When using the single ended wiring method all input devices are tied to a common ground In addition to the common ground the use of single ended wiring maximizes the number of usable channels on the module eight channels for the 1756 IF8 module and 16 channels for the 1756 IF16 Publication 1756 UMO009C EN P December 2010 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Non isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 1756 IF8 Cha
399. tion Temperature in C Module Resolution 12 78 mV Range The table lists the resolution of ControlLogix thermocouple modules when used in the 12 78 mV input range Application Module Resolution in degrees When Connected to This Thermocouple Type Temperature B R S E J K N T 0 C 32 F 0 26 0 26 0 024 0 028 0 092 0 054 0 036 200 C 392 F 0 16 0 17 0 019 0 025 0 035 0 042 0 026 400 C 752 F 0 28 0 14 0 15 0 017 0 025 0 035 0 038 0 023 600 C 1112 F 0 23 0 12 0 14 0 017 0 024 0 033 0 04 800 C 1472 F 0 18 0 11 0 13 0 018 0 022 0 033 0 04 1000 C 1832 F 0 15 0 11 0 12 0 019 0 024 0 034 0 04 1200 C 2192 F 0 14 0 10 0 12 0 024 0 036 0 04 1400 C 2552 F 0 12 0 10 0 12 0 038 1600 C 2912 F 0 12 0 10 0 12 1800 C 3272 F 0 12 0 11 0 14 The information represented in the table is shown graphically in the following illustrations Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 377 Appendix E Additional Specification Information Minimum Amount of Degree Change Required for Thermocouple Module to Report the Change Minimum Amount of Degree Change Required for Thermocouple Module to Report the Change Minimum Amount of Degree Change Required for Thermocouple Module to Report the Change 378 0 30 0 25 0 20 030 7 025 0 20 015 0 10 0 05 0 00 00 Thermocouple M
400. tion fault occurs while the output module is in the Program mode When set the bit causes the outputs to transition to their programmed Fault state if a communication fault occurs while in the Program state If not set outputs will remain in their configured Program state despite a communication fault occurring RealTimeSample INT All input Determines how often the input signal is to be sampled in terms of milliseconds CJOffset REAL 1756 IT6l and Provides a user defined offset to add into the read cold junction sensor value 1756 IT612 Allows a sensor with a built in bias to be compensated for ChOConfig Struct All Master structure beneath which the channel s configuration parameters are set 334 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Floating Point Configuration Tags Analog 0 Tag Definitions Appendix B Tag Name Data Type Applicable Definition Modules ChOConfig INT 1756 IF6CIS Configures the channel s input range sensor type and notch filter settings The RangeTypeNotch 1756 IF6l input range is bits 8 11 and determines the signal range the input channel 1756 IR6l can detect Input range values are as listed 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT6I2 0 10 10V 1756 IF6l 1 0 5V 1756 IF6I 2 2 0 10V 1756 IF6I 3 2 0 20 mA 1756 IF6CIS and 1756 IF61 4 z 12 78 mV 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT6I2 5 2 12 30 mV 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT6I2 621 487 Q 1756 IR6l 7 22 1 000 Q 1756 IR6I 8 4 2 000 2 1756 IR6I
401. tomation Inc Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies Summary of Changes Introduction Changes throughout this manual revision are marked by change bars as shown to the right of this paragraph New and Updated The table explains the new and updated information in this manual Information Section Changes Chapter 3 Using electronic keying with examples of Exact Match Compatible and Disabled Keying Chapter 4 and Chapter 6 Caution for disabling all alarms because it affects the underrange overrange detection feature Appendix A Updated 1 0 specifications Appendix D Updated power sizing chart and link to an interactive spreadsheet to calculate total power consumption for modules in a chassis configuration Appendix F Updated information on interface modules IFMs and pre wired cables that are available with analog 1 0 modules Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 3 Summary of Changes Notes 4 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Preface What Are ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Modules Analog l 0 Operation in the ControlLogix System ControlLogix Analog 1 0 Module Features Publication 1756 UMOO9C EN P December 2010 Table of Contents Litt OUO CHOR osio L2 Diane s aeu Pee Reames Rabe kis ula 13 Who Should Use This Manual zs ao o eet une ye ew iia eon es 13 Additional ResoufCEss to n esha eats tard Leake bu tla 19 Chapter 1
402. tputs Configures the maximum rate that the output value may change when transitioning to either the ChOFaultValue or ChOProgValue if either the ChORampToFault or ChORampToProg bits are set respectively In terms of percent full scale per second Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Floating Point Mode Tags Floating Point Input Tags Analog 0 Tag Definitions Appendix B The following tables list the tags that are available on ControlLogix analog modules operating in floating point mode IMPORTANT Floating Point Input Tags Each application s series of tags varies but no input module application contains any tags that are not listed here You can view tags from the Controller Organizer in RSLogix 5000 software To access the Tag Editor right click Controller Tags and choose Monitor Tags Tag Name Data Type Applicable Definition Modules ChannelFaults INT All Collection of individual channel fault bits in one word Can address individual channel fault via bit notation ex ChannelFaults 3 for channel 3 ChOFault BOOL All Individual channel fault status bit Indicates a hard fault has occurred on the channel that means calibration is ongoing or if an input an overrange or underrange condition is present or if an output a low or high clamp condition is occurring These bits are also set by the controller if communication is lost with the I O module ModuleFaults INT A
403. tting Filter Selections with Associated Performance Data Module Filter Setting Wiring Mode 10 Hz 50 60 Hz 100 Hz 250 Hz 1000 Hz adB 2 Default Minimum sample time RTS Single ended 488 ms 88 ms 56 ms 28 ms 16 ms Integer mode Differential 244 ms 44 ms 28 ms 14 ms 8 ms High speed differential 122 ms 22 ms 14 ms 7 ms 5 ms Minimum sample time RTS Single ended 488 ms 88 ms 56 ms 28 ms 18 ms Floating point mode Differential 244 ms 44 ms 28 ms 14 ms 11 ms High speed differential 122 ms 22 ms 14 ms 7 ms 6 ms Effective resolution 16 bits 16 bits 16 bits 14 bits 12 bits 0 For optimal 50 60 Hz noise rejection gt 80dB choose the 10 Hz filter 7 Worst case setting time to 10096 of a step change is double the RTS sample times 60 Publication 1756 UMO009C EN P December 2010 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Non isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 1756 IF8 Chapter 4 Real Time Sampling This parameter instructs the module how often to scan its input channels and obtain all available data After the channels are scanned the module multicasts that data This feature is applied on a module wide basis During module configuration you specify a real time sampling RTS period and a requested packet interval RPI period Both of these features instruct the module to multicast data but only the RTS feature instructs the module to scan its channels befo
404. two rolling timestamp values and calculate the interval between receipt of data or the time when new data has been received For output modules the rolling timestamp value is only updated when new values are applied to the Digital to Analog Converter DAC Producer Consumer Model By using the Producer Consumer model ControlLogix I O modules can produce data without having been polled by a controller first The modules produce the data and any owner or listen only controller device can decide to consume it For example an input module produces data and any number of processors can consume the data at the same time This eliminates the need for one processor to send the data to another processot Publication 1756 UMOO9C EN P December 2010 ControlLogix Analog I O Module Features Chapter 3 Status Indicator Information Each ControlLogix analog I O module has status indicators on the front of the module that lets you check the module health and operational status of a module Status Description Calibration Display indicates when your module is in the calibration mode Module Display indicates the module s communication status For a list of status indicators and descriptions see Troubleshoot Your Module on page 273 Full Class Division 2 Compliance All ControlLogix analog I O modules maintain CSA Class I Division 2 system certification This allows the ControlLogix system to be placed in an environment other
405. uctions to control specific alarms on each channel of the module Also Object ID represents channel number For the 1756 IF6l 1756 IR6I and 1756 IT6I modules channels 0 5 are represented by Object ID 1 6 For the 1756 IF16 in differential mode only and 1756 IF8 modules channels 0 7 are represented by Object ID 1 8 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Use Ladder Logic To Perform Run Time Services and Reconfiguration Appendix C The table contains required output configuration information to perform output module services This information is only necessary if you ate configuring the message with RSLogix 5000 versions 9 or earlier Analog Output Modules Configuration Dialog Window Information Enter the following To unlatch the To unlatch the To unlatch the high alarm low alarm ramp alarm Service Code 4B 4B 4B Object Type 0B 0B 0B Object ID 1 6 or 1 8 1 6 or 1 8 1 6 or 1 8 Channel Number Object Attribute 6F 6E 70 Number of Elements 0 bytes 0 bytes 0 bytes Communication Tab The Communication tab provides information on the path of the message instruction For example the slot number of a 1756 IF6I module distinguishes exactly which module a message is designated for IMPORTANT Use the Brown button to see a list of the 1 0 modules in the system You choose a path when you choose a module from the list You must na
406. ude other devices such as chart recorders and meters in the current loop For more information on wiring the 1756 IF6CIS module see page 106 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Sourcing Current Loop Input Module 1756 IF6CIS and Isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Module 1756 IF61 Choose a Data Format Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Chapter 5 The 1756 IF6CIS and 1756 IF6I modules also support features described in Chapter 3 See the table for some of these features Feature Page Removal and Insertion Under Power RIUP 36 Module Fault Reporting 36 Configurable Software 36 Electronic Keying 37 Access to System Clock for Timestamp Functions 44 Rolling Timestamp 44 Producer Consumer Model 44 Status Indicator Information 45 Full Class Division 2 Compliance 45 Agency Certification 45 Sensor Offset 46 Latching of Alarms 46 Data format determines the format of the data returned from the module to the owner controller and the features that are available to your application You choose a data format when you choose a Communication Format You can choose one of these data formats nteger mode Floating point mode The table shows features that are available in each format Data Format Features Available Integer mode Multiple input ranges Notch filter Features Not Available Digital filtering Process alarms Real time sampling Rate
407. uit 4 i Circuit mE I System 16 bitD A amp __ s erunt M It vy M Converter je ___ Optos g Vref Micro lt gt Backplane c 3 controller ASIC Details of the 1756 OF8 output circuitry on page 156 fir Serial EEPROM FLASH ROM SRAM 43510 154 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Non isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 1756 OF8 Module Block Diagram Optos 59 Optos amp Field Side I I lt q DC DC Channels 0 3 Converter I ru I V a TiM 16 bit D A K T UX y Converter e E I I id Vref Channels 4 7 i T I v l mux __ 16 bit D A kk Converter lt y E Details of the 1756 OF8 output circuitry are on page 156 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 DC DC Shutdown Circuit Micro controller Backplane Side RIUP Chapter 7 Circuit System 5V lt gt Backplane o ASIC ZIN Serial EEPROM FLASH ROM SRAM 43510 155 Chapter 7 Non isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF4 and 1756 0F8 Field side Circuit Diagrams The diagrams sho
408. ule produces and determines the features that are available to your application You choose a data format when you choose a Communication Format You can choose one of these data formats nteger mode Floating point mode The table shows features that are available in each format Features Available in Each Data Format Data Format Integer mode Features Available Ramp to program value Ramp to fault value Hold for initialization Features Not Available Clamping Ramp in Run mode Rate and Limit alarms Hold Last State or User Value in Scaling fault or program mode Hoating point mode All features N A For details on input and output data formats see page 205 in Chapter 10 The table lists features that are specific to the 1solated analog output modules Isolated Analog Output Module Features Feature Page Ramping Rate Limiting 169 Hold for Initialization 169 Clamping Limiting 170 Clamp Limit Alarms 170 Data Echo 171 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF6CI and 1756 OF6VI Chapter 8 Ramping Rate Limiting Ramping limits the speed at which an analog output signal can change This prevents fast transitions in the output from damaging the devices that an output module controls Ramping is also known as rate limiting The table describes the types of ramping that ate poss
409. umber 1756 TBE B Use this conductor category information for planning conductor routing as described in the system level installation manual See the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770 4 1 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 305 Appendix A Analog I O Module Specifications Environmental Specifications 1756 IT6I Attrib ute Temperature operating IEC 60 IEC 60 IEC 60 068 2 1 Test Ad Operating Cold 068 2 2 Test Bd Operating Dry Heat 068 2 14 Test Nb Operating Thermal Shock 1756 IT6l 0 60 C 32 140 F Temperature surrounding air 60 C 140 F IEC 60 IEC 60 IEC 60 Temperature storage 068 2 1 Test Ab Unpackaged Nonoperating Cold 068 2 2 Test Bb Unpackaged Nonoperating Dry Heat 068 2 14 Test Na Unpackaged Nonoperating Thermal Shock 40 85 C 40 185 F IEC 60 Relative humidity 068 2 30 Test Db Unpackaged Nonoperating Damp Heat 5 95 noncondensing Vibration 2g 10 500 Hz IEC 60068 2 6 Test Fc Operating Shock operating 30g IEC 60068 2 27 Test Ea Unpackaged Shock Shock nonoperating 50g IEC 60068 2 27 Test Ea Unpackaged Shock Emissions CISPR 11 Group 1 Class A ESD Immunity 6 kV contact discharges IEC 61000 4 2 8 kV air discharges IEC 6 Radiated RF Immunity 4 3 000 10V m with 1 kHz sine wave 80 AM from 80 2000 MHz 10V
410. unt for the increased voltage Because there ate differences if you choose to connect sensors via an RTB or IFM you must configure the module via RSLogix 5000 software to work with the type of CJS used in your application Connecting a Cold Junction Sensor Via a Removable Terminal Block When you connect a CJS to your thermocouple module via an RTB the following occurs depending on module type The 1756 IT6I module uses one CJS in the middle of the module and estimates temperature deviation elsewhere on the connector The 1756 IT6I2 module uses two CJSs at the top and bottom of the module and calculates temperature at each channel s input terminals this usage of multiple sensors results in increased accuracy 132 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Temperature measuring Analog Modules 1756 IR6I 1756 IT6l and 1756 IT6 2 Chapter 6 If you connect a CJS via an RTB configure the module as shown on the Module Properties Configuration tab Will Module Properties Local 1 1756 IT6I2 1 1 General Connection Module Info Configuration Alam Configuration Calibration Backplane M Channel uU 2 3 4 5 12mvio78mv v pe Digital Filter 0 Input Range Sensor Type Scaling High Signal reo mv High Engineering Sensor Gliese 78 0 Notch Filter Low Engineering i ms 1 2 0 Low Signal E 2 0 mv Cold Junction Offset Cold Junction Disable
411. unts 12 78 mV 15 15836 mV 79 241 mV 32768 counts 32767 counts RR Technical Specifications 1756 IT6I2 Analog Input 3 Attribute 1756 IT612 CAL E Inputs 6 individually isolated thermocouple OK 8 nput range 12 78 mV 1 4 uV per bit 308 12 30 mV 0 7 uV per bit high resolution range Resolution 16 bits 12 78 mV 1 4 uV bit 12 30 mV 0 7 uV bit Thermocouples B E J K R S T N C D L TXK XK Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 Analog 1 0 Module Specifications Appendix A Technical Specifications 1756 IT6I2 Attribute 1756 IT612 Current draw 5 1V 200 mA Current draw 24V 50 mA Power dissipation max 46W Thermal dissipation 5 7 BTU hr Open circuit detection time Positive full scale reading within 2 s Overvoltage protection max 20V AC DC Normal mode noise rejection 60 dB at 60 Hz Common mode noise rejection 60 dB min tested 600V AC 60 Hz applied with 100 Q differential resistance Channel bandwidth 5 Hz Settling time 80 ms to 5 of full scale Calibrated accuracy 25 C Better than 0 196 of range Calibration interval 12 months Local CJC sensor accuracy 0 3 C Remote CJC sensor accuracy 40 3 C Offset drift 0 5 uV C Gain drift with temperature 15 ppm C 25 ppm C max 1 4 uV C 2 3 uV C max 12 78 mV 0 6 uV C 1 1 uV C max 12 30 mV
412. ure in C Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 369 AppendixE Additional Specification Information Module Error at 25 C 77 F 12 78 mV Range The table lists the ControlLogix thermocouple modules error at 25 C 77 F when used in the 12 78 mV input range Application Module Error in degrees at 25 C 77 F When Connected to This Thermocouple Type Temperature B R S E J K N T 0 C 32 F 0 767 0 89 1 141 1 720 1 161 200 C 392 F 5 09 5 32 0 608 0 81 1 126 1 364 0 847 400 C 752 F 4 34 4 70 0 562 0 82 1 065 1 212 0 728 600 C 1112 F 1 56 3 96 4 41 0 558 0 77 1 059 1 155 800 C 1472 F 5 89 3 65 4 14 0 574 0 70 1 098 1 146 1000 C 1832 F 4 93 3 40 3 90 0 599 0 76 1 154 1 165 1200 C 2192 F 435 3 23 3 74 0 79 1 233 1 210 1400 C 2552 F 3 99 3 18 3 71 1 328 1600 C 2912 F 3 85 3 24 3 80 1800 C 3272 F 3 92 3 67 4 36 The information represented in the table is shown graphically in the following illustrations Thermocouple Module Error at 25 C 77 F Type B Thermocouple Connection in a 12 78 mV Input Range 500 400 hu c ay 3 Module Error 2 t t t t t t t t t 1 200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 Application Temperature in C 370 Publication 1756 UMOO9C EN P December 2010 Additional Specification Information Appendix E Thermocouple Modu
413. ute 3 Inputs CAL 4d 1756 IF8 8si ngle ended ifferential 2 hi gh speed differential OK 6 Input range D 10 25V 0 25V 0 5 125V 0 20 5 mA Resolution 0 Oi 0 10 25V 320 uV cnt 15 bits plus sign bipolar 10 25V 160 uV cnt 16 bits 5 125V 80 JV cnt 16 bits 20 5mA 0 32 uA cnt 16 bits Current draw 5 1V 150 mA Current draw Q 24V 290 40 mA Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Analog 1 0 Module Specifications Appendix A Technical Specifications 1756 IF8 Attribute Power dissipation max 1756 IF8 Voltage 1 73 W Current 2 33 W Thermal dissipation oltage 5 88 BTU hr rrent 7 92 BTU hr Input impedance age gt 1 MQ ol urrent 249 Q Open circuit detection time ifferential voltage Positive full scale reading within 5 s ngle ended diff current Negative full scale reading ithin 5 s ngle ended voltage Even numbered channels go to positive full scale reading within 5 s odd numbered channels go to negative full scale reading within 5 s oc os o lt ez Overvoltage protection max Voltage 30V DC Current 8V DC Normal mode noise rejection gt 80 dB 50 60 Hz Common mode noise rejection gt 100 dB 50 60 Hz Calibrated accuracy 25 C Voltage Better than 0 0596 of range Current Better than 0 1596 of
414. w Reference Voltage Signals wizard appears to show which channels will be calibrated for a low reference and the range of the calibration It also shows what reference signal is expected at the input Calibration Wizard Attach Low Reference signal s to indicated channel s Attach Low Reference Voltage Signals Low Reference mv Calibration Channel Calibrate Range 12to 78 mv Channels 0 1 2 3 4 5 Press Nest to start calibration 9 Click Next Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 12to 78 mv 12to 78 mv 12to 78 mv 12to 78 mv Click Back to return to the last window to make any necessary changes Click Stop to halt the calibration process if necessary 255 Chapter 11 256 Calibrate the ControlLogix Analog I O Modules 10 Set the calibrator for the low reference and apply it to the module A Results wizard displays the status of each channel after calibrating for a low reference If channels are OK continue If any channel reports an error retry step 10 until the status is OK Calibration Wizard Results Press Next to go on to High Reference test Low Reference mv 1200 12 00 12 00 12 00 12 00 1200 OK Calibration Channel Calibrate Range 4210 78 mV 4210 78mV A210 78 mV 1210 78 mV A210 78 mV 1210 78 mV s S S ST S K 11 Set the calibrator for the high reference volta
415. w field side circuitry for the 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 modules 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 Output Circuit 11 kQ 10 kQ T Vout X Voltage Output 20V 0 047 uF 50Q out X 10 kQ C t D A Multi L QD output converter plexer Open Wire P Detector my 0 047 uF V L QD RIN L QD RIN All returns RTN ia are tied together o RTN on the module L RIN 43511 156 Publication 1756 UM009C EN P December 2010 Non isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 Chapter 7 Wire the 1756 OF4 Module The illustration shows wiring examples for the 1756 OF4 module 1756 OF4 Current wiring example 2 I Not used I l VOUT 0 1 ere u Not used IOUT 0 aN urren CO D n output RTN 1f i RTN load ee Not used IGS E VOUT 1 0 Notused TCD IED tour 12 H Shield ground Notused HES IEB vour 2 14 13 Not used IOUT 2 gt RTN RT R 1 Not used VOUT 3 3 Not used IEB 1 amp 3 tours NOTES 1 Place additional loop devices that is strip chart recorders and so forth at the A location noted ab
416. wiring 5 Do not connect more than two wires to any single terminal IMPORTANT When operating in two channel high speed mode only use channels 0 and 2 Publication 1756 UMOO09C EN P December 2010 75 Chapter4 Non isolated Analog Voltage Current Input Modules 1756 IF16 1756 IF8 1756 IF8 Single ended Current Wiring Example i IN O IN 1 oe IN 2 Shield Ground IN 3 RTN i IN 4 2Wire ott INS User provided Transmitter IN 6 Loop Power TF IN 7 Not used Not used Not used Not used RTN Not used Not used Not used Not used NOTES 76 r7 Jumper Wires l2 lg iRTN 0 a g sep iR le s i RTN 2 ge 7g iRTN 3 j10 m RTN y geug imma ju ula iRTN 5 z516 15 q i RTN 6 C 18 17 i RTN 7 120 19 Not used q 2 21 Not used GQ 24 zE Not used 26 25 Not used G 28 27 RTN 30 29 Not used G 32 31 Not used GQ 34 33 CD Not used 36 ss C Not used 1 All terminals marked RTN are connected internally 2 For current applications all terminals marked iRTN must be wired to terminals marked RTN 3 A 249 Q current loop resistor is located between IN x and i RTN x terminals 4 Place additional loop devices str
417. write configuration for an I O module but inhibit the module to prevent it from communicating with the owner controller In this case the owner does not establish a connection and configuration 1s not sent to the module until the connection is uninhibited In your application a controller already owns a module and has downloaded configuration to the module and is currently exchanging data over the connection between the devices In this case you can inhibit the module and the owner controller behaves as if the connection to the module does not exist IMPORTANT Whenever you inhibit an output module it enters the Program mode and all outputs change to the state configured for the Program mode For example if an output module is configured so that the state of the outputs go to zero 0 during Program mode whenever that module is inhibited the outputs will go to zero 0 The following examples are instances where you may need to use module inhibiting Multiple controllers own the same analog input module A change is required in the module s configuration however the change must be made to the program in all controllers In this case you can a Inhibit the module b Change configuration in all controllers c Uninhibit the module You want to FLASH upgrade an analog I O module We recommend you a Inhibit the module b Perform the upgrade c Uninhibit the module You are using a program that includes a module that
418. y channel is being calibrated When this bit is set all bits in the Channel Fault word are set Its tag name is Calibrating Calibration Fault This bit is set when any of the individual Channel Calibration Fault bits are set Its tag name is CalibrationFault Channel Fault Word Bits Integer Mode In integer mode Channel Fault word bits bits 7 0 operate exactly as described in floating point mode for calibration and communications faults During normal operation these bits are only set for an open wire condition The table lists the conditions that set all Channel Fault word bits This condition sets all Channel And causes the module to display the Fault word bits following in the Channel Fault word bits A channel is being calibrated 000F for all bits on the 1756 OF4 module OOFF for all bits on the 1756 OF8 module A communications fault occurred FFFF for all bits on either module between the module and its owner controller Your logic should monitor the Channel Fault bit for a particular output if you either enable output clamping are checking for a open wire condition 0 20 mA configuration only 164 Publication 1756 UMO09C EN P December 2010 Non isolated Analog Output Modules 1756 OF4 and 1756 OF8 Chapter 7 Channel Status Word Bits Integer Mode The Channel Status word has these differences when used in integer mode Only the Output in Hold and Open Wire co
419. y duy cu CJ KD OI E21 EDI ee FD ec e Ro D N 0 V N 0 RET 0 N 2 V N 2 1 RET 2 Not Used N 4 V N 4 RET 4 Voltage Input User Analog Input Device pum A Shield Ground Do not connect more than 2 wires to any single terminal Publication 1756 UM009C EN P December 2010 ANALOG INPUT 3 CAL OK Device External Power Input Signal to User Count Conversion 1756 IF6l Range Low Signal and User Counts High Signal and User Counts 10V 10 54688V 10 54688V 32768 coun 32767 counts 0 10V OV 10 54688V 32768 coun 32767 counts 0 5V OV 5 27344V 32768 coun 32767 counts 0 20 mA OmA 21 09376V 32768 coun 32767 counts Technical Specifications 1756 IF6l Attribute 1756 IF61 Inputs 6 individually isolated Input range 10 5V 0 10 5V 0 5 25V 0 21 mA Resolution 16 bits 10 5V 343 uV bit 0 10 5V 171 uV bit 0 5 25V 86 uV bit 0 21 mA 0 34 pA bit 285 Appendix A Analog 0 Module Specifications Technical Specifications 1756 IF6l Attribute 1756 IF61 Current draw 5 1V 250 mA Current draw 24V 100 mA Power dissipation max Voltage 3 7 W Current 4 3 W Thermal dissipation Voltage 12 62 BTU hr Current
420. ype Input data for the channel changes to the highest scaled temperature value associated with the selected thermocouple type The ChxOverrange x channel number tag is set to 1 Input data for the channel changes to the scaled value associated with the overrange signal value of the selected operational range in floating point mode maximum possible scaled value or 32 767 counts in integer mode The ChxOverrange x channel number tag is set to 1 Three analog modules the RTD 1756 IR6I and Thermocouple 1756 IT6I and 1756 IT612 lets you configure a sensor type for each channel that linearizes the analog signal into a temperature value The RTD module linearizes ohms into temperature and the Thermocouple modules linearize millivolts into temperature IMPORTANT Sensor type modules can only linearize signals to temperature values in the floating point mode The table lists the sensors that are available for your application Available Sensors for Temperature Measuring Modules Module 1756 IR6I Available sensors or thermocouples 10 2 Copper 427 type 100 Platinum 385 Platinum 3916 and Nickel 618 types 120 Nickel 618 and Nickel 672 types 200 2 Platinum 385 Platinum 3916 and Nickel 618 types 500 2 Platinum 385 Platinum 3916 and Nickel 618 types 1000 2 Platinum 385 and Platinum 3916 types 1756 IT6l B E J K R S T N C 1756 IT612 B E J K R

1756-XXXX ControlLogix Analog I

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents